Samyutta-Nikaya of the Sutta-Pitaka,
Part I. Sagatha-Vagga.
Based on the edition by L. Feer, London : Pali Text Society 1884
(PTS Text Series, 93).
Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
[GRETIL-Version vom 4.9.2014]
NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.
These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.
PLAIN TEXT VERSION
(In order to fascilitate word search, all annotations have been remove,
and the line breaks of the printed edition have been converted into floating text.)
STRUCTURE OF REFERENCES (added):
SN_n.n,n.n = Saṃyutta-Nikāya_division.book,chapter.section

THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.
Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description: | multibyte sequence:
long a | ā
long A | Ā
long i | ī
long I | Ī
long u | ū
long U | Ū
vocalic r | ṛ
vocalic R | Ṛ
long vocalic r | ṝ
vocalic l | ḷ
vocalic L | Ḷ
long vocalic l | ḹ
velar n | ṅ
velar N | Ṅ
palatal n | ñ
palatal N | Ñ
retroflex t | ṭ
retroflex T | Ṭ
retroflex d | ḍ
retroflex D | Ḍ
retroflex n | ṇ
retroflex N | Ṇ
palatal s | ś
palatal S | Ś
retroflex s | ṣ
retroflex S | Ṣ
anusvara | ṃ
visarga | ḥ
long e | ē
long o | ō
l underbar | ḻ
r underbar | ṟ
n underbar | ṉ
k underbar | ḵ
t underbar | ṯ

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.
For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdias.pdf
For further information see:
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil.htm

Saṃyutta-Nikāya Vol.
[page 001]
1
SAṂYUTTA-NIKĀYA.
DIVISION I. -- SAGĀTHA.
BOOK I. -- DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA.
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ||
CHAPTER I. NAḶAVAGGA.
SN_1.1,1.1. Oghaṃ.
Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu tvaṃ mārisa ogham atarī ti || ||
Appatiṭṭhaṃ khvāhaṃ {avuso} anāyūhaṃ ogham atarin ti || ||
Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ mārisa appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūhaṃ ogham atarīti || ||
Yadā svāham āvuso santiṭṭhāmi tadāssu saṃsīdāmi || yadā svāham āvuso āyūhāmi tadāssu nibbuyhāmi || Evam khvāham āvuso appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūhaṃ ogham atarin ti || ||
Cirassaṃ vata passāmi || brāhmaṇaṃ parinibbutaṃ ||
appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūhaṃ || tiṇṇam loke visattikan ti || ||
Idam avoca sā devatā || samanuñño satthā ahosi || ||
Atha kho sā devatā samanuñño me satthāti Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
[page 002]
2 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 1. 2.
SN_1.1,1.2. Nimokkho.
Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Jānāsi no tvaṃ mārisa sattānaṃ nimokkhaṃ pamokkhaṃ vivekan ti || ||
Jānāmi khvāham āvuso sattānam nimokkham pamokkhaṃ vivekan ti || ||
Yathā katham pana tvaṃ mārisa jānāsi sattānaṃ nimokkhaṃ pamokkhaṃ vivekan ti || ||
Nandī-bhava-parikkhayā || saññā-viññāṇa-saṅkhayā ||
vedanānaṃ nirodhā upasamā || evaṃ khvāham āvuso jānāmi ||
sattānaṃ nimokkhaṃ || pamokkhaṃ vivekan ti || ||
SN_1.1,1.3. Upaneyyam.
Evam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Upanīyati jīvitam appam āyu ||
jarūpanītassa na santi tāṇā ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ marane pekkhamāno ||
puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahānī ti || ||
Upanīyati jīvitam appam āyu ||
jarūpanītassa na santi tāṇā ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno ||
lokāmisaṃ pajahe santipekkho ti || ||
[page 003]
I. 1. 6.] NAḶA-VAGGA 1. 3
SN_1.1,1.4. Accenti.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo ||
vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahanti ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ {maraṇe} pekkhamāno ||
puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahānīti || ||
Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo ||
vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahanti ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno ||
lokāmisaṃ pajahe santipekkho ti || ||
SN_1.1,1.5. Kati chinde.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Kati chinde kati jahe || kati vuttari bhāvaye ||
katisaṅgātigo bhikkhu || oghatiṇṇo ti viccatīti || ||
Pañca chinde pañca jahe || pañca vuttari bhāvaye ||
pañcasaṅgātigo bhikkhu || oghatiṇṇo ti vuccatīti || ||
SN_1.1,1.6. Jāgaram.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Kati jāgarataṃ suttā || kati suttesu jāgarā ||
katīhi rajaṃ ādeti || katīhi parisujjhatīti || ||
Pañca jāgarataṃ suttā || pañca-suttesu jāgarā ||
pañcahi rajam ādeti || pañcahi parisujjhatī ti || ||
[page 004]
4 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 1. 7.
SN_1.1,1.7. Appaṭividitā.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Yesaṃ dhammā appaṭividitā || paravādesu nīyare ||
suttā te nappabujjhanti || kālo tesaṃ {pabujjhitun} ti || ||
Yesaṃ dhammā suppaṭividitā || paravādesu na nīyare ||
{te sambuddhā} sammadaññā || caranti visame saman ti || ||
SN_1.1,1.8. Susammuṭṭhā
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Yesaṃ dhammā susammuṭṭhā || paravādesu nīyare ||
suttā te nappabujjhanti || kālo tesaṃ pabujjhitun ti || ||
Yesaṃ dhammā asammuṭṭhā || paravādesu na nīyare ||
te sambuddhā sammadaññā || caranti visame saman ti || ||
SN_1.1,1.9. Mānakāma.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Na mānakāmassa damo idh-atthi ||
na monam atthi asamāhitassa ||
eko araññe viharaṃ pamatto ||
na maccudheyyassa tareyya pāran ti || ||
Mānam pahāya susamāhitatto ||
sucetaso sabbadhi vippamutto ||
eko araññe viharaṃ appamatto ||
sa maccudheyyassa tareyya pāran ti || ||
[page 005]
I. 2. 1.] NANDANA-VAGGA 2. 5
SN_1.1,1.10. Araññe.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Araññe viharantānaṃ || santānaṃ brahmacārinaṃ ||
ekabhattaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ || kena vaṇṇo pasīdatīti || ||
Atītaṃ nānusocanti || nappajappanti nāgataṃ ||
paccuppannena yāpenti || tena vaṇṇo pasīdati || ||
anāgatappajappāya || atītassānusocanā ||
etena bālā sussanti || naḷo va harito luto ti || ||
Naḷavaggo pathamo ||
Tatr-uddānaṃ ||
Ogham Nimokkho Upaneyyaṃ || Accenti Katichindi ca ||
Jāgaram Appaṭividitā || Susammutthā Māna-kāminā ||
Araññe dasamo vutto || vaggo tena pavuccati || ||
CHAPTER II. NANDANA-VAGGA.
SN_1.1,2.1. Nandana.
Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave aññatarā Tāvatiṃsa-kāyikā devatā Nandanavane accharāsaṅghaparivutā dibbehi pañcakāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgibhūtā paricāriyamānā tāyaṃ velāyam imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Na te sukhaṃ pajānanti || ye na passanti Nandanaṃ ||
āvāsaṃ naradevānaṃ || tidasānaṃ yasassinan ti || ||
[page 006]
6 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 2. 2.
Evaṃ vutte bhikkhave aññatarā devatā taṃ devataṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi || ||
Na tvaṃ bāle pajānāsi || yathā arahataṃ vaco ||
aniccā sabba saṅkhārā || uppādavayadhammino ||
uppajjitvā nirujjhanti || tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho ti || ||
SN_1.1,2.2. Nandati.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Nandati puttehi puttimā || gomiko gohi tath-eva nandati ||
upadhīhi narassa nandanā || na hi so nandati yo nirupadhīti || ||
Socati puttehi puttimā || gomiko gohi tath-eva socati ||
upadhīhi narassa socanā || na hi socati yo nirupadhīti || ||
SN_1.1,2.3. Natthi puttasamam.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi. || ||
Natthi puttasamaṃ pemaṃ || natthi gosamitam dhanaṃ ||
natthi suriyasamā ābhā. || samudda paramā sarāti || ||
Natthi attasamaṃ pemaṃ || natthi dhaññasamaṃ dhanaṃ ||
natthi paññāsamā ābhā || vuṭṭhi ve paramā sarā ti || ||
SN_1.1,2.4. Khattiyo.
Khattiyo dvipadaṃ seṭṭho || balivaddo catuppadaṃ ||
kumārī seṭṭhā bhariyānaṃ || yo ca puttānaṃ pubbajoti || ||
Sambuddho dvipadaṃ seṭṭho || ājānīyo catuppadaṃ ||
sussūsā seṭṭhā bhariyānaṃ || yo ca puttānam assavo ti || ||
[page 007]
I. 2. 8.] NANDANA-VAGGA. 2. 7
SN_1.1,2.5. Sakamāno (or Santikāya).
Ṭhite majjhantike kāle || sannisinnesu pakkhisu ||
saṇate va mahāraññaṃ || taṃ bhayaṃ paṭibhāti manti || ||
Ṭhite majjhantike kāle || sannisinnesu pakkhisu ||
saṇate va mahāraññaṃ || sā ratī paṭibhāti man ti || ||
SN_1.1,2.6. Niddā tandi.
Niddā tandī vijambhikā || aratī bhattasammado ||
etena nappakāsati || ariyamaggo idha pāṇinan ti || ||
Niddaṃ tandiṃ vijambhikaṃ || aratiṃ bhattasammadaṃ ||
viriyena naṃ paṇāmetvā || ariyamaggo visujjhatīti || ||
SN_1.1,2.7. Dukkaraṃ (or Kummo).
Dukkaraṃ duttitikkhañca || avyattena ca sāmaññaṃ ||
bahū hi tattha sambādhā || yattha bālo visīdatīti || ||
Kati-haṃ careyya sāmaññaṃ || cittaṃ ce na nivāreyya ||
pade pade visīdeyya || saṅkappānaṃ vasānugo || ||
Kummo va aṅgāni sake kapāle ||
samodahaṃ bhikkhu mano-vitakke ||
anissito aññam aheṭhayāno ||
parinibbuto na upavadeyya kañcīti || ||
SN_1.1,2.8. Hirī.
Hirīnisedho puriso || koci lokasmiṃ vijjati ||
yo nindam appabodhati || asso bhadro kasām ivā ti || ||
Hirīnisedhā tanuyā || ye caranti sadā satā ||
antaṃ dukkhassa pappuyya || caranti visame saman ti || ||
[page 008]
8 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 2. 9.
SN_1.1,2.9. Kuṭikā.
Kacci te kuṭikā natthi || kacci natthi kulāvakā ||
kacci santānakā natthe || kacci mutto-si bandhanā ti || ||
Taggha me kuṭikā natthi || taggha natthi kulāvakā ||
taggha santānakā natthi || taggha mutto-mhi bandhanā ti || ||
Kintāhaṃ kuṭikam brūmi || kinte brūmi kulāvakaṃ ||
kinte santānakaṃ brūmi || kintāhaṃ brūmi bandhananti ||
Mātaraṃ kuṭikam brūsi || bhariyaṃ brūsi kulāvakaṃ ||
putte santānake brūsi || taṇham me brūsi bandhanan ti || ||
sāhu te kuṭikā natthi || sāhu natthi kulāvakā ||
sāhu santānakā natthi || sāhu mutto si bandhanā ti || ||
SN_1.1,2.10. Samiddhi.9
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Tapodārāme || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmā Samiddhi rattiyā paccusa-samayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya yena Tapodā ten-upasaṅkami gattāni parisiñcituṃ || Tapode gattāni parisiñcitvā paccuttaritvā ekacīvaro aṭṭhāsi gattāni sukkhāpayamāno ||
3. Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Tapodam obhāsetvā yen'; āyasmā Samiddhi ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā vehāsaṃ ṭhitā āyasmantaṃ Samiddhiṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Abhutvā bhikkhasi bhikkhu || na hi bhutvāna bhikkhasi ||
bhutvāna bhikkhu bhikkhassu || mā taṃ kālo upaccagāti. || ||
[page 009]
I. 2. 10.] NANDANA-VAGGA 2. 9
Kālaṃ vo-haṃ na jānāmi || channo kālo na dissati ||
tasmā abhutvā bhikkhāmi || mā maṃ kālo upaccagāti || ||
4. Atha kho sā devatā pathaviyam patiṭṭhahitvā āyasmantam Samiddhim etad avoca || ||
Daharo tvaṃ bhikkhu pabbajito susu kālakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato pathamena vayasā anikiḷitāvī kāmesu || Bhuñja bhikkhu mānusake kāme mā sandiṭṭhikaṃ hitvā kālikam anudhāvī ti || ||
5. Na khvāham āvuso sandiṭṭhikaṃ hitvā kālikam anudhavāmi || Kālikañca khvāham āvuso hitvā sandiṭṭhikam anudhāvāmi || Kālikā hi āvuso kāmā vuttā Bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyasā ādīnavo ettha bhīyo || Sandiṭṭhiko ayaṃ dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
6. Kathañca bhikkhu kālikā kāmā vuttā Bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā ādīnavo ettha bhīyo || Kathaṃ sandiṭṭhiko ayaṃ dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
7. Ahaṃ kho āvuso navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato ||
imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ na khvāhaṃ sakkomi vitthārena ācikkhituṃ || Ayaṃ so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho Rājagahe viharati Tapodārāme || Taṃ Bhagavantam upasaṅkamitvā etam atthaṃ puccha || Yathā te Bhagavā vyākaroti tathā naṃ dhāreyyāsīti || ||
8. Na kho bhikkhu sukaro so Bhagavā amhehi upasaṅkamitum aññāhi mahesakkhahi devatāhi parivuto || Sa ce kho tvaṃ bhikkhu taṃ Bhagavantam upasaṅkamitvā etam atthaṃ pucceyyāsi mayam pi āgaccheyyāma dhammasavanāyā ti || ||
9. Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Samiddhi tassā devatāya paṭisutvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
[page 010]
10 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 2. 10.
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Samiddhi Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca || ||
10. Idhāhaṃ bhante rattiyā paccusasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya yena Tapodā ten-upasaṅkamiṃ gattāni parisiñcituṃ || Tapode gattāni parisiñcitvā paccuttaritvā ekacīvaro aṭṭhāsiṃ gattāni sukkhāpayamāno || Atha kho bhante aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Tapodaṃ obhāsetvā yenāhaṃ ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā vehāsaṃ ṭhitā imāya gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
Abhutvā bhikkhasi bhikkhu || na hi bhutvāna bhikkhasi ||
bhutvāna bhikkhu bhikkhassu || mā taṃ kālo upaccagā ti || ||
11. Evaṃ vutte aham bhante taṃ devataṃ gāthāya paccabhāsiṃ || ||
Kālaṃ vo-haṃ na jānāmi || channo kālo na dissati ||
tasmā abhutvā bhikkhāmi || mā maṃ kālo upaccagā ti || ||
12. Atha kho bhante sā devatā pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā mam etad avoca || ||
Daharo tvam bhikkhu pabbajito susu kālakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato pathamena vayasā anikīḷitāvī kāmesu || Bhuñja bhikkhu mānusake kāme mā sandiṭṭhikaṃ hitvā kālikam anudhāvī ti || ||
13. Evaṃ vutte-haṃ bhante taṃ devatam etad avocaṃ || ||
Na khvāhaṃ āvuso sandiṭṭhikaṃ hitvā kālikaṃ anudhāvāmi || kālikaṃ ca khvāhaṃ āvuso hitvā sandiṭṭhikam anudhāvāmi || Kālikā hi āvuso kāmā vuttā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā ādīnavo ettha bhīyo || Sandiṭṭhiko ayam dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattam veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
14. Evaṃ vutte bhante sā devatā mam etad avoca ||
Kathaṃ ca bhikkhu kālikā kāmā vuttā Bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā ādīnavo ettha bhīyo || Kathaṃ san-
[page 011]
I. 2. 10.] NANDANA-VAGGA 2. 11
diṭṭhiko ayaṃ dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
15. Evaṃ vutte-haṃ bhante taṃ devatam etad avocaṃ || ||
Aham kho āvuso navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ na khvāham sakkomi vitthārena ācikkhituṃ || ayaṃ so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho Rājagahe viharati Tapodārāme || taṃ Bhagavantam upasaṅkamitvā etam atthaṃ puccha || yathā te Bhagavā vyākaroti tathā naṃ dhāreyyāsīti || ||
16. Evaṃ vutte bhante sā devatā maṃ etad avoca ||
Na kho bhikkhu sukaro so Bhagavā amhehi upasaṅkamitum aññāhi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi parivuto || Sace kho tvaṃ bhikkhu taṃ Bhagavantam upasaṅkamitvā etam atthaṃ puccheyyāsi mayam pi āgaccheyyāma dhammasavanāyāti || Sace bhante tassā devatāya saccaṃ vacanaṃ idheva sā devatā avidūre ti || ||
17. Evaṃ vutte sā devatā āyasmantaṃ Samiddhim etad avoca || Puccha bhikkhu puccha bhikkhu yam aham anuppattoti || ||
18. Atha kho Bhagavā taṃ devataṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Akkheyyasaññino sattā || akkheyyasmiṃ patiṭṭhitā ||
akkheyyam apariññāya || yogam āyanti maccuno || ||
akkheyyañ ca pariññāya || akkhātāraṃ na maññati ||
taṃ hi tassa na hotīti || yena naṃ vajjā na tassa atthi || ||
Sace vijānāsi vadehi yakkhīti || ||
19. Na khvāham bhante imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitāssa vitthārena attham ājānāmi || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā tathā bhāsatu yathāham imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ jāneyyan ti || ||
[page 012]
12 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 2. 10.
20. Samo visesī athavā nihīno || yo maññati so vivadetha tena ||
tīsu vidhāsu avikampamāno || samo visesīti na tassa hoti || ||
Sace vijānāsi vadehi yakkhīti || ||
21. Imassa pi khvāhaṃ bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa na vitthārena attham ājānāmi || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā tathā bhāsatu yathāham imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ jāneyyan ti || ||
22. Pahāsi saṅkhaṃ na vimānam ajjhagā ||
acchecchi taṇham idha nāmarūpe ||
tam chinnagandham anighaṃ nirāsam ||
pariyesamānā nājjhāgamuṃ ||
devā manussā idha vā huraṃ vā ||
saggesu vā sabbanivesanesu || ||
Sace vijānāsi vadehi yakkhīti ||
23. Imassa khvāhaṃ bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmi ||
Pāpaṃ na kayirā vacasā manasā ||
kāyena vā kiñcana sabbaloke ||
kāme pahāya satimā sampajāno ||
dukkhaṃ na sevetha anatthasaṃhitan ti || ||
Nandana-vaggo dutiyo || ||
Tatr-uddānam ||
Nandanā Nandati c-eva || Natthiputtasamena ca ||
Khattiyo Sakamāno ca || Niddātandi ca Dukkaraṃ ||
Hirī Kuṭikā navamo || dasamo vutto Samiddhināti || ||
[page 013]
I. 3. 1.] SATTI-VAGGA 3. 13
___________________________________________
CHAPTER III. SATTI-VAGGO.
Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi || ||
SN_1.1,3.1. Sattiyā.
Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho || ḍayhamāne va matthake ||
kāmarāgappahānāya || sato bhikkhu paribbaje ti || ||
Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho || ḍayhamāne va matthake ||
sakkāyadiṭṭhippahānāya || sato bhikkhu paribbaje ti || ||
SN_1.1,3.2. Phusati.
Nāphusantam phusati ca || phusantaṃ ca tato phuse ||
tasmā phusantam phusati || appaduṭṭhapadosinan ti || ||
Yo appaduṭṭhassa narassa dussati ||
suddhassa posassa anaṅgaṇassa ||
tam eva bālaṃ pacceti pāpaṃ ||
sukhumo rajo paṭivātaṃ va khitto ti || ||
SN_1.1,3.3. Jaṭā.
Antojaṭā bahijaṭā || jaṭāya jaṭitā pajā ||
taṃ taṃ Gotama pucchāmi || ko imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭan ti || ||
Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño || cittaṃ paññañca bhāvayaṃ ||
ātāpī nipako bhikkhu || so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭan ti || ||
yesaṃ rāgo ca doso ca || avijjā ca virājitā ||
khīṇāsavā arahanto || tesaṃ vijaṭitā jaṭā || ||
yattha nāmañca rūpañca || asesam uparujjhati ||
paṭighaṃ rūpasaññā ca || ettha sā chijjate jaṭāti || ||
[page 014]
14 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 3. 4.
SN_1.1,3.4. Mano-nivāraṇā.
Yato yato mano nivāraye || na dukkham eti naṃ tato tato ||
sa sabbato mano nivāraye || sa sabbato dukkhā pamuccati || ||
Na sabbato mano nivāraye || na mano sayatattam āgataṃ ||
yato yato ca pāpakaṃ || tato tato mano nivāraye ti || ||
SN_1.1,3.5. Arahaṃ.
Yo hoti bhikkhu arahaṃ katāvī ||
khīṇāsavo antimadehadhārī ||
ahaṃ vadāmīti pi so vadeyya ||
mamaṃ vadantīti pi so vadeyya || ||
[Yo hoti bhikkhu arahaṃ katāvī ||
khīṇāsavo antimadehadhārī ||
ahaṃ vadāmīti pi so vadeyya ||
mamaṃ vadantīti pi so vadeyya ||
loke samaññaṃ kusalo viditvā ||
vohāramattena so vohareyyāti] || ||
Yo hoti bhikkhu arahaṃ katāvī ||
khīṇāsavo antimadehadhārī ||
mānaṃ nu kho so upāgamma bhikkhu ||
ahaṃ vadāmmīti pi so vadeyya ||
mamaṃ vadantīti pi so vadeyyāti || ||
Pahīnamānassa na santi ganthā ||
vidhūpitā mānaganthassa sabbe ||
Sa vītivatto yamataṃ sumedho ||
[page 015]
I. 3. 8.] SATTI-VAGGA3 15
ahaṃ vadāmīti pi so vadeyya ||
[mamaṃ vadantīti pi so vadeyya] ||
loke samaññaṃ kusalo viditvā vohāramattena so vohareyyāti || ||
SN_1.1,3.6. Pajjoto.
Kati lokasmiṃ pajjotā || yehi loko pakāsati. ||
bhavantaṃ puṭṭhum āgamma || kathaṃ jānemu taṃ mayan ti || ||
Cattāro loke pajjotā || pañcam-etthana vijjati ||
divā tapati ādicco || rattim ābhāti candimā || ||
atha aggi divārattiṃ || tattha tattha pabhāsati ||
sambuddho tapataṃ seṭṭho || esā ābhā anuttarā ti || ||
SN_1.1,3.7. Sarā.
Kuto sarā nivattanti || kattha vaṭṭam na vaṭṭati ||
kattha nāmañca rūpañca || asesam uparujjhatīti || ||
Yattha āpo ca pathavī || tejo vāyo na gādhati ||
ato sarā nivattanti || ettha vaṭṭam na vaṭṭati ||
ettha nāmañca rupañca || asesam uparujjhatīti || ||
SN_1.1,3.8. Mahaddhana.
Mahaddhanā mahābhogā || raṭṭhavanto pi khattiyā ||
aññamaññābhigijjhanti || kāmesu analaṅkatā || ||
tesu ussukkajātesu || bhavasotānusārisu ||
gedhataṃham pajahiṃsu ||ke lokasmim anussukkāti || ||
Hitvā agāram pabbajitvā || hitvā puttaṃ pasuṃ piyaṃ ||
hitvā rāgañca dosañca || avijjañca virājiya ||
khīṇāsavā arahanto || te lokasmiṃ anussukā ti || ||
[page 016]
16 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 3. 9.
SN_1.1,3.9. Catucakka.
Catucakkam navadvāraṃ || puṇṇam lobhena saṃyutaṃ ||
paṅkajātaṃ mahāvīra || kathaṃ yātrā bhavissatīti || ||
Chetvā nandiṃ varattañca || icchālobhañca pāpakaṃ ||
samūlaṃ taṇham abbuyha || evaṃ yātrā bhavissatīti || ||
SN_1.1,3.10. Enijaṅgha.
Enijaṅghaṃ kisaṃ vīraṃ || appāhāram alolupaṃ ||
sīhaṃ v-ekacaraṃ nāgam ||kāmesu anapekkhinaṃ ||
upasaṅkamma pucchāma || kathaṃ dukkhā pamuccatīti || ||
Pañcakāmaguṇā loke || mano chaṭṭhā paveditā ||
ettha chandaṃ virājetvā || evaṃ dukkhā pamuccatīti || ||
Satti-vaggo tatiyo || ||
Tatr-uddānam ||
Sattiyā Phusati c-eva || Jaṭā Manonivāraṇā ||
Arahantena Pajjoto || Sarā Mahaddhanena ca ||
Catucakkena navamaṃ || Enijaṅghena te dasāti || ||
___________________________________________
CHAPTER IV. SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA
SN_1.1,4.1. Sabbhi.
1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakayikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā || yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu ||
[page 017]
I. 4. 1.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA 4. 17
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || seyyo hoti na pāpiyo ti || ||
4. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi. || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || paññā labbhati nāññato ti || ||
5. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || soka-majjhe na socatīti || ||
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññaya || ñāti-majjhe virocatīti ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || sattā gacchanti suggatin ti || ||
8. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || sattā tiṭṭhanti sātatan ti || ||
9. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavatam etad avoca || ||
Kassa nu kho Bhagavā subhāsitan ti || ||
Sabbāsaṃ vo subhāsitaṃ pariyāyena || api ca mamam pi suṇātha || ||
[page 018]
18 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 1.
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || sabbadukkhā pamuccatīti || ||
SN_1.1,4.2. Macchari.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu. ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Maccherā ca pamādā ca || evaṃ {dānaṃ} na dīyati ||
puññam ākaṅkhamānena || deyyaṃ hoti vijānatā ti || ||
4. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imā gāthayo abhāsi || ||
Yass-eva bhīto na dadāti maccharī ||
tad evādādato bhayaṃ ||
jighacchā ca pipāsā ca || yassa bhāyati maccharī ||
tam eva bālaṃ phusati || asmiṃ loke paramhi ca || ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraṃ || dajjā dānaṃ malābhibhū ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti || ||
5. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi ||
Te matesu na mīyanti || panthānaṃ va sagāvajjaṃ ||
appasmiṃ ye pavecchanti || esa dhammo sanantano || ||
appasm-eke pavecchanti || bahun-eke na dicchare ||
appasmā dakkhiṇā dinnā || sahassena samaṃ mitā ti || ||
[page 019]
I. 4. 2.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA 4. 19
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imā gāṭhāyo abhāsi ||
Duddadaṃ dadamānānaṃ || dukkaraṃ kamma kubbataṃ ||
asanto nānukubbanti || sataṃ dhammo durannayo || ||
Tasmā satañca asatañca || nānā hoti ito gati ||
asanto nirayaṃ yanti || santo saggaparāyanā ti || ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavantam etad avoca ||
Kassa nu kho Bhagavā subhāsitan ti || ||
Sabbāsaṃ vo subhāsitaṃ pariyāyena || api mamam pi suṇātha || ||
Dhammaṃ care yo samucchakaṃ care ||
dāram ca posaṃ dadam appakasmiṃ ||
sataṃ sahassānaṃ sahassayāginaṃ ||
kalam pi nāgghanti tathāvidhassa te ti || ||
8. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavantaṃ gāthaya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ken-esaṃ yañño vipulo mahaggato ||
samena dinnassa na aggham eti ||
sataṃ sahassānaṃ sahassayāginaṃ ||
kalam pi nāgghanti tathāvidhassa te ti || ||
9. Atha kho Bhagavā taṃ {devataṃ,} gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Dadanti eke visame niviṭṭhā ||
chetvā vadhitvā atha socayitvā ||
sā dakkhiṇā assumukhā sadaṇḍā ||
samena dinnassa na aggham eti || ||
Evaṃ sahassānaṃ sahassayāginam ||
kalam pi nāgghanti tathāvidhassa te ti || ||
[page 020]
20 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 3.
SN_1.1,4.3. Sādhu.
1. Sāvatthi ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam udānesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānaṃ || ||
Maccherā ca pamādā ca || evaṃ dānaṃ na dīyati ||
puññam ākaṅkhamānena || deyyaṃ hoti vijānatā ti || ||
4. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam udānesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānaṃ || api ca appasmim pi sādhu dānaṃ ||
Appasm-eke pavecchanti || bahun-eke na dicchare ||
appasmā dakkhiṇā dinnā || sahassena samam mitā ti || ||
5. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam udanesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānaṃ ||
Appasmim pi sādhu dānam ||
Api ca saddhāya pi sādhu dānam ||
Dānañca yuddhañca samānam āhu ||
Appāpi santā bahuke jinanti ||
Appam pi ce saddahāno dadāti ||
ten-eva so hoti sukhī paratthā ti || ||
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam udānesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānaṃ ||
appasmiṃ pi sādhu dānaṃ ||
[page 021]
I. 4. 3.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA 4. 21
saddhāya pi sādhu dānam ||
api ca dhammaladdhassa pi sādhu dānaṃ || ||
Yo dhammaladdhassa dadāti dānam ||
uṭṭhānaviriyādhigatassa jantu ||
atikkamma so vetaraṇiṃ Yamassa ||
dibbāni ṭhānāni upeti macco ti || ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam udānesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānaṃ ||
Appasmiṃ pi sādhu dānaṃ ||
Saddhāya pi sādhu dānaṃ ||
Dhammaladdhassa pi sādhu dānam ||
Api ca viceyyadānam pi sādhu || ||
Viceyyadānaṃ sugatappasatthaṃ ||
ye dakkhiṇeyyā idha jīvaloke ||
etesu dinnāni mahapphallāni ||
bījāni vuttāni yathā sukhette ti || ||
8. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam udānesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānam ||
Appasmim pi sādhu dānaṃ ||
Saddhāya pi sādhu dānaṃ ||
Dhammaladdhassa pi sādhu dānaṃ ||
Viceyyadānam pi sādhu ||
Api ca pāṇesu ca sādhu saṃyamo || ||
Yo pāṇabhūtesu aheṭhayaṃ caraṃ ||
parūpavādā na karoti pāpaṃ ||
bhīruṃ pasaṃsanti na hi tattha sūraṃ ||
bhayā hi santo na karonti pāpan ti || ||
9. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
[page 022]
22 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 3.
Kassā nu kho Bhagavā subhāsitan ti || ||
Sabbāsaṃ vo subhāsitaṃ pariyāyena || api mamam pi suṇātha || ||
Saddhāhi dānam bahudhā pasatthaṃ ||
dānā ca kho dhammapadaṃ va seyyo || ||
pubbeva hi pubbatareva santo ||
nibbānam ev-ajjhagamuṃ sapaññā || ||
SN_1.1,4.4. Na santi.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Na santi kāmā manujesu niccā ||
santīdha kamanīyāni yesu baddho ||
yesu pamatto apunāgamanaṃ ||
anāgantvā puriso maccudheyyā ti || ||
Chandajam aghaṃ || chandajaṃ dukkhaṃ ||
chandavinayā aghavinayo || aghavinayā dukkhavinayo ti || ||
Na te kāmā yāni citrāni loke ||
saṅkapparāgo purisassa kāmo ||
tiṭṭhanti citrāni tath-eva loke ||
ath-ettha dhīrā vinayanti chandam || ||
[page 023]
I. 4. 5.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA 4. 23
Kodhaṃ jahe vippajaheyya mānaṃ ||
saṃyojanaṃ sabbam atikkameyya ||
taṃ nāmarūpasmim asajjamānaṃ ||
akiñcanaṃ nānupatanti dukkhā || ||
Pahāsi saṅkhaṃ na vimānam ajjhagā ||
acchecchi taṇham idha nāmarūpe ||
taṃ chinnagantham anighaṃ nirāsaṃ ||
pariyesamānā na ca ajjhagamuṃ ||
devā manussā idha vā huraṃ vā ||
saggesu vā sabbanivesanesū ti || ||
Taṃ ce hi nāddakkhuṃ tathā vimuttaṃ ||
iccāyasmā Mogharājā ||
deva manussā idha vā huraṃ vā ||
naruttamaṃ atthacaraṃ narānaṃ ||
ye taṃ namassanti pasaṃsiyā te ti || ||
Pasaṃsiyā te pi bhavanti bhikkhu ||
Mogharājā ti Bhagavā ||
ye taṃ namassanti tathā vimuttam ||
aññāya dhammaṃ vicikicchaṃ pahāya ||
saṅgātigā te pi bhavanti bhikkhū ti || ||
SN_1.1,4.5. Ujjhānasaññino.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Ujjhānasaññikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu. || Upasaṅkamitvā vekāsam aṭṭhaṃsu ||
[page 024]
24 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 5
3. Vehāsaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Aññathā santam attānam || aññathā yo pavedaye ||
nikacca kitavass-eva || bhuttaṃ theyyena tassa taṃ || ||
yaṃ hi kayirā taṃ hi vade || yaṃ na kayirā na taṃ vade ||
akarontam bhāsamānānaṃ || parijānanti paṇḍitā ti || ||
Na yidam bhāsitamattena || ekantasavanena vā ||
anukkamituṃ ve sakkā || yāyaṃ paṭipadā daḷhā ||
yāya dhīrā pamuccanti || jhāyino mārabandhanā || ||
Na ve dhīrā pakubbanti || viditvā lokapariyāyaṃ ||
aññāya nibbutā dhīrā || tiṇṇā loke visattikan-ti. || ||
4. Atha kho tā devatāyo pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
Accayo no bhante accagamā || yathā bālā yatha mūḷhā yathā akusalā yā mayaṃ Bhagavantaṃ asādetabbaṃ amaññimhā || tāsaṃ no bhante Bhagavā accayam accayato patigaṇhātu āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā ti || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā sitaṃ pātvākāsi || ||
6. Atha kho tā devatāyo bhiyyosomattāya ujjhāyantiyo vehāsam abbhuggañchuṃ || ||
7. Ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imam gātham avoca || ||
Accayaṃ desayantīnaṃ || yo ve na patigaṇhati ||
kopantaro dosagaru || sa veraṃ paṭimuccatīti || ||
Accayo ce na vijjetha || no cīdhāpagatam siyā ||
verāni na ca sammeyyuṃ || kenīdha kusalo siyāti || ||
Kass-accayā na vijjanti || kassa natthi apagataṃ ||
ko na sammoham āpādi || ko ca dhīro sadā sato ti || ||
[page 025]
I. 4. 6.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA 4. 25
Tathāgatassa buddhassa || sabbabhūtānukampino ||
tass-accayā na vijjanti || tassa natthi apagataṃ ||
so na sammoham āpādi || so ca dhīro sadā sato ti || ||
Accayaṃ desayantīnaṃ || yo ce na patigaṇhati ||
kopantaro dosagaru || yaṃ veraṃ paṭimuccati ||
taṃ veraṃ nābhinandāmi || paṭigaṇhāmi vo-ccayan ti || ||
SN_1.1,4.6. Saddhā.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanaṃ obhasetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Saddhā dutiyā purisassa hoti ||
no ce assaddhiyam avatiṭṭhati ||
yaso ca kittī ca tatvassa hoti ||
saggaṃ ca so gacchati sarīram pahāyā ti || ||
Kodhaṃ jahe vippajaheyya mānaṃ ||
saṃyojanaṃ sabbam atikkameyya ||
taṃ nāmarūpasmim asajjamānaṃ ||
akiñcanaṃ nānupatanti saṅgā ti ||
Pamādam anuyuñjanti || bālā dummedhino janā ||
appamādaṃ ca medhāvī || dhanaṃ seṭṭham va rakkhati || ||
Mā pamādam anuyuñjetha || mā kāmaratisanthavaṃ ||
appamatto hi jhāyanto || pappoti paramaṃ sukhan ti || ||
[page 026]
26 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 7.
SN_1.1,4.7. Samayo.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavatthusmiṃ mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhim pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi || dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatāyo yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca || ||
2. Atha kho catunnaṃ Suddhāvāsakāyikānaṃ devatānam etad ahosi || Ayaṃ kho Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavatthusmiṃ mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi || dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatāyo yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca || Yannūna mayaṃ pi yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkameyyāma || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato santike pacceka gāthaṃ bhāseyyāmāti || ||
3. Atha kho tā devatāyo seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāham pasāreyya || pasāritaṃ vā bāham sammiñjeyya || evam evaṃ Suddhāvāsesu devesu antarahitā Bhagavato purato pātur ahesuṃ || ||
4. Atha kho tā devatāyo Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Mahāsamayo pavanasmiṃ || devakāyā samāgatā ||
āgatamha imaṃ dhammasamayaṃ ||
dakkhitāye aparājitasaṅghan ti || ||
5. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Tatra bhikkhavo samādahaṃsu ||
cittam attano ujukam akaṃsu ||
sārathī va nettāni gahetvā ||
indriyāni rakkhanti paṇḍitā ti. || ||
[page 027]
I. 4. 8.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKA-VAGGA 4. 27
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike {imaṃ} gātham abhāsi || ||
Chetvā khilam chetvā palighaṃ ||
indakhīlam ohacca-m-anejā ||
te caranti suddhā vimalā ||
cakkhumatā sudantā susunāgā ti || ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā || pa ||
Ye keci Buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatāse ||
na te gamissanti apāyabhūmiṃ ||
pahāya mānusaṃ dehaṃ ||
devakāyaṃ paripuressantīti || ||
SN_1.1,4.8. Sakalikam.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Maddakucchismiṃ migadāye || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavato pādo sakalikāya khato hoti || Bhūsā sudaṃ Bhagavato vedanā vattanti sarīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā ||
Tā sudaṃ Bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā catugguṇam saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpetvā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyam kappesi pāde pādam accādhāya sato sampajāno || ||
4. Atha kho sattasatā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Maddakucchim obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
5. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam udānesi || ||
[page 028]
28 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 8.
Nāgo vata bho samaṇo Gotamo || nāgavatā ca samuppannā sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā ||
sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno ti || ||
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam udānesi || ||
Sīho vata bho samaṇo Gotamo || sīhavatā ca samuppannā sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā ||
sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno ti || ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam udānesi || ||
Ājānīyo vata bho samaṇo Gotamo || ājānīyavatā ca samuppannā sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā || sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno ti || ||
8. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam udānesi || ||
Nisabho vata bho Samaṇo Gotamo || nisabhavatā ca samuppannā sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā || sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno ti || ||
9. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam udānesi || ||
Dhorayho vata bho samaṇo Gotamo || dhorayhavatā ca samuppannā sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asāta amanāpā || sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno ti || ||
10. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam udānesi || ||
Danto vata bho samaṇo Gotamo || dantavatā ca samuppannā sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā ||
sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno ti || ||
11. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam udānesi || ||
Passa samādhi-subhāvitaṃ cittaṃ ca vimuttaṃ || na cābhinatam na cāpanatam na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayha cāritavatam || Yo evarūpam purisanāgam purisasīhaṃ purisa-
[page 029]
I. 4. 9.] SATULLAPAKĀYIKĀ-VAGGA 4. 29
ājānīyaṃ purisa-nisabhaṃ purisadhorayham purisadantam atikkamitabbaṃ maññeyya kim aññatra adassanā ti || ||
Pañcavedasataṃ samaṃ || tapassībrāhmaṇācaraṃ ||
cittaṃ ca nesaṃ na sammā vimuttaṃ ||
hīnattarūpā na pāraṃgamā te ||
Taṇhādhipannā vata sīlabaddhā ||
lūkhaṃ tapaṃ vassasataṃ carantā ||
Cittaṃ ca nesaṃ na sammā vimuttaṃ ||
hīnattarūpā na pāraṃgamā te || ||
Na mānakāmassa damo idh-atthi ||
na monam atthi asamāhitassa ||
eko araññe viharaṃ pamatto ||
na maccudheyyassa tareyya pāraṃ || ||
Mānam pahāya susamāhitatto ||
sucetaso sabbadhi vippamutto ||
eko araññe viharaṃ appamatto ||
sa maccudheyyassa tareyya pāran ti || ||
SN_1.1,4.9. Pajjunna-dhītā (1).
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane Kūṭāgāra-sālāyaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho Kokanadā Pajjunnassa dhītā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ mahāvanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
3. Ekam antam ṭhitā kho sa devatā Kokanadā Pajjunnassa dhītā Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Vesāliyam vane viharantaṃ ||
aggaṃ sattassa sambuddhaṃ ||
[page 030]
30 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 4. 10.
Kokanadā-h-asmiṃ abhivande ||
Kokanadā Pajjunnassa dhītā || ||
Sutam eva me pure āsi dhammo ||
cakkhumatānubuddho ||
sā-ham dāni sakkhi jānāmi ||
munino desayato Sugatassa ||
Ye hi keci ariyadhammaṃ ||
vigarahantā caranti dummedhā ||
upenti Roruvaṃ ghoraṃ ||
cirarattaṃ dukkham anubhavanti || ||
Ye ca kho ariyadhamme ||
khantiyā upasamena upetā ||
pahāya mānusaṃ dehaṃ ||
devakāyam paripuressantī ti || ||
SN_1.1,4.10. Pajjunna-dhitā (2).
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati magāvane Kūṭāgāra-sālāyaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho Cūḷa-Kokanadā Pajjunnassa dhītā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ mahāvanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Cūḷa-Kokanadā Pajjunnassa dhītā Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Idhāgamā vijjupabhāsavaṇṇā ||
Kokanadā Pajjunnassa dhītā ||
buddhaṃ ca dhammaṃ ca namassamānā ||
gāthā c-imā atthavatī abhāsi || ||
[page 031]
I. 5. 1.] ĀDITTA-VAGGA 5. 31
Bahunā pi kho taṃ vibhajeyyaṃ ||
pariyāyena tādiso dhammo ||
saṅkhittam atthaṃ lapayissāmi ||
yāvatā me manasā pariyattaṃ || ||
Pāpaṃ na kayirā vacasā manasā ||
kāyena vā kiñcana sabbaloke ||
kāme pahāya satimā sampajaño ||
dukkhaṃ na sevetha anatthasaṃhitan ti || ||
Satullapakāyika-vaggo catuttho || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Sabbhi Maccharinā Sādhu || Na sant-Ujjhānasaññino ||
Saddhā Samayo Sakalikaṃ || ubho Pajjunna-dhītaro ti || ||
___________________________________________
CHAPTER V. ĀDITTA-VAGGO.
Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārame || ||
Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
Ekam antam ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
SN_1.1,5.1. Ādittam.
Ādittasmim agārasmiṃ || yaṃ nīharati bhājanaṃ ||
taṃ tassa hoti atthāya || no ca yaṃ tattha ḍayhatīti || ||
Evam ādīpito loko || jarāya maraṇena ca ||
nīhareth-eva dānena || dinnaṃ hoti sunīhataṃ || ||
[page 032]
32 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 5. 1.
dinnaṃ sukhaphalaṃ hoti || nādinnam hoti taṃ tathā ||
corā haranti rājāno || aggī ḍayhati nassati || ||
Atha antena jahāti || sarīraṃ sapariggahaṃ ||
etad aññāya medhāvi || bhuñjetha ca dadetha ca ||
datvā bhutvā ca yathānubhāvaṃ ||
anindito saggam upeti ṭhānan ti || ||
SN_1.1,5.2. Kiṃdada.
Kiṃdado balado hoti || kiṃdado hoti vaṇṇado ||
kiṃdado sukhado hoti || kiṃdado hoti cakkhudo ||
ko ca sabbadado hoti || taṃ me akkhāhi pucchito || ||
Annado balado hoti || vatthado hoti vaṇṇado ||
yānado sukhado hoti || dīpado hoti cakkhudo ||
so ca sabbadado hoti || yo dadāti upassayaṃ ||
amataṃ dado ca so hoti || yo dhammam anusāsatīti || ||
SN_1.1,5.3. Annam.
Annam evābhinandanti || ubhayo devamānusā ||
atha ko nāma so yakkho || yam annaṃ nābhinandatīti || ||
Ye naṃ dadanti saddhāya || vippasannena cetasā ||
tam eva annaṃ bhajati || asmiṃ loke paramhi ca || ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraṃ || dajjā dānaṃ malābhibhū ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti || ||
SN_1.1,5.4. Ekamūla.
Ekamūlaṃ dvirāvaṭṭam || timalaṃ pañcapattharaṃ ||
samuddaṃ dvādasāvaṭṭaṃ || pātālam atarī isīti || ||
[page 033]
I. 5. 8.] ĀDITTA-VAGGA 5. 33
SN_1.1,5.5. Anomiya.
Anomanāmaṃ nipuṇatthadassiṃ ||
paññādadaṃ kāmalaye asattaṃ ||
taṃ passatha sabbaviduṃ sumedhaṃ ||
ariye pathe kamamānaṃ mahesin ti || ||
SN_1.1,5.6. Accharā.
Accharāgaṇasaṅghuṭṭhaṃ || pisācagaṇasevitaṃ ||
vanan-tam mohanaṃ nāma || kathaṃ yātrā bhavissatīti || ||
Ujuko nāma so maggo || abhayā nāma sā disā ||
ratho akujano nāma || dhammacakkehi saṃyuto || ||
Hirī tassa apālambo || saty-assa parivāraṇam ||
dhammāhaṃ sārathiṃ brūmi || sammādiṭṭhipure javaṃ || ||
Yassa etādisaṃ yānaṃ || itthiyā purisassa vā ||
sa ve etena yānena || nibbānass-eva santike ti || ||
SN_1.1,5.7. Vanaropa (or Vacanam).
Kesaṃ divā ca ratto ca || sadā puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati ||
dhammaṭṭhā sīlasampannā || ke janā saggagāmino ti || ||
Arāmaropā vanaropā || ye janā setukārakā ||
papañ ca udapānañ ca ||ye dadanti upassayaṃ ||
tesaṃ divā ca ratto ca || sadā puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati ||
dhammaṭṭhā sīlasampannā || te janā saggagāmino ti || ||
SN_1.1,5.8. Jetavana.
Idaṃ hitaṃ Jetavanaṃ || isisaṅghanisevitaṃ ||
āvutthaṃ dhammarājena || pītisañjananam mama || ||
[page 034]
34 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 5. 8.
kammaṃ vijjā ca dhammo ca || sīlaṃ jīvitam uttamaṃ ||
etena maccā sujjhanti || na gottena dhanena vā || ||
Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso || sampassaṃ attham attano ||
yoniso vicine dhammaṃ || evaṃ tattha visujjhati || ||
Sāriputto va paññāya || sīlena upasamena ca ||
yo pi pāragato bhikkhu || etāva paramo siyāti || ||
SN_1.1,5.9. Macchari.
Ye dha maccharino loke || kadariyā paribhāsakā ||
aññesaṃ dadamānānaṃ || antarāyakarā narā || ||
kiṃdiso tesaṃ vipāko || samparāyo ca kiṃdiso ||
bhavantaṃ puṭṭhum āgamma || kathaṃ jānemu tam mayan ti || ||
Ye dha maccharino loke || kadariyā paribhāsakā ||
aññesaṃ dadamānānam || antarāyakarā narā || ||
nirayaṃ tiracchānayoniṃ || yamalokam uppajjare ||
sace enti manussattaṃ || dalidde jāyare kule || ||
coḷaṃ piṇḍo ratī khiḍḍā || yattha kicchena labbhati ||
parato āsiṃsare bālā || tam pi tesaṃ na labbhati ||
diṭṭhe dhamme sa vipāko || samparāye ca duggatīti || ||
Iti h-etam vijānāma || aññaṃ pucchāma Gotama ||
ye dha laddhā manussattaṃ || vadaññū vītamaccharā ||
buddhe pasannā dhamme ca || saṅghe ca tibbagāravā || ||
kiṃdiso tesaṃ vipāko || samparāyo ca kiṃdiso ||
bhavantaṃ puṭṭhum āgamma || kathaṃ jānemu taṃ mayan ti || ||
Ye dha laddhā manussattam || vadaññū vītamaccharā ||
buddhe pasannā dhamme ca || saṅghe tibbagāravā ||
ete sagge pakāsenti || yattha te upapajjare || ||
[page 035]
I. 5. 10.] ĀDITTA-VAGGA 5. 35
sace enti manussattaṃ || aḍḍhe ajāyare kule ||
coḷaṃ piṇḍo ratī khiḍḍā || yatthākicchena labbhati || ||
parasambhatesu bhogesu || vasavattīva modare ||
diṭṭhe dhamme sa vipāko || samparāye ca suggatīti || ||
SN_1.1,5.10. Ghaṭīkaro.
Avihaṃ upapannāse || vimuttā satta bhikkhavo ||
rāgadosaparikkhīṇā || tiṇṇā loke visattikan ti || ||
Ke ca te ataruṃ paṅkaṃ || maccudheyyaṃ suduttaraṃ ||
te hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ || dibbayogam upaccagun ti || ||
Upako Phalagaṇḍo ca || Pukkusāti ca te tayo ||
Bhaddiyo Khaṇḍadevo ca || Bāhuraggi ca Piṅgiyo ||
te hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ || dibbayogam upaccagun ti || ||
Kusalaṃ bhāsasi tesaṃ || mārapāsappahāyinaṃ ||
kassa te dhammam aññāya || acchiduṃ bhavabhandhanan ti || ||
Na aññatra Bhagavatā || naññatra tava sāsanā ||
yassa te dhammam aññāya || acchiduṃ bhavabandhanaṃ || ||
yattha nāmañca rupañca || asesam uparujjhati ||
taṃ te dhammam idha ñāya || acchiduṃ bhavabandhanan ti || ||
Gambhīraṃ bhāsasi vācaṃ || dubbijānam sudubbudhaṃ ||
kassa tvaṃ dhammam aññaya || vācam bhāsasi īdisanti || ||
Kumbhakāro pure āsiṃ || Vehaḷiṅge ghaṭīkaro ||
mātāpettibharo āsiṃ || Kassapassa upāsako ||
[page 036]
36 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 5. 10.
virato methunā dhammā || brahmacārī nirāmiso ||
ahuvā te sagāmeyyo || ahuvā te pure sakhā ||
so-ham ete pajānāmi || vimutte satta bhikkhave ||
rāgadosaparikkhīṇe || tiṇṇe loke visattikan ti || ||
Evam etaṃ tadā āsi || yathā bhāsasi Bhaggava ||
kumbhakāro pure āsi || Vehaḷiṅge ghaṭikāro ||
mātāpettibharo āsi || Kassapassa upāsako ||
virato methunā dhammā || brahmacārī nirāmiso ||
ahuvā me sagāmeyyo || ahuvā me pure sakhā ti || ||
evam etaṃ purāṇānaṃ || sahāyānam ahu saṅgamo ||
ubhinnaṃ bhāvitattānaṃ || sarīrantimadhārinan ti || ||
Āditta-vaggo pañcamo || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ ||
Ādittaṃ Kiṃdadam Annaṃ ||
Ekamūla Anomiyaṃ ||
Accharā Vanaropetaṃ ||
Maccherena Ahaṭīkaro ti || ||
___________________________________________
CHAPTER VI. JARĀ-VAGGO.
SN_1.1,6.1. Jarā.
Kiṃsu yāva jarā sādhu || kiṃsu sādhu patiṭṭhitaṃ ||
kiṃsu narānaṃ ratanaṃ || kiṃsu corehi duharan ti || ||
Sīlaṃ yāva jarā sādhu || saddhā sādhu patiṭṭhitā ||
paññā narānaṃ ratanaṃ || puññaṃ corehi duharan ti || ||
SN_1.1,6.2. Ajarasā.
Kiṃsu ajarasā sādhu || kiṃsu sādhu adhiṭṭhitaṃ ||
kiṃsu narānaṃ ratanaṃ || kiṃsu corehi ahāriyan ti || ||
[page 037]
I. 6. 6.] JARĀ-VAGGA 6. 37
Sīlam ajarasā sādhu || saddhā sādhu adhiṭṭhitā ||
paññā narānaṃ ratanaṃ || puññaṃ corehi hāriyan ti || ||
SN_1.1,6.3. Mittam.
Kiṃsu pathavato mittaṃ || kiṃsu mittaṃ sake ghare ||
kiṃ mittaṃ atthajātassa || kiṃ mittam samparāyikanti || ||
Sattho pathavato mittam || mātā mittaṃ sake ghare ||
sahāyo atthajātassa || hoti mittaṃ punappunaṃ ||
sayam katāni puññāni || taṃ mittaṃ samparāyikan ti || ||
SN_1.1,6.4. Vatthu.
Kiṃsu vatthu manussānaṃ || kiṃsu-dha paramā sakhā ||
kiṃsu bhūtā upajīvanti || ye pāṇā pathaviṃ sitā ti || ||
Puttā vatthu manussānaṃ || bhariyā ca paramā sakhā ||
vuṭṭhibhūtā upajīvanti || ye pāṇā pathaviṃ sitā ti || ||
SN_1.1,6.5. Janaṃ (1).
Kiṃsu janeti purisaṃ || kiṃsu tassa vidhāvati ||
kiṃsu saṃsāram āpādi || kiṃsu tassa mahabbhayan ti || ||
Taṇhā janeti purisaṃ || cittam assa vidhāvati ||
satto saṃsāram āpādi || dukkham assa mahabbhayan ti || ||
SN_1.1,6.6. Janaṃ (2).
Kiṃsu janeti purisaṃ || kiṃsu tassa vidhāvati ||
kiṃsu saṃsāram āpādi || kismā na parimuccatīti || ||
Taṇhā janeti purisaṃ || cittam assa vidhāvati ||
satto saṃsāram āpādi || dukkhā na parimuccatī ti || ||
[page 038]
38 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 6. 7.
SN_1.1,6.7. Janaṃ (3).
Kiṃsu janeti purisaṃ || kiṃsu tassa vidhāvati ||
kiṃsu saṃsāram āpādi || kiṃsu tassa parāyanan ti || ||
Taṇhā janeti purisaṃ || cittam assa vidhāvati ||
satto saṃsāram āpādi || kammaṃ tassa parāyanan ti || ||
SN_1.1,6.8. Uppatho.2
Kiṃsu uppatho akkhāti || kiṃsu rattindivakkhayo ||
kiṃ malaṃ brahmacariyassa || kim sinānam anodakanti || ||
Rāgo uppatho akkhāti || vayo rattindivakkhayo ||
itthi malaṃ brahmacariyassa || etthāyaṃ sajjate pajā ||
tapo brahmacariyañca || taṃ sinānam anodakan ti || ||
SN_1.1,6.9. Dutiyo.
Kiṃsu dutiyaṃ purisassa hoti || kiṃsu c-enaṃ pasāsati ||
kissa cābhirato macco || sabbadukkhā pamuccatīti || ||
Saddhā dutiyā purisassa hoti || paññā c-enaṃ pasāsati ||
nibbānābhirato macco || sabbadukkhā pamuccatīti || ||
SN_1.1,6.10. Kavi.
Kiṃsu nidānaṃ gāthānaṃ || kiṃsu tāsaṃ viyañjanaṃ ||
kiṃsu sannissitā gāthā || kiṃsu gāthānam āsayo ti || ||
Chando nidānaṃ gāthānaṃ || akkharā tāsaṃ viyañjanaṃ ||
nāmasannissitā gāthā || kavi gāthānam āsayo ti || ||
Jarā-vaggo chaṭṭho ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Jarā Ajarasā Mittaṃ || Vatthu tīṇi Janāni ca ||
Uppatho ca Dutiyo ca || Kavinā purito vaggo ti || ||
[page 039]
I. 7. 5.] ADDHA-VAGGA 7. 39
___________________________________________
CHAPTER VII. ADDHA-VAGGO.
SN_1.1,7.1. NĀMAM.
Kiṃsu sabbaṃ addhabhavi || kismā bhīyo na vijjati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagū ti || ||
Nāmam sabbam addhabhavi || nāmā bhīyo na vijjati ||
nāmassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagū ti || ||
SN_1.1,7.2. Cittam.
Kenassu nīyati loko || kenassu parikissati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagūti || ||
Cittena nīyati loko || cittena parikissati ||
cittassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagūti || ||
SN_1.1,7.3. Taṇhā.
Kenassu nīyati loko || kenassu parikissati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagū ti || ||
Taṇhāya nīyati loko || taṇhāya parikissati ||
taṇhāya ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagū ti || ||
SN_1.1,7.4. Samyojana.
Kiṃsu saṃyojano loko || kiṃsu tassa vicāraṇam ||
kissassa vippahānena || nibbānam iti vuccatīti || ||
Nandī saṃyojano loko || vitakk-assa vicāraṇam ||
taṇhāya vippahānena || nibbānam iti vuccatīti || ||
SN_1.1,7.5. Bandhana.
Kiṃsu sambandhano loko || kiṃsu tassa vicāranaṃ || ||
kissassa vippahānena || sabbaṃ chindati bandhanan ti || ||
[page 040]
40 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 7. 5.
Nandī sambandhano loko || vitakk-assa vicāranaṃ ||
taṇhāya vippahānena || sabbaṃ chindati bandhanan ti || ||
SN_1.1,7.6. Abbhāhata.
Kenassu-bbhāhato loko || kenassu parivārito ||
kena sallena otiṇṇo || kissa dhūpāyito sadā ti || ||
Maccunābbhāhato loko || jarāya parivārito ||
taṇhāsallena otiṇṇo || icchādhūpāyito sadā ti || ||
SN_1.1,7.7. Uḍḍito.
Kenassu uḍḍito loko || kenassu parivārito ||
kenassu pihito loko || kismiṃ loko patiṭṭhito ti || ||
Taṇhāya uḍḍito loko || jarāya parivārito ||
maccunā pihito loko || dukkhe loko patiṭṭhito ti || ||
SN_1.1,7.8. Pihito.
Kenassu pihito loko || kosmiṃ loko patiṭṭhito || ||
kenassu uḍḍito loko || kenassu parivārito ti || ||
Maccunā pihito loko || dukkhe loko patiṭṭhito ||
taṇhāya uḍḍito loko || jarāya parivārito ti || ||
SN_1.1,7.9. Icchā.
Kenassu bajjhati loko || kissa vinayāya muccati ||
kissassu vippahānena || sabbaṃ chindati bandhananti || ||
Icchāya bajjhati loko || icchāvinayāya muccati ||
icchāya vippahānena || sabbaṃ chindati bandhanan ti || ||
[page 041]
I. 8. 2.] CHETVĀ-VAGGA 8. 41
SN_1.1,7.10. Loka.
Kismiṃ loko samuppanno || kismiṃ kubbati santhavaṃ ||
kissā loko upādāya || kismiṃ loko vihaññatīti || ||
Chasu loko samuppanno || chasu kubbati santhavaṃ ||
channam eva upādāya || chasu loko vihaññatīti || ||
Addha-vaggo sattamo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Nāmam Cittaṃ ca Taṇhā ca ||
Saṃyojanaṃ ca Bandhanā ||
Abbhāhat-Uḍḍito Pihito ||
Icchā Lokena te dasā ti || ||
___________________________________________
CHAPTER VIII. CHETVĀ-VAGGO.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
SN_1.1,8.1. Chetvā.
Kiṃsu chetvā sukhaṃ seti || kiṃsu chetvā na socati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || vadhaṃ rocesi Gotamā ti || ||
Kodhaṃ chetvā sukhaṃ seti || kodhaṃ chetvā na socāti ||
kodhassa vīsamūlassa || madhuraggassa devate ||
vadham ariyā pasaṃsanti || taṃ hi chetvā na socatīti || ||
SN_1.1,8.2. Ratha.
Kiṃsu rathassa paññāṇaṃ || kiṃsu paññāṇam aggino ||
kiṃsu raṭṭhassa paññāṇaṃ || kiṃsu paññāṇam itthiyā ti || ||
[page 042]
42 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 8. 2.
Dhajo rathassa paññāṇam || dhūmo paññāṇam aggino ||
rājā raṭṭhassa paññāṇam || bhattā paññāṇam itthiyāti || ||
SN_1.1,8.3. Vitta.
Kiṃsūdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭhaṃ ||
kiṃsu suciṇṇo sukham āvahāti ||
kiṃsu have sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ ||
kathaṃ jīviṃ jūvitam āhu seṭṭhan ti || ||
Saddhīdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭham ||
dhammo suciṇṇo sukham āvahāti ||
saccam have sādutaram rasānam ||
paññājīviṃ jīvitaṃ āhu setthaṇ ti || ||
SN_1.1,8.4. Vuṭṭhi.
Kiṃsu uppatataṃ seṭṭham || kiṃsu nipatataṃ varaṃ ||
kiṃsu pavajamānānaṃ || kiṃsu pavadataṃ varan ti || ||
Bījam uppatataṃ seṭṭham || vuṭṭhi nipatatam varā ||
gāvo pavajamānānam || putto pavadataṃ varo ti || ||
Vijjā uppatataṃ seṭṭhā || avijjā nipatataṃ varā ||
saṅgho pavajamānānaṃ || buddho pavadataṃ varo ti || ||
SN_1.1,8.5. Bhītā.
Kiṃsūdha bhīrā janatā anekā ||
maggo v-anekāyatanaṃ pavutto ||
pucchāmi taṃ Gotama bhūripañña ||
kismiṃ ṭhito paralokaṃ na bhāye ti || ||
Vācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya sammā ||
kāyena pāpāni akubbamāno ||
bahvannapānaṃ gharam āvasanto ||
[page 043]
I. 8. 7.] CHETVĀ-VAGGA 8. 43
saddho mudū {saṃvibhāgī} vadaññū ||
etesu dhammesu ṭhito catusu ||
paralokaṃ na bhāye ti || ||
SN_1.1,8.6. Na jīrati.
Kiṃ jīrati kiṃ na jīrati || kiṃ uppatho ti vuccati ||
kiṃsu dhammānaṃ paripantho || kiṃsu rattindivakkhayo ||
kiṃ malaṃ brahmacariyassa || kiṃ sinānam anodakaṃ ||
kati lokasmiṃ chiddāni || yattha cittaṃ na tiṭṭhati ||
bhavantaṃ puṭṭhum āgamma || katham jānemu tam mayan ti || ||
Rūpaṃ jīrati maccānam || nāmagottaṃ na jīrati ||
rāgo uppatho ti vuccati || lobho dhammānaṃ paripantho ||
vayo rattindivakkhayo || itthi malam brahmacariyassa ||
etthāyam sajjate pajā ||
tapo ca brahmacariyañca || tam sinānam anodakaṃ || ||
Cha lokasmiṃ chiddāni yattha cittaṃ na tiṭṭhati ||
alassañca pamādoca || anuṭṭhānaṃ asaṃyamo ||
niddā tandī ca te chidde || sabbaso taṃ vivajjaye ti || ||
SN_1.1,8.7. Issaraṃ.
Kiṃsu issariyaṃ loke || kiṃsu bhaṇḍānam uttamaṃ ||
kiṃsu satthamalaṃ loke || kiṃsu lokasmim abbudaṃ || ||
kiṃsu harantaṃ vārenti || haranto pana ko piyo ||
kiṃsu punappanāyantaṃ || abhinandanti paṇḍitāti || ||
Vaso issariyaṃ loke || itthi bhaṇḍānam uttamaṃ ||
kodho satthamalam loke || corā lokasmim abbudā || ||
coram harantaṃ vārenti || haranto samaṇo piyo ||
samaṇam punappunāyantaṃ || abhinandanti paṇḍitāti || ||
[page 044]
44 DEVATĀ-SAṂYUTTA I. [I. 8. 8.
SN_1.1,8.8. Kāma.
Kiṃ atthakāmo na dade || kiṃ macco na pariccaje ||
kiṃsu mucceyya kalyāṇam || pāpiyaṃ ca na mocayeti || ||
Attānaṃ na dade poso || attānam na pariccaje ||
vācaṃ muñceyya kalyāṇiṃ || pāpikaṃ ca na mocaye ti || ||
SN_1.1,8.9. Pātheyyaṃ.
Kiṃsu bandhati pātheyyaṃ || kiṃsu bhogānam āsayo ||
kiṃsu naraṃ parikassati || kiṃsu lokasmiṃ dujjahaṃ ||
kismiṃ baddhā puthusattā || pāsena sakunī yathā ti || ||
Saddhā bandhati pātheyyam || siri bhogānam āsayo ||
icchā naram parikassati || icchā lokasmiṃ dujjahā ||
icchābaddhā puthusattā || pāsena sakuṇī yathā ti || ||
SN_1.1,8.10. Pajjoto.
Kiṃsu lokasmiṃ pajjoto || kiṃsu lokasmiṃ jāgaro ||
kiṃsu kamme sajīvānaṃ || kim assa iriyāpatho. || ||
kiṃsu alasam analasañca || mātā puttaṃ va posati ||
kiṃsu bhūtā upajīvanti || ye pāṇā pathaviṃ sītāti || ||
Paññā lokasmiṃ pajjoto || sati lokasmiṃ jāgaro ||
gāvo kamme sajīvānaṃ || sītassa iriyāpatho ||
vuṭṭhi alasam analasañca || mātā puttaṃ va posati ||
vuṭṭhibhūtā upajīvanti || ye pāṇā pathaviṃ sitā ti || ||
SN_1.1,8.11. Araṇā.
Kesu-dha araṇā loke || kesaṃ vusiṭaṃ na nassati ||
ke-dha icchaṃ parijānanti || kesaṃ bhojisiyaṃ sadā || ||
[page 045]
I. 8. 11.] CHETVĀ-VAGGA 8. 45
kiṃsu mātā pitā bhātā || vandanti naṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ ||
kaṃsu idha jātihīnaṃ || abhivādenti khattiyā ti || ||
Samaṇīdha araṇā loke || samaṇānaṃ vusitaṃ na nassati ||
samaṇā icchaṃ parijānanti || samaṇānaṃ bhojisiyaṃ sadā || ||
Samaṇaṃ mātā pitā bhātā || vandanti naṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ ||
samaṇīdha jātihīnaṃ || abhivādenti khattiyā ti || ||
Chetvā-vaggo aṭṭhamo ||
Tass-uddānam
Chetvā Rathaṃ ca Vittaṃ ca ||
Vuṭṭhi Bhītā Na-jīrati ||
Issaraṃ Kāmaṃ Pātheyyaṃ ||
Pajjoto Araṇena cā ti || ||
Devatā-Samyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
[page 046]
46
********************************************
BOOK II.- DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTAM.
___________________________________________
CHAPTER I. PATHAMO-VAGGO.
SN_1.2,1.1. Kassapo (1).
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || || Atha kho Kassapo devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappam Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || Ekam antam ṭhito kho Kassapo devaputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Bhikkhuṃ Bhagavā pakāsesi no ca bhikkhuno anusāsan ti || ||
2. Tena hi Kassapa taññev-etthā paṭibhātūti || ||
3. Subhāsitassa sikkhetha || samaṇupāsanassa ca ||
ekāsanassa ca raho || cittavūpāsamassa cā ti || ||
4. Idam avoca Kassapo devaputto || samanuñño satthā ahosi || || Atha kho Kassapo devaputto samanuñño me satthāti Bhagavantaṃ vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.2,1.2. Kassapo (2).
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ ārāme || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Kassapo devaputto Bhagavato santike {imaṃ} gātham abhāsi || ||
Bhikkhu siyā jhāyī vimuttacitto ||
ākaṅkhe ca hadayassānuppattiṃ ||
lokassa ñatvā udayabbayañca ||
sucetaso asito tadānisaṃso ti || ||
[page 047]
II. 1. 2.] PAṬHAMO-VAGGA 1. 47
SN_1.2,1.3. Māgho.
1. Sāvatthiyam ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Māgho devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Māgho devaputto Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
3. Kiṃsu chetvā sukhaṃ seti || kiṃsu chetvā na socati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || vadhaṃ rocesi Gotamāti || ||
4. Kodhaṃ chetvā sukhaṃ seti || kodhaṃ chetvā na socati ||
kodhassa visamūlassa || madhuraggassa Vatrabhū ||
vadham ariyā pasaṃsanti || taṃ hi chetvā na socatīti || ||
SN_1.2,1.4. Māgadho.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Māgadho devaputto Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kati lokasmiṃ pajjotā || yehi loko pakāsati ||
bhavantaṃ puṭṭhum āgamma || kathaṃ janemu taṃ mayan ti || ||
2. Cattāro loke pajjotā || pañcam-ettha na vajjati ||
divā tapati ādicco || rattim ābhāti candimā ||
atha aggi divārattiṃ || tattha tattha pakāsati ||
sambuddho tapataṃ seṭṭho || esā ābhā anuttarā ti || ||
SN_1.2,1.5. Dāmali.
1. Sāvatthiyam ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Dāmali devaputto abhikkantāyā rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Dāmali devaputto Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
3. Karaṇīyam ettha brāhmaṇena || padhānam akilāsunā ||
kāmānaṃ vippahānena || na tenāsiṃsate bhavan ti || ||
4. Natthi kiccaṃ brāhmaṇassa || Dāmalīti Bhagavā ||
katakicco hi brāhmaṇo || || Yāva na gādham labhati ||
[page 048]
48 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 1. 5.
nadīsu āyūhati sabbagattehi jantu ||
gādhaṃ ca laddhāna thale ṭhito so ||
nāyūhati pāragato hi so ti || ||
es-upamā Dāmali brāhmaṇassa ||
khīṇāsavassa nipakassa jhāyino ||
pappuyya jāti-maraṇassa antaṃ ||
nāyūhati pāragato hi so ti || ||
SN_1.2,1.6. Kāmado.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Kāmado devaputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
2. Dukkaram Bhagavā sudukkaraṃ Bhagavāti || ||
Dukkaram vā pi karonti || (Kāmadā ti Bhagavā) || sekhasīlasamāhitā ṭhitattā ||
anagāriyupetassa || tuṭṭhi hoti sukhāvahā ti || ||
3. Dullabhā Bhagavā yadidaṃ tuṭṭhī ti || ||
Dullabhaṃ vā pi labhanti || (Kāmadāti Bhagavā) cittavūpasame ratā ||
yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca || bhāvanāya rato mano ti || ||
4. Dussamādahaṃ Bhagavā yad idaṃ cittan ti || ||
Dussamādahaṃ vāpi samādahanti || (Kāmadāti Bhagavā) ||
indriyūpasame ratā ||
te chetvā maccuno jālaṃ || ariyā gacchanti Kāmadāti || ||
5. Duggamo Bhagavā visamo maggo ti || ||
Duggame visame vā pi || ariyā gacchanti Kāmada ||
anariyā visame magge || papatanti avaṃsirā ||
ariyānaṃ samo maggo || ariyā hi visame samā ti || ||
SN_1.2,1.7. Pañcālacaṇḍo.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Pañcālacaṇḍo devaputto Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Sambādhe vata okāsaṃ || avindi bhūrimedhaso ||
yo jhānam abuddhi buddho || patilīnanisabho munīti || ||
2. Sambādhe vāpi vindanti || (Pañcālacaṇḍāti Bhagavā) ||
dhammaṃ nibbānapattiyā ||
ye satiṃ paccalatthaṃsu || sammā te susamāhitā ti || ||
[page 049]
II. 1. 8] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 49
SN_1.2,1.8. Tāyano.
1. Atha kho Tāyano devaputto purāṇatitthakaro abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Tāyano devaputto Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
2. Chinda sotaṃ parakkamma || kāme panuda brāhmaṇa ||
nappahāya muni kāme || n-ekattam upapajjatīti || ||
Kayirañ ce kayirath'; -enaṃ || daḷham enaṃ parakkame ||
sithilo hi paribbājo || bhiyyo ākirate rajaṃ || ||
Akatam dukkataṃ seyyo || pacchā tapati dukkataṃ ||
kataṃ ca sukataṃ seyyo || yaṃ katvā nānutappati || ||
Kuso yathā duggahīto || hattham evānukantati ||
sāmaññaṃ dupparāmaṭṭham || nirayāyūpakaḍḍhati || ||
Yaṃ kiñci sithilaṃ kammaṃ || saṅkiliṭṭham ca yaṃ vataṃ ||
saṅkassaraṃ brahmacariyaṃ || na taṃ hoti mahapphalan ti || ||
3. Idam avoca Tāyano devaputto || idaṃ vatvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū āmantesi || ||
5. Imaṃ bhikkhavo rattiṃ Tāyano nāma devaputto purāṇatitthakaro abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yenāhaṃ ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā mam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Tāyano devaputto mama santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
6. Chinda sotam parakkamma || kāme panuda brāhmaṇa ||
nappahāya muni kāme || n-ekattam upapajjati ||
Kayirañce kayirath-enaṃ || daḷham enaṃ parakkame ||
[page 050]
50 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 1. 8.
sithilo hi paribbājo || bhiyyo ākirate rajaṃ ||
Akataṃ dukkataṃ seyyo || pacchā tapati dukkataṃ ||
kataṃ ca sukataṃ seyyo || yaṃ katvā nānutappati ||
Kuso yathā duggahīto || hattham evānukantati ||
sāmaññaṃ dupparāpaṭṭham || nirayāyūpakaḍḍhati ||
Yaṃ kiñci sithilaṃ kammaṃ ||
saṅkiliṭṭhaṃ ca yaṃ vataṃ ||
saṅkassaraṃ brahmacariyaṃ ||
na taṃ hoti magapphalan ti || ||
7. Idam avoca bhikkhave Tāyano devaputto || idaṃ vatvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyi ||
Uggaṇhātha bhikkhave Tāyanagāthā || pariyāpuṇātha bhikkhave Tāyanagāthā || atthasaṃhitā bhikkhave Tāyanagāthā ādibrahmacariyikāti || ||
SN_1.2,1.9. Candima.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
Tena kho pana samayena Candimā devaputto Rāhunā asurindena gahito hoti || Atha kho Candimā devaputto Bhagavantam anussaramāno tāyaṃ velāyam imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
2. Namo te buddha vīr-atthu || vippamutto si sabbabhi ||
sambādhapaṭippanno-smi || tassa me saraṇaṃ bhavāti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā Candimaṃ devaputtam ārabbha Rāhum asurindaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
Tathāgatam arahantaṃ || Candimā saranaṃ gato ||
Rāhu candaṃ pamuñcassu || dubbhā lokānukampakāti || ||
4. Atha kho Rāhu asurindo Candimaṃ devaputtaṃ muñcitvā taramānarūpo yena Vepacitti asurindo ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Rāhum asurindaṃ Vepacitti asurindo gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
5. Kinnu santaramāno va || Rāhu candaṃ pamuñcasi ||
saṃviggarūpo āgamma || kinnu bhīto va tiṭṭhasīti || ||
6. Sattabhā me phale muddhā || jīvanto na sukhaṃ labhe ||
buddhagāthābhihīto-mhi || no ce muñceyya Candimanti || ||
[page 051]
II. 2. 1.] ANĀTHAPIṆḌIKA-VAGGA 2. 51
10 Suriyo.
1. Tena kho pana samayena Suriyo devaputto Rāhunā asurindena gahito hoti || Atha kho Suriyo devaputto Bhagavantam anussaramāno tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
2. Namo te buddha vīra-tthu || vippamutto si sabbadhi ||
sambādhapaṭippanno-smi || tassa me saraṇaṃ bhavāti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā Suriyaṃ devaputtaṃ ārabbha Rāhum asurindaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Tathāgatam arahantam || suriyo saraṇaṃ gato ||
Rāhu pamuñca suriyaṃ || buddhā lokānukampakā ti || ||
Yo andhakāre tamasi pabhaṃkaro || verocano maṇḍalī uggatejo ||
mā Rāhu gilī caraṃ antalikkhe || pajaṃ mama Rāhu pamuñca suriyan ti || ||
4. Atha kho Rāhu asurindo Suriyaṃ devaputtaṃ muñcitvā taramānarūpo yena Vepacitti asurindo ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Rāhuṃ asurindaṃ Vepacitti asurindo gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
5. Kinnu santaramāno va || Rāhu suriyam pamuñcasi ||
saṃviggarūpo āgamma || kinnu bhīto tiṭṭhasīti || ||
6. Sattadhā me phale muddhā || jīvanto na sukhaṃ labhe ||
buddhagāthābhihito-mhi || no ce muñceyya suriyan ti || ||
Pathamo vaggo ||
Tass-uddānaṃ ||
Dve Kassapā ca Māgho ca || Māgadho Dāmali Kāmado ||
Pañcālacaṇḍo ca Tāyano || Candima-Suriyena te dasāti || ||
___________________________________________
CHAPTER II. -- ANĀTHAPIṆḌIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO.
SN_1.2,2.1. Candimaso.
Sāvatthiyam ārāme || ||
1. Atha kho Candimaso devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena
[page 052]
52 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 2. 1.
Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Candimaso devaputto Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
2. Te hi sotthiṃ gamissanti || kacche vāmakase magā ||
jhānāni upasampajja || ekodinipakā satā ti || ||
Te hi pāram gamissanti || chetvā jālaṃ va ambujo ||
jhānāni upasampajja || appamattā raṇaṃ jahā ti || ||
SN_1.2,2.2. Veṇḍu.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Veṇḍu devaputto Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
2. Sukhitā va te manujā || Sugataṃ payirūpāsiya ||
yuñja Gotamasāsane || appamattānusikkhare ti || ||
Ye me pavutte satthipade || (Veṇḍūti Bhagavā) anusikkhanti jhāyino ||
kāle te appamajjantā || na maccuvasaṅgā siyun ti || ||
SN_1.2,2.3. Dīghalaṭṭhi.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe ||
2. Atha kho Dīghalaṭṭhi devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Veḷuvanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭāsi || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Dīghalaṭṭhi devaputto Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
3. Bhikkhu siyā jhāyī vimuttacitto ||
ākaṅkhe ca hadayassānupattiṃ ||
lokassa ñatvā udayabbayaṃ ca ||
sucetaso asito tadānisaṃso ti || ||
SN_1.2,2.4. Nandano.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Nandano devaputto Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Pucchāmi taṃ Gotama bhūripaññaṃ ||
anāvaṭaṃ Bhagavato ñāṇadassanaṃ ||
[page 053]
II. 2. 7.] ANĀTHAPIṆḌIKA-VAGGA 2. 53
Kathaṃ vidhaṃ sīlavantaṃ vadanti ||
kathaṃ vidhaṃ paññāvantam vadanti ||
kathaṃ vidhaṃ dukkham aticca iriyati ||
kathaṃ vidhaṃ devatā pūjayantīti || ||
2. Yo sīlavā paññavā bhāvitatto ||
samāhito jhānarato satimā ||
sabb-assa sokā vigatā pahīnā ||
khīṇāsavo antimadehadhārī || ||
Tathāvidhaṃ sīlavantam vadanti ||
tathāvidhaṃ paññāvantaṃ vadanti ||
tathāvidho dukkhaṃ aticca iriyati ||
tathāvidhaṃ devatā pūjayantīti || ||
SN_1.2,2.5. Candana.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Candano devaputto Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kathaṃ su tarati oghaṃ || rattindivam atandito ||
appatiṭṭhe anālambe || ko gambhīre na sīdatīti ||
2. Sabbadā sīlasampanno || paññavā susamāhito ||
āraddhaviriyo pahitatto || oghaṃ tarati duttaraṃ ||
virato kāmasaññāya || rūpasaññojanātigo ||
nandībhavaparikkhīṇo || so gambhīre na sīdatīti || ||
SN_1.2,2.6. Sudatto
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Sudatto devaputto Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho || ḍayhamāno va matthake ||
kāmarāgappahānāya || sato bhikkhu paribbaje ti || ||
2. Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho || ḍayhamāno va matthake ||
sakkāya diṭṭhippahānāya || sato bhikkhu paribbaje ti || ||
SN_1.2,2.7. Subrahmā.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Subrahmā devaputto Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Niccam utrastam idaṃ cittaṃ || niccam ubiggam idaṃ mano ||
[page 054]
54 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 2. 7.
anuppannesu kiccesu || atho uppattitesu ca ||
sace atthi anutrastaṃ || taṃ me akkhāhi pucchito ti || ||
2. Na aññatra bojjhaṅgatapasā|| na aññatra indriyasaṃvarā||
na aññatra sabbanissaggā || sotthiṃ passāmi pāṇinanti || ||
3. Tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.2,2.8. Kakudho.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Sākete viharati Añjanavane Migadāye || || Atha kho Kakudho devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Añjanavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Kakudho devaputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nandasi samanā ti || ||
Kiṃ laddhā āvuso ti || ||
Tena hi samaṇa socasī ti || ||
Kiṃ jīyittha āvusoti || ||
Tena hi samaṇa n-eva nandasi na ca socasīti || ||
Evam āvuso ti || ||
3. Kacci tvam anigho bhikkhu || atho nandī na vijjati ||
kacci tam ekam āsīnaṃ || aratī nābhikīratīti || ||
4. Anigho ve ahaṃ yakkha || atho nandī na vijjati ||
atho mam ekam āsīnaṃ || aratī nābhikīratīti || ||
5. Kathaṃ tvam anigho bhikkhu || kathaṃ nandi na vijjati ||
kathaṃ tam ekaṃ āsīnaṃ || aratī nābhikīratīti || ||
6. Aghajātassa ve nandī || nandījātassa ve aghaṃ ||
anandī anigho bhikkhu || evaṃ jānāhi āvuso ti || ||
7. Cirassaṃ vata passāmi || brāhmaṇaṃ parinibbutaṃ ||
anandim anighaṃ bhikkhuṃ || tiṇṇaṃ loke visattikanti || ||
SN_1.2,2.9. Uttaro.
1. Rājagaha nidānam || ||
Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Uttaro devaputto Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
[page 055]
II. 2. 10.] ANĀTHAPIṆḌIKA-VAGGA 2. 55
2. Upanīyati jīvitam appam āyu ||
jarūpanītassa na santi tāṇā ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno ||
puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahānīti || ||
3. Upanīyati jīvitam appam āyu ||
jarūpanītassa na santi tāṇā ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno ||
lokāmisaṃ pajahe santipekkho ti || ||
10 Anāthapiṇḍiko.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Anāthapiṇḍiko devaputto Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Idaṃ hitaṃ Jetavanaṃ || isisaṅghanisevitaṃ ||
āvuttham dhammarājena || pītisaṃjananaṃ mama || ||
Kammaṃ vijjā ca dhammo ca || sīlam jīvitam uttamaṃ ||
etena maccā sujjhanti || na gottena dhanena vā || ||
Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso || sampassaṃ attham attano ||
yoniso vicine dhammaṃ || evaṃ tattha visujjhati || ||
Sāriputto va paññāya || sīlen-upasamena ca ||
yo pi pāraṅgato bhikkhu || etāva paramo siyā ti || ||
2. Idam avoca Anāthapiṇḍiko devaputto || idaṃ vatvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-eva antaradhāyi || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū āmantesi || ||
4. Imam bhikkhave rattiṃ aññataro devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yenāham ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho bhikkhave so devaputto mama santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
5. Idaṃ hitaṃ Jetavanaṃ || isisaṅghanissevitaṃ ||
āvutthaṃ dhammarājena || pītisaṃjananaṃ mama || ||
kammaṃ vijjā ca dhammo ca || sīlaṃ jīvitam uttamaṃ ||
etena maccā sujjhanti || na gottena dhanena vā || ||
Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso || sampassam attham attano ||
[page 056]
56 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 2. 10.
yoniso vicine dhammaṃ || evaṃ tattha visujjhati || ||
Sāriputto va paññāya || sīlen-upasamena ca ||
yo pi pāraṅgato bhikkhu etāva paramo siyā ti || ||
6. Idam avoca bhikkhave so devaputto || idam vatvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
7. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
So hi nūna bhante Anāthapiṇḍiko devaputto bhavissati ||
Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati āyasmante Sāriputte abhippasanno ahosīti || ||
8. Sādhu sādhu Ānanda || yāvatakaṃ kho Ānanda takkāya pattabbaṃ anuppattaṃ tayā || Anāthapiṇḍiko hi so Ānanda devaputto ti || ||
Anāthapiṇḍika-vaggo dutiyo || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Candimāso ca Veṇḍu ca || Dīghalaṭṭhi ca Nandano ||
Candano ca Sudatto ca || Subrahmā || Kakudhena ca ||
Uttaro navamo vutto || dasamo Anāthapiṇḍiko ti || ||
___________________________________________
CHAPTER III. -- NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGO TATIYO.
SN_1.2,3.1. Sivo.
1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || || Atha kho Sivo devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Sivo devaputto Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
2. Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || seyyo hoti na pāpiyo || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || paññā labbhati nāññato ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || soka-majjhe na socati || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
[page 057]
II. 3. 3.] NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3. 57
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || ñāti-majjhe virocati || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || sattā hacchanti suggatiṃ || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || sattā tiṭṭhanti sātatan ti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā Sivaṃ devaputtaṃ gāthāya pacchābhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ ||
sataṃ saddhammam aññāya || sabbadukkhā pamuccatīti || ||
SN_1.2,3.2. Khemo.
Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Khemo devaputto Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Caranti bālā dummedhā || amitten-eva attanā ||
karontā pāpakaṃ kammaṃ || yaṃ hoti kaṭukapphalaṃ || ||
na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu || yaṃ katvā anutappati ||
yassa assumukho rodaṃ || vipākaṃ paṭisevati || ||
taṃ ca kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu || yam katvā nānutappati ||
yassa patīto sumano || vipākaṃ paṭisevati || ||
Paṭikacceva taṃ kayirā || yaṃ jaññā hitam attano ||
na sākaṭikaṃ cintāya || mantādhīro parakkame || ||
yathā sākaṭiko panthaṃ || samaṃ hitvā mahāpathaṃ ||
visamaṃ maggam āruyha || akkhacchinno vajhāyati || ||
evaṃ dhammā apakkamma || adhammam anuvattiya ||
mando maccumukhaṃ patto || akkhachinno va jhāyatīti || ||
SN_1.2,3.3. Serī.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Serī devaputto Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Annam evābhinandanti || ubhayo devamānusā ||
atha ko nāma so yakkho || yam annaṃ nābhinandatīti || ||
Ye naṃ dadanti saddhāya || vippasannena cetasā ||
tam eva annaṃ bhajati || asmiṃ loke paramhi ca || ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraṃ || dajjā dānaṃ malābhibhū ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāninan ti || ||
[page 058]
58 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 3. 3.
2. Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutam yāva subhāsitaṃ idam bhante Bhagavatā || ||
Ye naṃ dadanti saddhāya || vippasannena cetasā ||
tam eva annaṃ bhajati || asmiṃ loke paramhi ca ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraṃ || dajjā dānaṃ malābhibhū ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti || ||
3. Bhūtapubbāhaṃ bhante Serī nāma rājā ahosiṃ dāyako dānapatī dānassa vaṇṇavādī || tassa mayhaṃ bhante catusu dvāresu dānaṃ dīyittha samaṇa-brāhmaṇa-kapaṇi-ddhikavanibbaka-yācakānaṃ || ||
4. Atha kho maṃ bhante itthāgāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā etad avoca || || Devassa kho dānaṃ dīyati amhākaṃ dānaṃ na dīyati || Sādhu mayaṃ pi devaṃ nissāya dānāni dadeyyāma puññāni kareyyāmā ti || ||
5. Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi || ahaṃ kho smi dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī || dānaṃ dassāmā ti vadantānaṃ kin ti vadeyyan ti || || So khvāhaṃ bhante pathamaṃ dvāraṃ itthāgārassa adāsiṃ || tattha itthāgārassa dānaṃ dīyittha mama dānam patikkami || ||
6. Atha kho maṃ bhante khattiyā anuyuttā upasaṅkamitvā mam etad avocuṃ || Devassa kho dānaṃ dīyati itthāgārassa dānaṃ dīyati amhākaṃ dānaṃ no dīyati ||
Sādhu mayam pi devaṃ nissāya dānāni dadeyyāma puññāni kareyyāmāti || ||
Tassa mayham bhante etad ahosi || aham kho smi dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī || dānam dassāmāti vadantānam kinti vadeyyan ti || || So kvāhaṃ bhante dutiyaṃ dvāraṃ khattiyānam anuyuttānaṃ adāsiṃ || tattha khattiyānam anuyuttānam dānam dīyittha mama dānaṃ paṭikkami || ||
7. Atha kho maṃ bhante balakāyo upasaṅkamitvā etad avoca || Devassa kho dānaṃ dīyati itthāhārassa dānaṃ dīyati khattiyānam anuyuttānam dānaṃ dīyati amhākaṃ dānaṃ na dīyati || Sādhu mayam pi devaṃ nissāya dānāni dadeyyāma puññāni kareyyāmāti || ||
[page 059]
II. 3. 3.] NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3. 59
Tassa mayham bhante etad ahosi || ahaṃ kho smi dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī || dānam dassāmāti vadantānaṃ kin ti vadeyyan ti || || So khvāhaṃ bhante tatiyaṃ dvāraṃ balakāyassa adasiṃ || tattha balakāyassa dānam dīyittha mama dānaṃ paṭikkami || ||
8. Atha kho maṃ bhante brāhmaṇagahapatikā upasaṅkamitvā etad avocuṃ || Devassa kho dānaṃ dīyati itthāgārassa dānaṃ dīyati khattiyānaṃ anuyuttānam dānaṃ dīyati balakāyassa dānaṃ dīyati || amhākaṃ dānaṃ na dīyati ||
Sādhu mayam pi devaṃ nissāya dānaṃ dadeyyāma puññāni kareyyāmāti || ||
Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi || ahaṃ kho smi dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī || dānaṃ dassāmāti vadantānam kin ti vadeyyan ti || || So khvāham bhante catutthaṃ dvāram brāhmaṇagahapatikānam adāsiṃ || tattha brāhmaṇagahapatikānam dānaṃ dīyittha mama dānaṃ paṭikkami || ||
9. Atha kho mam bhante purisā upasaṅkamitvā etad avocuṃ || Na kho dāni devassa koci dānaṃ dīyatīti || ||
Evaṃ vutto-haṃ bhante te purise etad avocaṃ || || Tena hi bhaṇe yo bāhiresu janapadesu āyo sañjāyati || tato upaḍḍham antepuraṃ pavesetha upaḍḍhaṃ tatth-eva dānaṃ detha samaṇa-brāhmaṇa-kapaṇi-ddhika-vanibbaka-yācakānan ti || ||
10. So khvāhaṃ bhante evaṃ dīgharattaṃ katānaṃ puññānaṃ evaṃ dīgharattaṃ katānaṃ kusalānaṃ pariyantaṃ nādhigacchāmi || ettakaṃ puññan ti ettako puññavipāko ti vā ettakaṃ. sagge ṭhātabban ti vā ti || ||
11. Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ bhante yāva subhāsitam idaṃ Bhagavatā || ||
Ye naṃ dadanti saddhāya || vippasannena cetasā ||
tam eva annaṃ bhajati || asmi loke paramhi ca ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraṃ || dajjā dānaṃ malābhibhū ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti || ||
[page 060]
60 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II.3.4.
SN_1.2,3.4. Ghaṭīkaro.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Ghaṭīkāro devaputto Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Avihaṃ upapannāse vimuttā satta bhikkhavo ||
rāga-dosa-parikkhīṇā || tiṇṇā loke visattikan ti || ||
2. Ke ca te ataruṃ paṅkaṃ || maccudheyyaṃ suduttaraṃ ||
ke hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ || dibbayogam upaccagunti || ||
3. Upako Phalagaṇḍo ca || Pukkusāti ca te tayo ||
Bhaddiyo Khaṇḍadeva ca || Bāhuraggi ca Piṅgiyo ||
te hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ || dibbayogam upaccagun ti || ||
4. Kusalaṃ bhāsasi tesaṃ || Mārapāsappahāyinaṃ ||
kassa te dhammam aññāya || acchiduṃ bhava-bandhanan ti || ||
5. Na aññatra Bhagavatā || nāññatra tava sāsanā ||
yassa te dhammam aññāya acchiduṃ bhavabhandanaṃ || ||
yattha nāmaṃ ca rūpaṃ ca || asesam uparujjhati ||
taṃ te dhammam idha ñāya || acchiduṃ bhavabandhanan ti || ||
6. Gambhīraṃ bhāsasi vācaṃ || dubbijānaṃsudubbuddhaṃ ||
kassa tvaṃ dhammam aññāya || vācaṃ bhāsasi īdisanti || ||
7. Kumbhakāro pure āsiṃ || Vehaḷiṅge ghaṭīkaro ||
mātā-petti-bharo āsiṃ || Kassapassa upāsako || ||
virato methunā dhammā || brahmacārī nirāmiso ||
Ahuvā te sajāmeyyo || ahuvā te pure sakhā ||
so-ham ete pajānāmi || vimutte satta bhikkhavo ||
rāgadosaparikkhīṇe || tiṇṇe loke visattikan ti || ||
8. Evam etaṃ tadā āsi || yathā bhāsasi Bhagavā ||
kumbhakāro pure āsi || Vehaḷiṅge ghaṭikāro ||
mātāpetti-bharo āsi || Kassapassa upāsako || ||
virato methunā dhammā || brahmacārī nirāmiso ||
ahuvā me sagāmeyyo || ahuvā me pure sakhāti || ||
9. Evam evaṃ purāṇānaṃ || sahāyānaṃ ahu saṅgamo ||
ubhinnaṃ bhāvitattānaṃ || sarīrantimadhārinan ti || ||
[page 061]
II. 3. 6.] NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3. 61
SN_1.2,3.5. Jantu.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā bhikkhū Kosalesu viharanti Himavanta-passe araññakuṭikāyaṃ uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhatacittā pākatindriyā || ||
2. Atha kho Jantu devaputto tadahuposathe pannarase yena te bhikkhū ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sukhajīvino pure āsuṃ || bhikkhū Gotama-sāvakā ||
anicchā piṇḍam esanā || anicchā sayanāsanaṃ ||
loke aniccataṃ ñatvā || dukkhass-antam akaṃsu te || ||
Dupposaṃ katvā attānaṃ || gāme gāmaṇikā viya ||
bhutvā bhutvā nipajjanti || parāgāresu mucchitā ||
saṅghassa añjaliṃ katvā || idh-ekacce vandām-aham || ||
Apaviddhā anāthā te || yathā petā tath-eva te ||
ye kho pamattā viharanti || te me sandhāya bhāsitaṃ ||
ye appamattā viharanti || namo tesam karom-ahan ti || ||
SN_1.2,3.6. Rohito.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Rohitasso devaputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Yattha nu kho bhante na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na uppajjati || sakkā nu kho so bhante gamanena lokassa anto ñātuṃ vā daṭṭhuṃ vā pāpuṇituṃ vā ti || ||
3. Yattha kho āvuso na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na uppajjati || nāhaṃ taṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyan ti vadāmīti || ||
4. Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ bhante yāva subhāsitaṃ idam bhante Bhagavatā || yattha kho āvuso na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na uppajjati || nāhaṃ taṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ nāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyan-ti vadāmīti || ||
5. Bhūtapubbāhaṃ bhante Rohitasso nāma isi ahosiṃ ||
Bhoja-putto iddhimā vehāsaṅgamo || tassa mayhaṃ bhante
[page 062]
62 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 3. 6.
evarūpo javo ahosi || seyyathāpi nāma daḷhadhammo dhanuggaho sikkhito katahattho katayoggo katupāsano lahukena asanena appakasiren-eva tiriyaṃ tālacchāyaṃ atipāteyya || ||
6. Tassa mayhaṃ bhante evarūpo padavītihāro ahosi ||
seyyathāpi puratthimasamuddā pacchimo samuddo || tassa mayhaṃ bhante evarupaṃ icchāgataṃ uppajji || ahaṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ pāpuṇissāmīti || ||
7. So khvāhaṃ bhante evarūpena javena samannāgato evarūpena ca padavītihārena aññatr-eva asita-pita-khāyita-sāyitā aññatra uccārapassāva-kammā aññatra niddā-kilamatha-paṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvi vassasataṃ gantvā appatvā ca lokassa antam antarā va kālaṅkato || ||
8. Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ bhante yāva subhāsitam idaṃ bhante Bhagavatā || yattha kho āvuso na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na uppajjati nāhaṃ tam gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyan ti vadāmīti ||
9. Na kho panāham āvuso appatvā lokassa antaṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmi || api khvāham āvuso imasmiññeva vyāmamatte kaḷevare saññimhi samanake lokaṃ ca paññāpemi lokasamudayaṃ ca lokanirodhaṃ ca lokanirodhagāminiṃ ca paṭipadan ti || ||
10. Gamanena na pattabbo || lokass-anto kudācanaṃ ||
na ca appatvā lokantam || dukkhā atthi pamocanaṃ ||
Tasmā bhave lokavidū sumedho ||
lokantagū vusitabrahmacariyo ||
lokassa antaṃ samitāviñatvā ||
nāsiṃsati lokam imaṃ parañ cā ti || ||
SN_1.2,3.7. Nando.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Nando devaputto Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo ||
vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahanti ||
[page 063]
II. 3. 9.] NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3. 63
etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno
puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahānīti || ||
2. Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo ||
vayoguṇā anupubbam jahanti ||
etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno ||
lokāmisaṃ pajahe santipekkho ti || ||
SN_1.2,3.8. Nandivisālo.
1. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Nandivisālo devaputto Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Catucakkaṃ navadvāraṃ || puṇṇam lobhena saṃyutaṃ ||
paṅkajātaṃ mahāvīra || kathaṃ yātrā bhavissatīti ||
2. Chetvā nandiṃ varattañ ca || icchālobhañ ca pāpakaṃ ||
samūlaṃ taṇham abbuyha || evaṃ yātrā bhavissatīti || ||
SN_1.2,3.9. Susimo.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Ānandaṃ Bhagavā etad avoca || || Tuyham pi no Ānanda Sāriputto ruccatīti || ||
3. Kassa hi nāma bhante abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avippallatthacittassa āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyya || Paṇḍito bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || mahāpañño bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || puthupañño bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || hāsapañño bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || javanapañño bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || tikkhapañño bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || nibbedhikapañño bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || appiccho bhante āyasmā Sariputto || santuṭṭho bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || pavivitto bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || asaṃsaṭṭho bhante āyasmā Sāriputto ||
āraddhaviriyo bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || vattā bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || vacanakkhamo bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || codako bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || pāpagarahī bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || kassa hi nāma bhante abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avippallatthacittassa āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyyāti || ||
[page 064]
64 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 3. 9.
Evam etam Ānanda || evam etam Ānanda || kassa hi nāma Ānanda abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avippallatthacitassa Sāriputto na rucceyya || Paṇḍito Ānando Sāriputto || mahāpañño Ānanda Sāriputto || puthupañño Ānanda Sāriputto ||
hāsapañño Ānanda Sāriputto || javanapañño Ānanda Sāriputto || tikkhapañño Ānanda Sāriputto || nibbedhikapañño Ānanda Sāriputto || appiccho Ānanda Sāriputto || santuṭṭho Ānanda Sāriputto || pavivitto Ānanda Sāriputto || asaṃsattho Ānanda Sāriputto || vattā Ānanda Sāriputto || vacanakkhamo Ānanda Sāriputto || codako Ānanda Sāriputto || pāpagarahī Ānanda Sāriputto || kassa hi nāmo Ānanda abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avippallathacittassa Sāriputto na rucceyyā ti || ||
5. Atha kho Susimo devaputto āyasmato Sāriputtassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne mahatiyā devaputta-patisāya parivuto yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavāntam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
6. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Susimo devaputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Evam etaṃ Bhagavā evam etaṃ Sugata || kassa hi nāma bhante abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avippallatthacittassa āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyya || Paṇḍito bhante ca āyasmā Sāriputto || pe || pāpagarahī bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || kassa hi nāma bhante abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avippallatthacittassa āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyya || Aham pi hi bhante yaññad'; eva devaputtaparisam upasaṅkamiṃ etad eva bahulaṃ saddaṃ suṇāmi || Paṇḍito āyasmā Sāriputto || pe || pāpagarahī āyasmā Sāriputto ti || kassa hi nāma abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avippallatthacittassa āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyya ti || ||
7. Atha kho Susimassa devaputtassa devaputta-parisā āyasmato Sāriputtassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamanā pamuditā pitisomanassajātā uccāvacā vaṇṇanibhā upadaṃseti ||
8. Seyyathāpi nāma maṇiveḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṃso suparikammakato paṇḍukambale nikkhitto bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca || evam evaṃ Susimassa devaputtassa devaputta-
[page 065]
II. 3. 10.] NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3. 65
parisā āyasmato Sāriputtassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamanā pamoditā pītisomanassajātā uccāvacā vaṇṇanibhā upadaṃseti ||
9. Seyyathāpi nāma nekkhaṃ jambonadaṃ dakkhakammāraputtena sukusalasampahaṭṭhaṃ paṇḍukambale nikkhittaṃ bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca || evam evaṃ Susimassa devaputtassa devaputtaparisā || pe || upadaṃseti ||
10. Seyyathāpi nāma rattiyā paccūsamayaṃ osadhitārakā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca || evam evaṃ Susimassa devaputtassa devaputta-parisā āyasmato Sāriputtassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamanā pamuditā pītisomanassajātā uccāvacā vaṇṇanibhā upadaṃseti ||
11. Seyyathāpi nāma saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake deve ādicco nabham abbhussukkamāno sabbam ākāsagataṃ tamaṃ abhivihacca bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca || evam evaṃ Susimassa devaputtassa devaputta-parisā āyasmato Sāriputtassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamanā pamuditā pītisomanassajātā uccāvacā vaṇṇanibhā upadaṃseti || ||
12. Atha kho Susimo devaputto āyasmantam Sāriputtam ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Paṇḍito ti samaññāto || Sāriputto akodhano ||
appiccho sorato danto || satthuvaṇṇābhato isīti || ||
13. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ ārabbha Susimaṃ devaputtaṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi || ||
Paṇḍito ti samaññāto || Sāriputto akodhano ||
appiccho sorato danto || kālaṃ kaṅkhati bhatiko sudanto ti || ||
10 Nānnātitthiyā.
1. Evam me sutaṃ ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā nānā-titthiya-sāvakā devaputtā Asamo ca Sahalī ca Niṃko ca Ākoṭako ca Veṭambarī ca Māṇava-gāmiyo ca abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā
[page 066]
66 DEVAPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA II. [II. 3. 10.
kevalakappaṃ Veḷuvanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṃkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Asamo devaputto Pūraṇaṃ Kassapam ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Idha chinditamārite || hatajānisu Kassapo ||
pāpaṃ na pan-upassati || puññaṃ vā pana attano ||
sa ce vissāsam ācikkhi || satthā arahati mānanan ti || ||
4. Atha kho Sahalī devaputto Makkhali-Gosālam ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Tapo-jigucchāya susaṃvutatto ||
vācaṃ pahāya kalahaṃ janena ||
samo savajjā virato saccavādi ||
na hi nūna tādisaṃ karoti pāpan ti || ||
5. Atha kho Niṃko devaputto Nigaṇṭhaṃ Nāṭaputtaṃ ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Jegucchi nipako bhikkhu || cātuyāma-susaṃvuto ||
diṭṭhaṃ sutañca āccikkhaṃ || na hi nūna kibbisī siyā ti || ||
6. Atha kho Ākoṭako devaputto nānātitthiye ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Pakudhako Kātiyāno Nigaṇṭho ||
ye ca pime Makkhali Pūraṇāse ||
gaṇassa satthāro sāmaññapattā ||
na hi nūna te sappurisehi dūre ti || ||
7. Atha kho Veṭambarī devaputto Ākoṭakaṃ devaputtaṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi || ||
Sagāravenāpi chavo sigālo ||
na kutthako sīhasamo kadāci ||
naggo musāvādi gaṇassa satthā ||
saṅkassarācāro na sataṃ sarikkho ti || ||
[page 067]
II. 3. 10.] NĀNĀTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3. 67
8. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Veṭambariṃ devaputtam anvāvisitvā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Tapojigucchāya āyuttā || pālayaṃ pavivekiyaṃ ||
rūpe ca ye niviṭṭhāse || devalokābhinandino ||
te ve sammānusāsanti || paralokāya mātiyā ti || ||
9. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayaṃ pāpimā iti viditvā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi || ||
Ye keci rūpā idha vā huraṃ vā ye antalikkhasmi pabhāsavaṇṇā ||
sabbe vat'; ete Namucippasatthā ||
āmisaṃ va macchānaṃ vadhāya khittā ti || ||
10. Atha kho Māṇava-gāmiyo devaputto Bhagavantam ārabbha Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Vipulo Rājagahīyānaṃ || giri seṭṭho pavuccati ||
Seto himavatam seṭṭho || ādicco aghagāminaṃ ||
samuddo udadhīnam seṭṭho || nakkhattānam va candimā ||
sadevakassa lokassa || buddho aggo pavuccatīti || ||
Nānātitthiya-vaggo tatiyo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Sivo Khemo ca Serī ca || Ghaṭi Jantu ca Rohito ||
Nando Nandivisālo ca || Susimo Nānātitthiye ca te dasā ti || ||
Devaputta-saṃyuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ || ||
[page 068]
68
********************************************
BOOK III. -- KOSALA-SAṂYUTTAM.
___________________________________________
CHAPTER I. PAṬHAMO-VAGGO.
SN_1.3,1.1. Daharo.
1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi ||
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārānīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Bhavam pi no Gotamo anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho ti patijānātīti || ||
4. Yaṃ hi taṃ mahārāja sammāvadamāno vadeyya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho ti maman-taṃ sammāvadamāno vadeyya || ahaṃ hi mahārāja anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho ti || ||
5. Ye pi te bho Gotama samaṇa-brāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhu sammatā bahujanassa || seyyathīdaṃ Puraṇo-Kassapo Makkhali-Gosālo Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto Sañjayo-belaṭṭhaputto Kakudho Kaccāyano Ajito-kesakambalo || te pi mayā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho ti paṭijānāthāti puṭṭhā samānā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho tina paṭijānanti || kim pana bhavaṃ Gotamo daharo c-eva jātiyā navo ca pabbajāyāti || ||
[page 069]
III. 1. 1.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 69
6. Cattāro kho me magārāja daharā ti na uññātabbā daharāti na paribhotabbā || katame cattāro || || Khattiyo kho mahārāja daharo ti na uññātabbo daharo ti na paribhotabbo || || Urago kho mahārāja daharo ti na uññātabbo daharo ti na paribhotabbho || || Aggi kho mahārāja daharo ti na uññātabbo daharo ti na paribhotabbo || || Bhikkhu kho mahārāja daharo ti na uññātabbo daharo ti na paribhotabbo || ||
Ime kho mahārāja cattāro daharā ti na uññātabbā daharā ti na paribhotabbā ti || ||
7. Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
8. Khattiyaṃ jātisampannaṃ || abhijātaṃ yasassinaṃ ||
daharoti nāvajāneyya || na naṃ paribhave naro ||
ṭhānaṃ hi so manussindo rajjaṃ laddhāna khattiyo ||
so kuddho rājadaṇḍena || tasmiṃ pakkamate bhusaṃ ||
tasmā taṃ parivajjeyya || rakkhaṃ jīvitam attano || ||
9. Gāme vā yadi vāraññe || yattha passe bhujaṅgamaṃ ||
daharo ti nāvajaneyya || na naṃ paribhave naro ||
uccāvacehi vaṇṇehi || urago carati tejasi ||
so āsajja ḍaṃse bālaṃ || naraṃ nāriṃ ca ekadā ||
tasmā taṃ parivajjeyya || rakkhaṃ jīvitam attano || ||
10. Pahūtabhakkhaṃ jālinaṃ || pāvakaṃ kaṇhavattaniṃ ||
daharo ti nāvajaneyya || na naṃ paribhave naro ||
laddhā hi so upādānaṃ || mahā hutvāna pāvako ||
so āsajja ḍahe bālaṃ || naraṃ nāriṃ ca ekadā ||
tasmā tam parivajjeyya || rakkhaṃ jīvitam attano || ||
11. Vanaṃ yad aggi ḍahati || pāvako kaṇhavattanī ||
jāyanti tattha pārohā || ahorattānam accaye || ||
12. Yañ ca kho sīlasampanno || bhikkhu ḍahati tejasā ||
na tassa puttā pasavo || dāyādā vindare dhanaṃ || ||
anapaccā adāyādā || tālavatthu bhavanti te || ||
[page 070]
70 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 1. 1.
13. Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso || sampassaṃ attham attano ||
bhujaṅgamaṃ pāvakañca || khattiyaṃ ca yasassinaṃ ||
bhikkhuṃ ca sīlasampannaṃ || sammad-eva samācare ti || ||
14. Evaṃ vutte rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bhante abhikkantaṃ bhante || seyyathāpi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhinti ||
evam evaṃ Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || ||
Esāhaṃ bhante Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammaṃ ca bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ca || upāsakaṃ maṃ bhante Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||
SN_1.3,1.2. Puriso.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kati nu kho bhante purisassa dhammā ajjhattam uppajjamāna uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāyāti || ||
4. Tayo kho mahārāja purisassa dhammā ajjhattaṃ uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya || ||
Katame tayo || Lobho kho mahārāja purisassa dhammo ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya || || Doso kho mahārāja purisassa dhammo ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya || ||
Moho kho mahārāja purisassa dhammo ajjhattam uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya || || Ime kho mahārāja tayo purisassa dhammā ajjhattam uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāyā ti || ||
5. Lobho doso ca moho ca || purisaṃ pāpacetasaṃ ||
hiṃsanti attasambhūtā || tacasāraṃ va samphalan ti || ||
[page 071]
III. 1. 4.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 71
SN_1.3,1.3. Rājā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Atthi nu kho bhante jātassa aññatra jarāmaraṇā ti || ||
3. Natthi kho mahārāja aññatra jarāmaraṇā || ||
4. Ye pi te mahārāja khattiya-mahāsalā aḍḍhā mahaddhanā mahābhogā pahūta-jātarūparajatā pahūta-vittūpakaraṇā pahūta-dhanadhaññā || tesam pi jātānaṃ natthi aññatra jarāmaraṇā || ||
5. Ye pi te mahāraja brāhmaṇa-mahāsālā gahapati-mahāsālā aḍḍhā mahaddhanā mahābhogā pahūta-jātarūparajatā pahūta-vittūpakaraṇā pahūta-dhanadhaññā || tesam pi jātānaṃ natthi aññatra jarāmaraṇā ||
6. Ye pi te mahārāja bhikkhū arahanto khīṇāsavā vusitavanto kata-karaṇīyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā parikkhīna-bhava-saṃyojanā sammadaññā vimuttā || tesaṃ pāyaṃ kāyo bhedana-dhammo nikkhepana-dhammo ti || ||
7. Jīranti ve rājarathā sucittā ||
atho sarīram pi jaram upeti ||
satañ ca dhammo na jaram upeti ||
santo have sabbhi pavedayantīti || ||
SN_1.3,1.4. Piya.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Idha mayham bhante rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || kesaṃ nu kho piyo attā kesaṃ appiyo attā ti || || Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi || ||
3. Ye kho keci kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti || vācāya duccaritam caranti || manasā duccaritaṃ caranti || tesam appiyo attā || kiñcāpi te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || piyo no attā ti || atha kho tesam appiyo attā || || Taṃ kissa hetu || yaṃ hi appiyo
[page 072]
72 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 1. 4.
appiyassa kareyya taṃ te attanā va attano karonti || tasmā tesam appiyo attā || ||
4. Ye ca kho keci kāyena sucaritaṃ karonti || vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti || manasā sucaritaṃ caranti || tesaṃ piyo attā || kiñcāpi te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || appiyo no attāti || atha kho tesam piyo attā || Taṃ kissa hetu || yaṃ hi piyo piyassa kareyya taṃ te attanā va attano karonti || tasmā tesaṃ piyo attāti || ||
5. Evam etam mahārāja evam etaṃ mahārāja || Ye hi keci mahārāja kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti || pe || tasmā tesaṃ appiyo attā ti || || Ye ca kho keci mahārāja kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti || pe || tasmā tesaṃ piyo attā ti || ||
6. Attānañ ce piyaṃ jaññā || na nam pāpena saṃyuje ||
na hi taṃ sulabhaṃ hoti || sukhaṃ dukkatakārinā || ||
Antakenādhipannassa || jahato mānusaṃ bhavaṃ ||
kiṃ hi tassa sakaṃ hoti || kiñca ādāya gacchati || ||
kiñc-assa anugaṃ hoti || chāyā va anapāyinī || ||
Ubho puññañca pāpañca || yaṃ macco kurute idha ||
taṃ hi tassa sakaṃ hoti || tañca ādāya gacchati ||
taṃ c-assa anugaṃ hoti || chāyā va anapāyinī ||
Tasmā kareyya kalyāṇaṃ || nicayaṃ samparāyikaṃ ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti || ||
SN_1.3,1.5. Attānarakkhita.
1. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
2. Idaṃ mayhaṃ bhante rahogatassa patisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Kesaṃ nu kho rakkhito attā kesam arakkhito attā ti || || Tassa mayham bhante etad ahosi || ||
3. Ye kho keci kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti manasā duccaritaṃ caranti tesam arakkhito attā || kiñcāpi te hatthi-kāyo va rakkheyya ||
assa-kāyo vā rakkheyya || ratha-kāyo vā rakkheyya || patti-
[page 073]
III. 1. 6] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 73
kāyo vā rakkheyya || atha kho tesam arakkhito attā || ||
Tam kissa hetu || Bāhirā h-esā rakkhā n-esā rakkhā ajjhattikā || tasmā tesam arakkhito attā || ||
4. Ye ca kho keci kāyena sucaritam caranti vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti manasā sucaritaṃ caranti tesaṃ rakkhito attā ||
kiñcāpi te n-eva hatthikāyo rakkheyya || na assa-kāyo rakkheyya || na ratha-kāyo rakkheyya na patti-kāyo rakkheyya || atha kho tesaṃ rakkhito attā || || Taṃ kissa hetu ||
ajjhattikā || h-esā rakkhā n-esā rakkhā bāhirā || tasmā tesaṃ rakkhito attā ti || ||
5. Evam etam mahārāja evam etaṃ mahārāja || || Ye hi keci mahārāja kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti || pe || tesaṃ rakkhito attā || || Tam kissa hetu || bāhirā h-esā mahārāja rakkhā n-esa rakkhā ajjhattikā || tasmā tesam arakkhito attā || || Ye ca kho keci mahārāja kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti manasā sucaritaṃ caranti tesaṃ rakkhito attā || kiñcāpi te n-eva hatthi-kāyo rakkheyya na assa-kāyo rakkheyya na ratha-kāyo rakkheyya na patti-kāyo rakkheyya || atha kho rakkhito attā || || Taṃ kissa hetu ||
ajjhattikā h-esā mahārāja rakkhā n-esā rakkhā bāhirā ||
tasmā tesaṃ rakkhito attā ti || ||
6. Kāyena {saṃvaro} sādhu || sādhu vācāya {saṃvaro} ||
manasā {saṃvaro} sādhu || sādhu sabbatthā-{saṃvaro} ||
sabbatthā-{saṃvuto} lajjī || rakkhito ti pavuccatīti || ||
SN_1.3,1.6. Appakā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Ekaṃ antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idha mayham bhante rahogatassa patisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso paravitakko udapādi || || Appakā te sattā lokasmiṃ ye uḷāre uḷāre bhoge labhitvā na c-eva majjante na ca pamajjanti na ca kāmesu gedham āpajjanti na ca sattesu vippaṭipajjanti || || Atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā lokasmiṃ ye uḷare bhoge labhitvā majjanti c-eva pa-
[page 074]
74 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 1. 6.
majjanti ca kāmesu ca gedham āpajjanti sattesu ca vippaṭipajjantīti || ||
3. Evam etaṃ mahārāja evam etaṃ mahārāja || || Appakā te mahārāja sattā lokasmiṃ ye uḷāre uḷāre bhoge labhitvā na ceva majjanti na ca pamajjanti na ca kāmesu gedhaṃ āpajjanti na ca sattesu vippaṭipajjanti || || Atha kho ete va bahutarā sattā lokasmiṃ ye uḷāre uḷāre bhoge labhitvā majjanti c-eva pamajjanti ca kāmesu ca gedham āpajjanti sattesu ca vippaṭipajjantīti || ||
4. Sārattā kāma-bhogesu || giddhā kāmesu mucchitā ||
atisāraṃ na bujjhanti || migā kūṭam va oḍḍitaṃ ||
pacchāsaṃ kaṭukaṃ hoti || vipāko hi-ssa pāpako ti || ||
SN_1.3,1.7. Atthakaraṇa.6
1. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
2. Idhāhaṃ bhante atthakaraṇe nisinno passāmi khattiyamahāsāle pi brāhmaṇamahāsāle pi gahapatimahāsāle pi aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pahūta-jātarūparajate pahūta-vittūpakaraṇe pahūta-dhanadhaññe kāmahetu kāmanidānam kāmādhikakaraṇaṃ sampajāna-musā bhāsante || || Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi || Alaṃ dāni me atthakaraṇena || bhadramukho dāni atthakaraṇena paññāyissatīti || ||
3. Ye pi te mahārāja khattiya-mahāsālā brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapati-mahāsālā aḍḍhā mahaddhanā mahābhogā pahūta-jātarūpa-rajatā pahūta-vittūpakaraṇā pahūta-dhanadhaññā kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ sampajāna-musā bhāsanti || tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattam ahitāya dukkhāyā ti || ||
4. Sārattā kāmabhogesu || giddhā kāmesu mucchitā ||
atisāraṃ na bujjhanti || macchā khippaṃ va oḍḍitaṃ ||
pacchāsam kaṭukaṃ hoti || vipāko hi-ssa pāpako ti || ||
[page 075]
III. 1. 9.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 75
SN_1.3,1.8. Mallikā.
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Mallikāya deviyā saddhiṃ uparipāsādavaragato hoti || ||
3. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Mallikaṃ devim avoca ||||
Atthi nu kho te Mallike koc-añño attanā piyataro ti || ||
4. Natthi kho me mahārāja koc-añño attanā piyataro ||
tuyhaṃ pana mahārāja atth-añño koci attanā piyataro ti ||||
5. Mayhaṃ pi kho Mallike natth-añño koci attanā piyataro ti || ||
6. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo pāsādā orohitvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
7. Idhāhaṃ bhante Mallikāya deviyā saddhiṃ uparipāsādavaragato Mallikaṃ deviṃ etad avocaṃ || Atthi nu kho te Mallike koc-añño attanā piyataro ti || || Evaṃ vutte bhante Mallikā devī mam etad avoca || || N-atthi kho me mahārāja koci añño attanā piyataro ti || tuyham pana mahārāja atth-añño koci attanā piyataro ti || || Evaṃ vuttāhaṃ bhante Mallikaṃ devim etad avocaṃ || Mayham pi kho Mallike n-atth-añño koci attanā piyataro ti || ||
8. Atha kho Bhagavā etam attham viditvā tāyaṃ velāyam imam gātham abhāsi || ||
Sabbā disānuparigamma cetasā ||
n-ev-ajjhagā piyataram attanā kvaci ||
evam piyo puthu attā paresaṃ ||
tasmā na hiṃse param attakāmo ti || ||
SN_1.3,1.9. Yañña.
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena rañño Pasenadi-kosalassa mahā-yañño paccupaṭṭhito hoti || pañca ca usabha-satāni pañca ca vacchatara-satāni pañca ca vacchatarī-satāni pañca
[page 076]
76 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 1. 9.
ca aja-satāni pañca ca urabbha-satāni thūṇūpanitāni honti yaññatthāya ||
3. Ye pi-ssa te honti dāsā ti vā pessā ti vā kammakarā ti vā te pi daṇḍa-tajjitā bhaya-tajjitā assumukhā rudamānā parikammāni karonti || ||
4. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu || Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā paccabhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-paṭikkantā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
5. Idha bhante rañño Pasenadi-kosalassa mahā-yañño paccupaṭṭhito hoti || Pañca ca usabha-satāni pañca ca vacchatara-satāni pañca vacchatarī-satāni pañca ca urabbhasatāni thūṇūpanitāni honti yaññatthāya || || Ye pi-ssa te honti dāsā ti vā pessā ti vā kammakarā ti vā te pi daṇḍa-tajjitā bhaya-tajjitā assumukhā rudamānā parikammāni karontīti || ||
6. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyam imā gāthayo abhāsi || ||
Assamedhaṃ purisamedhaṃ || sammāpāsaṃ vājapeyyaṃ ||
niraggaḷaṃ mahārambhā || na te honti mahapphalā || ||
ajeḷakā gāvo ca || vividhā yattha haññare ||
na tam sammaggatā yaññaṃ || upayanti mahesino || ||
Ye ca yaññā nirārambhā || yajanti anukūlaṃ sadā ||
ajeḷakā ca gāvo ca || vividhā n-ettha haññare || ||
etaṃ sammaggatā yaññaṃ || upayanti mahesino ||
etaṃ yajetha medhāvī || eso yañño mahapphalo || ||
etaṃ hi yajamānassa || seyyo hoti na pāpiyo ||
yañño ca vipulo hoti ||pasīdanti ca devatā ti || ||
10 Bandhana.
1. Tena kho pana samayena raññā Pasenadinā Kosalena mahājanakāyo bandhāpito hoti || appekacce rajjūhi appekacce andūhi appekacce saṅkhalikāhi || ||
[page 077]
III. 2. 1.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 77
2. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu ||
Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-paṭikkantā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdiṃsu || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Idha bhante raññā Pasenadinā kosalena mahājanakāyo bandhāpito || appekacce rajjūhi appekacce andūhi appekacce saṅkhalikāhī ti || ||
Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanam āhu dhīrā ||
yad'; āyasam dārujaṃ pabbajañ ca || ||
sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu ||
puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā ||
etam daḷham bandhanam āhu dhīrā ||
ohārinaṃ sithilaṃ duppamuñcaṃ ||
etam pi chetvāna paribbajanti ||
anapekkhino kāmasukham pahāyāti || ||
Pathamo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Daharo Puriso Rājā || Piya Attāna-rakkhito ||
Appakā Atthakaraṇa || Mallikā Yañña Bandhanan ti || ||
___________________________________________
CHAPTER II. DUTIYO-VAGGO.
SN_1.3,2.1. Jaṭilo.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Pubbārāme Migāramātu-pāsāde || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bahidvāra-koṭṭhake nisinno hoti || ||
Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
[page 078]
78 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III.2.1.
3. Tena kho pana samayena satta ca jaṭilā satta ca nigaṇṭhā satta ca acelā satta ca ekasāṭakā satta ca paribbājakā paruḷha-kaccha-nakha-lomā khārividham ādāya Bhagavato avidūre atikkamanti || ||
4. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgam karitvā dakkhiṇa-jānu-maṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā || yena te satta ca jaṭilā satta ca nigaṇṭhā satta ca acelā satta ca ekasāṭakā satta ca paribbājakā ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ nāmaṃ sāvesi || || Rājāhaṃ bhante Pasenadi-kosalo rājāham bhante Pasenadikosalo ti || ||
5. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo || acirapakkantesu tesu sattasu ca jaṭilesu sattasu ca nigaṇṭhesu sattasu ca acelesu sattasu ca ekasāṭakesu sattasu ca paribbājakesu || yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdi || ||
6. Ekam antam nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ye te bhante loke arahanto vā arahatta-maggaṃ vā samāpannā ete tesam aññatarā ti || ||
7. Dujjānaṃ kho etam mahārāja tayā gihinā kāma-bhoginā putta-sambādha-samayaṃ ajjhāvasantena kāsika-candanaṃ paccanubhontena mālā-gandha-vilepanam dhārayantena jātarūparajataṃ sādiyantena ime vā arahanto ime vā arahantamaggaṃ samāpannā ti ||
8. {Saṃvāsena} kho mahārāja sīlaṃ veditabbaṃ || taṃ ca kho dīghena addhunā na itaram || manasi-karotā no amanasi karotā || paññāvatā no duppaññena ||
9. {Saṃvohārena} kho mahārāja soceyyaṃ veditabbam || taṃ ca kho dīghena addhunā na itaraṃ || manasi-karotā no amanasikarotā || paññavatā no duppaññena ||
10. Āpadāsu kho mahārāja thāmo veditabbo || so ca kho dīghena addhunā na itaram || manasikarotā na amanasikarotā ||
paññavatā no duppaññena ||
[page 079]
III. 2. 2.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 79
11. Sākacchāya kho mahārāja paññā veditabbā || sā ca kho dīghena addhunā na itaraṃ || manasi-karotā no amanasikarotā || paññavatā no dupaññenā ti || ||
12. Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yāva subhāsitam idaṃ bhante Bhagavatā || || Dujjānaṃ kho etaṃ magārāja tayā gihinā kāmabhoginā || pe || paññāvatā no duppaññenā ti || ||
13. Ete bhante mama purisā carā ocarakā janapadam ocaritā āgacchanti || tehi pathamam ociṇṇam ahaṃ pacchā osāpayissāmi ||
14. Idāni te bhante taṃ rajojallaṃ pavāhetvā sunhātā suvilittā kappitakesamassu odātavatthā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgibhūtā paricārayissantīti || ||
15. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imā gathāyo abhāsi || ||
Na vaṇṇarūpena naro sujāno ||
na vissase ittara-dassaṇena ||
susaññatānaṃ hi viyañjanena ||
asaññatā lokam imaṃ caranti ||
Patirūpako mattikakuṇḍalo va ||
lohaḍḍhamāso va suvaṇṇachanno ||
caranti eke parivārachannā ||
anto-asuddhā bahi-sobhamānā ti || ||
SN_1.3,2.2. Pañca-rājāno.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena pañcannaṃ rājūnaṃ Pasenadipamukhānaṃ pañcahi kāma-guṇehi samappitānaṃ samaṅgibhūtānaṃ paricārayamānānaṃ ayam antarā kathā udapādi || ||
Kin-nu kho kāmānam aggan ti || ||
3. Tatr-ekacce evam āhaṃsu || rūpā kāmānam aggan ti || ||
Ekacce evam ahaṃsu || saddā kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce evam evam āhaṃsu || gandhā kāmānaṃ aggan ti || || Ekacce evam āhaṃsu || rasā kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce evam
[page 080]
80 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 2. 2.
āhaṃsu || phoṭṭhabbā kāmānam aggan ti || || Yato kho te rājāno nāsakkhiṃsu aññaṃ aññaṃ saññāpetuṃ || ||
4. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo te rājāno etad avoca || ||
Āyāma mārisā || yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamissāma || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etam atthaṃ paṭipucchissāma ||
Yathā no Bhagavā byākarissati tathā naṃ dhāreyyāmā ti || ||
5. Evam marisā ti kho te rājāno rañño Pasenadi-kosalassa paccassosuṃ || ||
6. Atha kho te pañca rājāno Pasenadi-pamukhā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
7. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idha bhante amhākaṃ pañcannam rājūnaṃ pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitānaṃ samaṅgibhūtānaṃ paricārayamānaṃ ayam antarā kathā udapādi || || Kinnu kho kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce evam āhaṃsu || rupā kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce evam ahaṃsu || rūpā kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce evam ahaṃsu || saddā kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce evam ahaṃsu gandhā kāmānam agganti || || Ekacce evam ahaṃsu || rasā kāmānam aggan ti || ||
Ekacce evam āhaṃsu || poṭṭhabbā kāmānam aggan ti || ||
Kin-nu kho bhante kāmānam aggan ti || ||
8. Manāpa-pariyantam khvāhaṃ mahārāja pañcasu kāmaguṇesu aggan ti vadāmi || Te ca mahārāja rūpā ekaccassa manāpā honti te ca rūpā ekaccassa amanāpā honti || Yehi ca yo rūpehi attamano hoti paripuṇṇa-saṅkappo so tehi rūpehi aññaṃ rūpam uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā na pattheti || te tassa rūpā paramā honti || te tassa rūpā anuttarā honti || ||
9. Te ca mahārāja saddā || pe || Te ca mahārāja gandhā ||
Te ca mahārāja rasā || Te ca mahārāja poṭṭhabbā ekaccassa manāpā honti || Te ca poṭṭhabbā ekaccassa amanāpā honti ||
[page 081]
III. 2. 3.] DUTIYA- VAGGA 2. 81
Yehi ca yo poṭṭhabbehi attamano hoti paripuṇṇa-saṅkappo ||
so tehi poṭṭhabbehi aññaṃ poṭṭhabbam uttaritaraṃ vā panītataram vā na pattheti || te tassa poṭṭhabbā paramā honti ||
te tassa poṭṭhabbā anuttarā hontīti || ||
10. Tena kho pana samayena Candanaṅgaliko upāsako tassam parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti || Atha kho Candanaṅgaliko upāsako uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjalim paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Paṭibhāti mam Bhagavā patibhāti maṃ Sugatāti || ||
11. Paṭibhātu taṃ Candanaṅgalikāti Bhagavā avoca || ||
12. Atha kho Candanaṅgaliko upāsako Bhagavato sammukhā tad-anurūpāyā gāthāya abhitthavi || ||
Padumaṃ yathā kokanadaṃ sugandhaṃ ||
pāto siyā phullam avītagandhaṃ ||
aṅgīrasam passa virocamānaṃ ||
tapantam ādiccam iv-antalikkhe ti || ||
13. Atha kho te pañcarājāno Candanaṅgalikam upāsakam pañcahi saṅgehi acchādesuṃ || ||
14. Atha kho Candanaṅgaliko upāsako tehi pañcahi uttarāsaṅgehi Bhagavantam acchādesīti || ||
SN_1.3,2.3. Doṇapāka.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || || Tena kho pana samayena rājā Pasenadi-kosalo doṇapākaṃ sudaṃ bhuñjati || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo bhuttāvī mahassāsī yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā taṃ rājānaṃ Pasenadi-kosalaṃ bhuttāviṃ mahassāsiṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyam imaṃ gātham abhāsi ||
Manujassa sadā satīmato ||
mattam jānato laddha-bhojane ||
tanu tassa bhavanti vedanā ||
saṇikaṃ jīrati āyu pālayan ti || ||
[page 082]
82 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 2. 3.
4. Tena kho pana samayena Sudassano mānavo rañño Pasenadi-kosalassa piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti || ||
5. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Sudassanaṃ māṇavaṃ āmantesi || || Ehi tvam tāta Sudassana Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham pariyāpuṇitvā mama bhattābhibāre bhāsa ||
ahaṃ ca te devasikaṃ kahāpaṇasataṃ kahāpaṇasatam niccabhikkhaṃ pavaṭṭayissāmīti || ||
6. Evam devāti kho Sudassano māṇavo Pasenadi-kosalassa paṭisunitvā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham pariyāpuṇitvā rañño Pasenadi-kosalassa bhattābhihāre sudaṃ bhāsati || ||
Manujassa sadā satīmato ||
mattaṃ jānato laddhabhojane ||
tanu tassa bhavanti vedanā ||
saṇikam jīrati āyu pālayan ti || ||
7. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo anupubbena nāḷikodanaparamatāya saṇṭhāsi || ||
8. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo aparena samayena sallikhita-gatto pāṇinā gattāni anumajjanto tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānam udānesi || ||
Ubhayena vata maṃ so Bhagavā atthena anukampi ||
diṭṭhadhammikena c-eva samparāyikena cā ti || ||
SN_1.3,2.4,5. Saṅgāme dve vuttāni.
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati.
SN_1.3,2.4.
1. Atha kho rājā Māgadho Ajātasattu vedehiputto caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam abbhuyyāsi yena Kāsī ||
2. Assosi kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo || rājā kira māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto caturaṅginiṃ senam sannayhitvā mamaṃ abbhuyyāto yena Kāsīti || ||
3. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā rājānam māgadham Ajātasattuṃ vedehi-puttam paccuyyāsi yena Kāsī || ||
[page 083]
III. 2. 5.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 83
4. Atha kho rājā ca māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājā ca Pasenadi-kosalo saṅgāmesuṃ || || Tena kho pana saṅgāme rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājānam Passenadikosalam parājesi || parājito ca rājā Pasenadi kosalo sakam eva rājadhānim Sāvatthim pāyāsi || ||
5. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-cīvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu ||
Sāvatthiyam piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdiṃsu ||
ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
6. Idha bhante rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehī-putto caturāṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā rājānaṃ Passenadi-kosalam abbhuyyāsi yena Kāsī || || Assosi kho bhante rājā Passenadikosalo || rājā kira māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā mamaṃ abbhuyyāto yena Kāsīti || || Atha kho bhante rājā Pasenadi-kosalo caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā rājānaṃ Māgadham Ajātasattum vedehi-puttam paccuyyāsī yena Kāsī || || Atha kho bhante rājā ca māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājā ca Pasenadi-kosalo saṅgāmesuṃ || || Tasmiṃ kho pana sagāme rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājānam Pasenadikosalam parājesi || parājito ca bhante rājā Pasenadi-kosalo sakam eva rājadhānim Sāvatthim paccuyyāsīti || ||
7. Rājā bhikkhave māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto pāpa-mitto pāpasahāyo pāpa-sampavaṅko || rājā ca bhikkhave Pasenadi-kosalo kalyāṇa-mitto kalyāṇa-sahāyokalyāṇa-sampavaṅko || ajjatañ ca bhikkhave rājā Pasenadi-kosalo imaṃ rattiṃ dukkhaṃ sessati parājito ti || ||
Jayaṃ veraṃ pasavati || dukkhaṃ seti parājito ||
upasanto sukham seti || hitvā jayam parājayan ti || ||
SN_1.3,2.5.
8. Atha kho rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto catu-
[page 084]
84 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 2. 5.
raṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam abbhuyyāsi yena Kāsī || ||
9. Assosi kho rājā Passenadi-kosalo || rājā kira māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā mamaṃ abbhuyāto yena Kāsī ti || ||
10. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā rājānam māgadham Ajātasattum vedehi-puttam paccuyyāti yena Kāsī ||
11. Atha kho rājā ca māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājā ca Pasenadi-kosalo saṅgāmesuṃ || || Tasmiṃ kho pana saṅgāme rājā Pasenadi-kosalo rājanaṃ māgadhaṃ Ajātasattum vedehi-puttam parājesi jīvagāhaṃ ca nam aggahesi || ||
12. Atha kho rañño Pasenadi-kosalassa etad ahosi || ||
Kiñcāpi kho myāyam rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto adubbhantassa dubbhati || atha ca pana me bhāgineyyo hoti || yaṃ nūnāham rañño māgadhassa Ajātasattusso vedehiputtassa sabbaṃ hatthi-kāyam pariyādiyitvā sabbam assakāyam pariyādiyitvā sabbaṃ ratha-kāyam pariyādiyitvā sabbam patti-kāyam pariyādiyitvā jīvantam eva nam ossajjeyyan ti || ||
13. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo rañño māgadhassa Ajātasattuno vedehi-puttassa sabbam hatthi-kāyam patriyādiyitvā || pe || jīvantam eva nam ossajji || ||
14. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu ||
Sāvatthiyam piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdiṃsu ||
Ekam antam nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
[page 085]
III. 2. 5.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 85
15. Idha bhante rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā rājānaṃ Pasenadi-kosalam abbhuyyāsi yena Kāsī || Assosi kho bhante rājā Pasenadikosalo || rājā kira māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā mamaṃ abbhuyāto yena Kāsī ti || ||
Atha kho bhante rājā Pasenadi-kosalo caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā rājānam māgadham Ajātasattum vedehi-puttam paccuyyāsi || || Atha kho bhante rājā ca māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājā ca Pasenadi-kosalo saṅgāmesuṃ || ||
Tasmiṃ kho pana saṅgāme rājā Pasenasi-kosalo rājānam māgadham Ajātasattum vedehi-puttam parājesi jīvagāhañ ca nam aggahesi || || Atha kho bhante rañño Pasenadi-kosalassa etad ahosi || Kiñcāpi kho myāyam rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto adubbhantassa dubbhati || atha va pana me bhāgineyyo hoti || yaṃ nūnāham rañño māgadhassa Ajātasattuno vedehi-puttassa sabbaṃ hatthi-kāyam paridāyitvā || sabbam assa-kāyam || sabbaṃ ratha-kāyam || sabbam patti-kāyam paridāyitvā jīvantam eva nam ossajjeyyan ti || ||
Atha kho bhante rājā Pasenadi-kosalo rañño māgadhassa Ajātasattuno vedehi-puttassa sabbaṃ hatthi-kāyam pariyādiyitvā sabbam assa-kāyam pariyādiyitvā sabbaṃ rathā-kāyam pariyādiyitvā sabbam patti-kāyam pariyādiyitvā jīvantam eva nam ossajjīti || ||
16. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velayam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Vilumpateva puriso || yāvassa upakappati ||
yadā c-aññe vilumpanti || so vilutto vilumpati ||
ṭhānaṃhi maññati bālo || yāva pāpaṃ na paccati ||
yadā ca paccati pāpam || atha bālo dukkham nigacchati || ||
hantā labhati hantāram || jetāram labhati jāyaṃ ||
akkosako ca akkosaṃ || rosetārañ ca rosako ||
atha kamma-vivaṭṭena || so vilutto vilumpatīti || ||
[page 086]
86 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 2. 6.
SN_1.3,2.6. Dhitā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3. Atha kho aññataro puriso yena rājā Pasenādi-kosalo ten-upasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā rañño Pasenadi-kosalassa upakaṇṇake ārocesi || Mallikā deva devī dhītaraṃ vijātā ti || ||
4. Evam vutte rājā Pasenadi-kosalo anattamano ahosi || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam anattamanataṃ viditvā tāyam velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Itthīpi hi ekaccī yā || seyyo posā jānādhipa ||
medhāvinī sīlavatī || sassu-deva patibbatā || ||
tassā yo jāyati poso || sūro hoti disampati ||
tādiso subhariyā putto || rajjam pi anusāsatī ti || ||
SN_1.3,2.7. Appamāda (1)
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Ekam antam nisīdi || || Ekam antam nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Atthi nu kho bhante eko dhammo yo ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati diṭṭhadhammikaṃ c-eva atthaṃ samparāyikaṃ cā ti || ||
3. Atthi kho mahārāja eko dhammo yo ubho samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati diṭṭhadhammikaṃ c-eva atthaṃ samparāyikaṃ cā ti || ||
4. Katamo pana bhante eko dhammo yo ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati diṭṭhadhammikaṃ c-eva atthaṃ samparāyikaṃ cā ti || ||
5. Appamādo kho mahārāja eko dhammo ubho atthe samadhigghayha tiṭṭhati diṭṭhadhammikaṃ c-eva atthaṃ samparāyikaṃ cā ti || || Seyyathāpi mahārāja yāni kānici jaṅgamānam pāṇānam padajatāni sabbāni tāni hatthipade samodhānaṃ gacchanti || hatthipadaṃ tesam aggam akkhāyati yad idam mahantena || evam eva kho mahārāja eko dhammo
[page 087]
III. 2. 8.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 87
ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati diṭṭhadhammikaṃ c-eva atthaṃ samparāyikam cā ti || ||
6. Āyum ārogiyaṃ vaṇṇaṃ || saggam uccākulīnataṃ ||
ratiyo patthayantena || uḷārā aparāparā || ||
appamādam pasaṃsanti || puññakiriyāsu paṇḍitā ||
appamatto ubho atthe || adhigaṇhāti paṇḍito ||
diṭṭhe dhamme ca yo attho || yo c-attho samparāyiko || ||
atthābhisamayā dhīro || paṇḍito ti pavuccatīti || ||
SN_1.3,2.8. Appamāda (2).
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2. Ekam antam nisīdi || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Idha mayham bhante rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evam cetaso parivitakko udapādi || Svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo ||
so ca kho kalyāṇa-mittassa kalyāṇa-sahāyassa kalyāṇa-sampavaṅkassa || no pāpa-mittassa no papa-sahāyassa no pāpasampavaṅkassā ti || ||
3. Evam etam mahārāja evam etam mahārāja || svākhyāto mahārāja mayā dhammo || so ca kho kalyāṇa-mittassa kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇa-sampavaṅkassa || no pāpa-mittassa no pāpasahāyassa no pāpa-sampavaṅkassā ti || ||
4. Ekam idāhaṃ mahārāja samayam Sakkesu viharāmi Sakyānaṃ nigame || ||
5. Atho kho mahārāja Ānando bhikkhu yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || Ekam antam nisinno kho mahārāja Ānando bhikkhu mam etad avoca || || Upaḍḍham idam bhante brahmacariyassa yad idaṃ kalyāṇa-mittatā kalyāṇa-sahāyatā kalyāṇasampavaṅkatā ti || ||
6. Evam vuttāham mahārāja Ānandam bhikkhum etad avocam || Mā h-evam Ānanda mā h-evam Ānanda || sakalam eva h-idam Ānanda brahmacariyaṃ yad idaṃ kalyāṇa-
[page 088]
88 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA [III. 2. 8.
mittatā kalyāṇa-sahāyatā kalyāṇa-sampavaṅkatā || kalyaṇamittassa etam Ānanda bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇamittassa kalyāṇa-sahāyassa kalyāṇa-sampavaṅkassa ariyam aṭṭhaṅgikam maggaṃ bhāvessati ariyam atthaṅgikam maggam bahulī-karissati ||
7. Kathañ ca Ānanda bhikkhu kalyāṇa-mitto kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇa-sampavaṅko ariyam aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulī-karoti || ||
8. Idha Ānanda bhikkhu sammā-diṭṭhim bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāga-nissitam nirodha-nissitaṃ vossaggapariṇamiṃ || sammā-saṅkappam bhāveti sammāvācam bhāveti ||
sammā-kammantam bhāveti || sammā-ājīvam bhāveti sammāvāyāmaṃ sammā-satim bhāveti || sammā-samādhiṃ bhāveti viveka-nissitaṃ virāga-nissitaṃ nirodha-nissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ || || Evaṃ kho Ānanda bhikkhu kalyāṇa-mitto kalyāṇa-sahāyo kalyāṇa-sampavaṅko ariyam atthaṅgikam maggam bhāveti ariyam atthaṅgikam maggam bahulī karoti ||
9. Tad'; aminā p-etam Ānanda pariyāyena veditabbam ||
yathā sakalam ev-idam brahmacariyaṃ yad-idam kālyāṇamittatā kalyāṇa-sahāyatā kalyāṇa-sampavaṅkatā ti || ||
10. Mamaṃ hi Ānanda kalyāṇa-mittam āgamma jātidhammā sattā jātiyā parimuccanti || jarādhammā sattā jarāya parimuccanti || vyādhidhammā sattā vyādhiyā parimuccanti ||
maraṇa-dhammā sattā maraṇena parimuccanti || soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-upāyāsa-dhammā sattā soka-paridevadukkha-domanass-upāyāsehi parimuccanti || Iminā kho etam Ānanda pariyāyena veditabbaṃ || yathā sakalam ev-idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ yad idaṃ kalyāṇa-mittatā kalyāṇa-sahāyatā kalyaṇa-sampavaṅkatāti || ||
11. Tasmāt iha te mahārāja evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || kalyāṇamitto bhavissāmi kalyāṇa-sahāyo kalyāṇa-sampavaṅko ti ||
evaṃ hi te mahārāja sikkhitabbaṃ || || Kalyāṇa-mittassa te mahārāja kalyāṇa-sahāyassa kalyāṇa-sampavaṅkassa ayam
[page 089]
III. 2. 9.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 89
eko dhammo upanissāya vihātabbo appamādo kusalesu dhammesu || ||
12. Appamattassa te mahārāja viharato appamādam upanissāya itthāgārassa evam bhavissati || || Rājā kho appamatto viharati appamādam upanissāya || handa mayam pi appamattā viharāma appamādam upanissayā ti || ||
13. Appamattassa te mahārāja viharato appamādam upanissāya khattiyānam pi anuyuttānaṃ evam bhavissati || || Rājā kho appamatto viharati appamādam upanissāya || || Handa mayam pi appamattā viharāma appamādam upanissāyā ti || ||
14. Appamattassa te mahārāja viharato appamādam upanissāya negamajānapadassa pi evam bhavissati || || Rājā kho appamatto viharati appamādam upanissāya || handa mayam pi appamattā viharāma appamādam upanissāyā ti || ||
15. Appamattassa te mahārāja viharato appamādam upanissāya attā pi gutto rakkhito bhavissati || itthāgāram pi guttaṃ rakkhitam bhavissati || kosakoṭṭhāgāram pi guttaṃ rakkhitam bhavissatīti || ||
16. Bhoge patthayamānena || uḷāre aparāpare ||
appamādam pasaṃsanti || puñña-kriyāsu paṇḍitā ||
appamatto ubho atthe || adhigaṇhāti paṇḍito ||
diṭṭhe dhamme ca yo attho || yo c-attho samparāyiko ||
atthābhisamayādhīro || paṇḍito ti pavuccatīti || ||
SN_1.3,2.9. Aputtaka (10).
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo divādivassa yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Handa kuto nu tvam mahārāja āgacchasi divādivassā ti || ||
3. Idha bhante Sāvatthiyam seṭṭhi gahapati kālakato ||
tam aham aputtakam sāpateyyam rājantepuram atiharitvā āgacchāmi || asīti bhante satasahassāni hiraññass-eva || ko
[page 090]
90 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 2. 9
pana vādo rūpiyassa || || Tassa kho pana bhante seṭṭhissa gahapatissa evarūpo bhattabhogo ahosi || kaṇājakam bhuñjati bilaṅgadutiyaṃ || || Evarūpo vatthabhogo ahosi || sāṇaṃ dhāreti tipakkhavasaṇaṃ || || Evarūpo yānabhogo ahosi || jajjararathakena yāti paṇṇacchattakena dhārīyamānenā ti || ||
4. Evam etaṃ mahārāja evam etam mahārāja || asappuriso kho mahārāja uḷāre bhoge labhitvā n-ev-attānam sukheti pīneti || na mātapitaro sukheti pīneti || na puttadāram sukheti pīneti || na dāsa-kammakaraporise sukheti pīneti || na mittāmacce sukheti pīneti || na samaṇa-brāhmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti sovaggikaṃ sukhavipākaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ || || Tassa te bhoge evaṃ sammā aparibhuñjamāne rājāno vā haranti || corā vā haranti || aggi vā ḍahati || udakam vā vahati || appiyā vā dāyadā haranti || ||
Evaṃ sante mahārāja bhogā sammā aparibhuñjamānā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti no paribhogaṃ ||
5. Seyyathāpi mahārāja amanussaṭṭhāne pokkharanī acchodakā sītodakā sātodakā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā ||
taṃ jano n-eva hareyya na piveyya na nahayeyya na yathā paccayaṃ vā kareyya || evaṃ hi tam mahārāja udakaṃ sammā aparibhuñjiyamānam parikkhayam gaccheyya no paribhogaṃ || || Evaṃ eva kho mahārājā asappuriso uḷāre bhoge labhitvā n-ev-attānaṃ sukheti pīneti || pe || Evam sante bhogā sammā aparibhuñjamānā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti no paribhogaṃ || ||
6. Sappuriso ca kho mahārāja uḷāre bhoge labhitvā attānam sukheti pīneti mātāpitaro sukheti pīneti puttadāraṃ sukheti pīneti dāsa-kammakara-porise sukheti pīneti mittāmacce sukheti pīneti samaṇesu brāhmaṇesu uddhaggikam dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti sovaggikaṃ sukhavipākaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ ||
tassa te bhoge evaṃ sammāparibhuñjamāne n-eva rājāno
[page 091]
III. 2. 10.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 91
haranti na corā haranti na aggi ḍahati na udakam vahati na appiyā pi dāyādā haranti || || Evam sante mahārāja bhogā sammā paribhuñjamānā paribhogaṃ gacchanti no parikkhayaṃ || ||
7. Seyyathāpi mahārāja gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre pokkharaṇī acchodakā sītodakā sātodakā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā || taṃ ca jano hareyya pi piveyya pi nahāyeyya pi yathāpaccayam pi kāreyya || evaṃ hi taṃ mahārāja udakam sammāparibhuñjamānam paribhogaṃ gaccheyya no parikkhayaṃ || || Evam eva kho mahārāja sappuriso uḷāre bhoge labhitvā attānaṃ sukheti || pe || Evaṃ sante bhogā sammā paribhuñjamānā paribhogaṃ gacchanti no parikkhayan ti || ||
8. Amanussaṭṭhāne udakaṃ vasitaṃ ||
tad apeyyamānam parisosam eti ||
evaṃ dhanaṃ kā-puriso labhitvā ||
n-ev-attanā bhuñjati no dadāti || ||
dhīro ca viññū adhigamma bhoge ||
so bhuñjati kiccakaro ca hoti ||
so nātī-saṅghaṃ nisabho bharitvā ||
anindito saggam upeti ṭhānan ti ||
SN_1.3,2.10. Aputtaka (20).
1. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo divādivassa yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho rājānaṃ Pasenadi-kosalam Bhagavā etad avoca || handa kuto nu tvaṃ mahārāja āgacchasi divādivassā ti || ||
2. Idha bhante Sāvatthiyaṃ seṭṭhi-gahapati kālakato ||
tam aham aputtakaṃ sāpateyyaṃ rājantepuram atiharitvā āgacchāmi || sataṃ bhante satasahassāni hiraññassa || ko pana vādo rūpiyassa || || Tassa kho pana bhante seṭṭhissa gahapatissa evarūpo bhattabhogo ahosi kaṇājakaṃ bhuñjati bilaṅgadutiyaṃ || || Evarūpo vatthabhogo ahosi || sāṇaṃ dhāreti ti-
[page 092]
92 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 2. 10.
pakkhavasanam || Evarūpo yāna-bhogo ahosi || jajjararathakena yāti paṇṇachattakena dhāriyamānenā ti || ||
3. Evam etaṃ mahārāja evam etam mahārāja || bhūtapubbaṃ so mahārāja seṭṭhi gahapati Taggarasikkhiṃ nāma paccekabuddhaṃ piṇḍapātena paṭipādesi detha samaṇassa piṇḍan ti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi datvā ca pana pacchā vippaṭisārī ahosi || varaṃ etaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ dāsā vā kammakarā vā bhuñjeyyun ti || bhātu ca pana ekaputtaṃ sāpateyyassa kāraṇā jīvitā voropesi || ||
4. Yaṃ kho so mahārāja seṭṭhi-gahapati Tagarasikhim paccekabuddham piṇḍapātena paṭipādesi || tassa kammassa vipākena sattakhattum sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam uppajji ||
tass-eva kammassa vipākāvasesena imissā yeva Sāvatthiyā sattakkhattuṃ seṭṭhittam kāresi || ||
5. Yaṃ kho so mahārāja seṭṭhi gahapati datvā pacchā vippaṭisārī ahosi || varam etaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ dāsā vā kammakarā vā bhuñjeyyun ti || tassa kammassa vipākena nāssuḷārāya bhatta-bogāya cittaṃ namati || nāssuḷārāya vatthabhogāya cittaṃ namati || nāssuḷārāya yāna-bhogāya cittaṃ namati || nāss-uḷārāṇaṃ pañcannaṃ kāma-gunānaṃ bhogāya cittaṃ namati ||
6. Yaṃ kho so mahārāja seṭṭhi gahapati bhātuca pana ekaputtakaṃ sāpateyyassa kāraṇā jīvitā voropesi || tassa kammassa vipākena bahūni vassāni bahūni vassa-satāni bahūni vassa-sahassāni bahūni vassa-sata-sahassāni niraye paccittha || tass-eva kammassa vipākāvasesena idam sattamam aputtakaṃ sāpateyyaṃ rāja-kosam paveseti || tassa kho pana mahārāja seṭṭhissa gahapatissa purāṇaṃ ca puññaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ navañ ca puññaṃ anupacitaṃ || || Ajja pana mahārāja seṭṭhi gahapati Mahāroruva-niraye paccatīti || ||
7. Evaṃ bhante seṭṭhi gahapati Mahāroruvaṃ nirayam uppanno ti || ||
[page 093]
III. 3. 1.] TATIYA-VAGGA 3. 93
8. Evam mahārāja seṭṭhi gahapati Mahāroruve niraye uppanno ti || ||
9. Dhaññaṃ dhanaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ ||
pariggahaṃ vā pi yad atthi kiñci ||
dāsā kammakarā pessā ye c-assa anujīvino ||
sabbaṃ nādāya gantabbaṃ ||sabbaṃ nikkhippa-gāminaṃ || ||
10. Yañ ca karoti kāyena || vācāya uda cetasā ||
taṃ hi tassa sakaṃ hoti || tañca ādāya gacchati ||
tañc-assa anugaṃ hoti || chāyā va anapāyinī || ||
11. Tasmā kareyya kalyāṇam || nicayaṃ samparāyikaṃ ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti ||
Dutiyo vaggo ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Jāṭilā pañcarājāno || Doṇapākakurena ca ||
Saṅgāmena dve vuttāni || Dhitarā dve Appamadena ca ||
Aputtakena dve vuttā || vaggo tena vuccatīti || ||
___________________________________________
CHAPTER III. TATIYO-VAGGA.
SN_1.3,3.1. Puggala.11
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || || Ekam antam nisinnaṃ kho rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Cattāro me mahārāja puggalā santo {saṃvijjamānā} lokasmiṃ || ||
3. Katame cattāro || || Tamo tama-parāyano || tamo jotiparāyano || Joti tama-parāyano || Joti joti-parāyano || ||
4. Kathañca mahārājā puggalo tamo tama-parāyano hoti || ||
Idha mahārāja ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti caṇḍāla-kule vā veṇa-kule vā nesāda-kule vā rathakāra-kule vā pukkusa-kule vā dalidde app-anna-pāna-bhojane kasira
[page 094]
94 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 3. 1.
vuttike || yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati || || so ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bahvābādho || kāṇo vā hoti kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā || na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa || || So kāyena duccaritaṃ carati || vācāya duccaritaṃ carati || manasā duccaritaṃ carati || || so kāyena duccaritam caritā vācāya duccaritam caritvā manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ uppajjati || || Seyyathāpi mahārāja puriso andhakārā vā andhakāraṃ gaccheya || tamā vā tamaṃ gaccheyya ||
lohita-malā vā lohita-malaṃ vā gaccheyya || tathūpamāhaṃ mahārāja imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi || || Evam mahārāja puggalo tamo tama-parāyano hoti || ||
5. Kathañ ca mahārāja puggalo tamo joti-parāyano hoti || ||
Idha mahārāja ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti caṇḍāla-kule va vena-kule vā nesāda-kule vā rathakāra-kule vā pukkusa-kule vā dalidde app-anna-pāna-bhojane kasiravuttike || yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati || || so ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bahvābādho || kāṇo va kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā || na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālā-gandha-vilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa || || So kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || so kāyena sucaritaṃ caritvā vācāya sucaritaṃ caritvā manasā sucaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam uppajjati || || Seyyathāpi mahārāja puriso pathaviyā vā pallaṅkam āroheyya || pallaṅkā vā assapiṭṭhim āroheyya || assa-piṭṭhiyā vā hatthikkhandham āroheyya hatthikkhandhā vā pāsādam āroheyya || tathūpamāhaṃ mahārāja imam puggalaṃ vadāmi || || Evaṃ kho mahārāja puggalo tamo joti-parāyano hoti || ||
6. Kathañ ca mahārāja puggalo joti tama-parāyano hoti || ||
Idha mahārāja ekacco puggalo ucce kule paccājāto hoti ||
khattiya-mahāsāla-kule vā brāhmaṇa-mahāsāla-kule vā gahapati-mahāsāla-kule vā aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pa-
[page 095]
III. 3. 1.] TATIYA-VAGGA 3. 95
hūta-jātarūpa-rajate pahūta-vittūpakaraṇe pahūta-dhanadhaññe || So ca hoti abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇa-pokkharatāya samannāgato || lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālā-gandha-vilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa || || So kāyena duccaritaṃ carati || vācāya duccaritaṃ carati vācāya duccaritaṃ carati manasā duccaritaṃ carati || so kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā vācāya duccaritam caritvā manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā param maranā apāyaṃ duggatim vinipātaṃ nirayam uppajjati ||
Seyyathāpi mahārāja puriso pāsādā vā hatthikkandham oroheyya || hatthikkhandhā vā assa-piṭṭhim oroheyya || assapiṭṭhiyā vā pallaṅkam oroheyya pallaṅkā vā pathaviṃ oroheyya pathaviyā vā andhakāraṃ oroheyya || tathūpamāhaṃ mahārāja imam puggalaṃ vadāmi || || Evam kho mahārāja puggalo joti tama-parāyano hoti || ||
7. Kathañ ca mahārāja puggalo joti joti-parāyano hoti || ||
Idha mahārāja ekacco puggalo ucce kule paccājāto hoti ||
khattiya-mahāsāla kule vā brāhmaṇa-mahāsāla-kule vā gahapati-mahāsāla kule vā aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pahūtajātarūpa-rajate pahūta-vittū-pakaraṇe pahūta-dhana-dhaññe ||
so ca hoti abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato || labhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālā-gandha-vilepanassa seyyāvasatha-padīpeyyassa || || So kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || so kāyena sucaritaṃ caritvā vācāya sucaritaṃ caritvā manasā sucaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggam lokam uppajjati ||
Seyyathāpi mahārāja puriso pallaṅkā vā pallaṅkaṃ saṅkameyya || assappiṭṭhiyā va assa-piṭṭhiṃ saṅkameyya || hatthikkhandhā vā hatthikkhandhaṃ saṅkameyya || pāsādā va pāsādam saṅkameyya || tathūpamāham mahārāja imam puggalaṃ vadāmi || || Evaṃ kho mahārāja puggalo joti jotiparāyano hoti || ||
[page 096]
96 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 3. 1
8. Ime kho mahārāja puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ || ||
9. Daliddo puriso rāja || assaddho hoti maccharī ||
kadariyo pāpa-saṅkappo || micchā-diṭṭhi anādaro || ||
samaṇe brāhmaṇe vāpi || aññe vā pi vanibbake ||
akkosati paribhāsati || natthiko hoti rosako || ||
dadamānam nivāreti || yācamānānaṃ bhojanaṃ ||
tādiso puriso rāja || mīyamāno janādhipa ||
upeti nirayaṃ ghoraṃ || tamo-tama-parāyano || ||
10. Daliddo puriso rāja || saddho hoti amaccharī ||
dadāti seṭṭha-saṅkappo || avyagga-manaso naro || ||
samaṇe brāhmaṇe vā pi || aññe vā pi vanibbake ||
uṭṭhāya abhivādeti || samacariyāya sikkhati ||
dadamānaṃ na vāreti || yācamānānaṃ bhojanam ||
tādiso puriso rāja || mīyamāno janādhipa ||
upeti tidivaṃ ṭhānaṃ || tamo-joti-parāyano || ||
11. Aḍḍho ve puriso rāja || assaddho hoti maccharī ||
kadariyo pāpa-saṅkappo || micchā-diṭṭhi anādaro || ||
samaṇe brāhmaṇe vā pi || aññe vā pi vanibbake ||
akkosati paribhāsati || natthiko hoti rosako ||
dadamānaṃ nivāreti || yācamānānaṃ bhojanaṃ ||
tādiso puriso rāja || mīyamāno jarādhipa ||
upeti nirayaṃ ghoraṃ || joti-tama-parāyano || ||
12. Aḍḍho ve puriso rāja || saddho hoti amaccharī ||
dadāti seṭṭha-saṅkappo || abyaggamanaso naro samaṇe brāhmaṇe vā pi || aññevāpi vanibbake ||
uṭṭhāya abhivādeti || samacariyāya sikkhati || ||
dadamānam na vāreti || yācamānānam bhojanam ||
tādiso puriso rāja || mīyamāno janādhipa ||
upeti tidivaṃ ṭhānaṃ || joti-joti-parāyano ti || ||
SN_1.3,3.2. Ayyakā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho rājānaṃ Pasenadi-kosalaṃ
[page 097]
III. 3. 2.] TATIYA-VAGGA 3. 97
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Handa kuto nu tvaṃ mahārāja āgacchasi divādivassāti || ||
3. Ayyakā me bhante kālakatā jiṇṇā vuḍḍhā mahallikā addhagatā vayo anuppattā vīsa-vassa-satikā jātiyā || ||
4. Ayyakā kho pana me bhante piyā ahosi manāpā || ||
Hatthi-ratanena ce pāham bhante labheyyam mā me ayyakā kālam akāsīti || hatthiratanam pāham dadeyyam mā me ayyakā kālam akāsīti || || Assa-ratanena ce pāham bhante labheyyam mā me ayyakā kālam akāsīti || assa-ratanam pāham dadeyyam mā me ayyakā kālam akāsīti || || Gāmavarena ce pāham bhante labheyyam mā me ayyakā kālam akāsīti || gāma-varam pāhaṃ dadeyyam mā me ayyakā kālam akāsīti || || Janapadena ce pāham bhante labheyyam mā me ayyakā kālam akāsīti || janapadam pāhaṃ dadeyyam mā me ayyakā kālam akāsīti || ||
5. Sabbe sattā mahārāja maraṇa-dhammā maraṇa-pariyosānā maraṇam anatītā ti || ||
6. Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante || yāva subhāsitam idam bhante Bhagavatā || sabbe sattā maraṇa-dhammā maraṇa-pariyosānā maraṇam anatītā ti || ||
7. Evam etam mahārāja evam etam mahārāja sabbe sattā maraṇa-dhammā maraṇa-pariyosānā maraṇam anatītā ti || ||
Seyyathāpi mahārāja yāni kānici kumbhakāraka-bhājanāni āmakāni c-eva pakkāni ca || sabbāni tāni bhedana-dhammāni bhedana-pariyosānāni bhedanam anatītāni || evam eva kho mahārāja sabbe sattā maraṇa-dhammā maraṇa-pariyosānā maraṇam anatītā ti || ||
8. Sabbe sattā marissanti || maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitam ||
yathā kammaṃ gamissanti || puñña-pāpa-phalūpagā || ||
nirayam pāpa-kammantā || puñña-kammā ca suggatiṃ || ||
Tasmā kareyya kalyāṇam || nicayam samparāyikaṃ ||
puññāni paralokasmiṃ || patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan ti || ||
[page 098]
98 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 3. 3.
SN_1.3,3.3. Loko.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || Kati nu kho bhante lokassa dhammā uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāyāti || ||
3. Tayo kho mahā rāja lokassa dhammā uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāya || ||
4. Katame tayo || || Lobho kho mahārāja lokassa dhammo uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāya || ||
Doso kho mahārāja lokassa dhammo uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāya || || Moho kho mahārāja lokassa dhammo uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāya || ||
5. Ime kho mahārāja tayo lokassa dhammā uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāyā ti || ||
6. Lobho doso ca moho ca || purisam pāpa-cetasaṃ ||
hiṃsanti attasambhūtā || tacasāram va samphalan ti || ||
SN_1.3,3.4. Issattam.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kattha nu kho bhante dānaṃ dātabban ti || ||
3. Yattha kho mahārāja cittam pasīdatī ti || ||
4. Kattha pana bhante dinnam mahapphalan ti || ||
5. Aññaṃ kho etaṃ mahārāja kattha dānaṃ dātabbaṃ ||
aññam pan-etaṃ kattha dinnam mahapphalan ti || || Sīlavato kho mahārāja dinnam mahapphalaṃ no tathā dussīle || ||
Tena hi mahārāja taññ-ev-ettha paripucchissāmi || yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi ||
6. Taṃ kim maññasi mahārāja || || Idha tyassa yuddham paccupaṭṭhitam saṅgāmo samupabbuḷho || || Atha āgaccheyya khattiya-kumāro asikkhito akata-hattho akata-yoggo akat-
[page 099]
III. 3. 4.] TATIYA-VAGGA 3. 99
upāsano bhīrū chambhī utrāsī palāyī || bhareyyāsi taṃ purisaṃ attho ca te tādisena purisena || ||
7. Nāham bhante bhareyyaṃ taṃ purisaṃ na ca me attho tādisena purisenā ti || ||
8. Atha āgaccheyya brāhmaṇa-kumāro asikkhito || Atha āgaccheyya vessakumāro || Atha āgaccheyya sudda-kumāro asikkhito || la || na ca me attho tādisena purisenā ti ||
9. Taṃ kim maññasi mahārāja || || Idha tyassa yuddhaṃ paccupaṭṭhitam saṅgāmo samupabbūḷho || || Atha āgaccheyya khattiya-kumāro sikkhito kata-hattho kata-yoggo kat-upāsano abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī bhareyyāsi taṃ purisaṃ attho ca te tādisena purisenā ti || ||
10. Bhareyyāham bhante tam purisam attho ca me tādisena purisenā ti || ||
11. Atha āgaccheyya brāhmaṇa-kumāro || Atha āgaccheyya vessa-kumāro || Atha āgaccheyya sudda-kumāro sikkhito katahattho kata-yoggo kat-upāsano abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī || bhareyyāsi taṃ purisam attho ca te tādisena purisenā ti || ||
12. Bhareyyāhaṃ bhante tam purisam attho ca me tādisena purisenā ti || ||
13. Evam eva kho mahārāja yasmā kasmā ce pi kulā agarismā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || so ca hoti pañcaṅgavippahīno pañcaṅga-samannāgato || tasmiṃ dinnam mahapphalaṃ || ||
14. Katamāni pañca aṅgāni pahīnāni honti || Kāmacchando pahīno hoti || Vyāpādo pahīno hoti || Thīnamiddham pahīnaṃ hoti || Uddhacca-kukkuccaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti || Vicikicchā pahīnā hoti || Imāni pañcaṅgāni pahīnāni honti || ||
15. Katamehi pañca aṅgehi samannāgato hoti || asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti || asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti || asekkhena paññakkhandhena
[page 100]
100 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 3. 4.
samannāgato hoti || asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti || asekkhena vimuttiññāna-dassana-kkhandhena samannāgato hoti || || Imehi pañca aṅgehi samannāgato hoti || ||
16. Iti pañcaṅga-vippahīne pañcaṅga-sammannāgate dinnam mahapphalan ti || ||
17. Idam avoca Bhagavā || la || satthā || ||
Issattam balaviriyañca || yasmiṃ vijjetha māṇave ||
taṃ yuddhattho bhare rājā || nāsūraṃ jāti-paccayā || ||
tatheva khanti-soracca-dhammā yasmiṃ patiṭṭhitā ||
tam ariyavuttiṃ medhāvī || hīna-jaccam pi pūjaye || ||
kāraye assame ramme || vāsayettha bahussute ||
papañcavivane kayirā || dugge saṅkamanāni ca || ||
Annaṃ pānam khādaniyaṃ || vattha-senāsanāni ca ||
dadeyya uju-bhūtesu || vippasannena cetasā || ||
yathā hi megho thanayaṃ || vijjumālī satakkatu ||
thalaṃ ninnañca pureti || abhivassaṃ vasundharaṃ || ||
tath-eva saddho sutavā || abhisaṅkhacca bhojanaṃ ||
vanibbake tappayati || anna-pānena paṇḍito ||
āmodamāno pakireti || detha dethā ti bhāsati || ||
taṃ hi-ssa gajjitaṃ hoti || devasseva pavassato ||
sā puññadhārā vipulā || dātāram abhivassatīti || ||
SN_1.3,3.5. Pabbatūpamaṃ.
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
2. Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Handa kuto tvam mahārāja āgacchasi || ||
3. Yāni tāni bhante raññam khattiyānam muddhāvasittānam issariyamada-mattānaṃ kāma-gedha-pariyuṭṭhitānaṃ janapadatthāvariyappattānam mahantaṃ pathavīmaṇḍalam abhivijiya ajjhāvasantānaṃ rāja-karaṇīyāṇi bhavanti || tesvāham etarahi ussukkam āpanno ti || ||
4. Taṃ kim maññasi mahārāja || || Idha te puriso
[page 101]
III. 3. 5.] TATIYA-VAGGA 3. 101
āgaccheyya puratthimāya disāya saddhāyiko paccayiko || so tam upasaṅkamitvā evam vadeyya || yagghe mahārāja jāneyyāsi || aham āgacchāmi puratthimāya disāya || tatth-addasaṃ mahantam pabbataṃ abbhasamam sabbe pāṇe nipphoṭento āgacchati || yaṃ te mahārāja karaṇīyaṃ taṃ karohīti || ||
5. Atha dutiyo puriso āgaccheyya pacchimāya disāya ||
la || Atha tatiyo puriso āgaccheyya uttarāya disāya ||
Atha catuttho puriso āgaccheyya dakkhiṇāya disāya saddhāyiko paccayiko || so tam upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya ||
yagghe mahārāja jāneyyāsi aham āgacchāmi dakkhiṇāya disāya || tattha addasam mahantam pabbatam abbhasamam sabbe pāṇe nipphoṭento āgacchati || yaṃ te maharāja karaṇīyam taṃ karohīti || || Evarūpe te maharāja mahati mahabbhaye samuppanne dārune manussakkhaye dullabhe manussatte kim assa karaṇīyan ti || ||
6. Evarūpe bhante mahati mahabbhaye samuppanne dāruṇe manussakkhaye dullabhe manussatte kim assa karanīyam aññatra dhammacariyāya samacariyāya kusalakiriyāya puññakiriyāyā ti || ||
7. Ārocemi kho te mahārāja paṭivedemi kho te mahārāja ||
adhivattati kho tam mahārāja jarāmaraṇaṃ || adhivattamāne ca te mahārāja jarāmaraṇe kim assa karaṇīyan ti || ||
8. Adhivattamāne ca me bhante jarāmaraṇe kim assa karaṇīyam aññatra dhammacariyāya samacariyāya kusalakiriyāya puññakiriyāya || ||
9. Yāni pi tāni bhante raññam khattiyānaṃ muddhāvasittānam issariyamada-mattānaṃ kāma-gedha-pariyuṭṭhitānaṃ janapadatthāvariyappattānam mahantam pathavi-maṇḍalam abhivijiya ajjhāvasantānam hatthi-yuddhāni bhavanti ||
tesam pi bhante hatthi-yuddhānam natthi gati natthi visayo adhivattamāne jarāmaraṇe || ||
10. Yāni pi tāni bhante raññaṃ khattiyānam muddhāvasittānam || pe || ajjhāvasantānam assa-yuddhāni bhavanti ||
ratha-yuddhāni bhavanti || patti-yuddhāni bhavanti || tesam
[page 102]
102 KOSALA-SAṂYUTTA III. [III. 3. 5.
pi bhante patti-yuddhānam natthi gati natthi visayo adhivattamāne jarāmaraṇe || ||
11. Santi kho pana bhante imasmiṃ rājakule mantino mahāmattā || ye pahonti āgate paccatthike mantehi bhedayituṃ || tesam pi bhante manta-yuddhānam natthi gati natthi visayo adhivattamāne jarāmaraṇe || ||
12. {Saṃvijjati} kho pana bhante imasmiṃ rājakule pahutaṃ suvaṇṇam bhūmigatañ c-eva vehāsaṭṭhañca yena mayam pahoma āgate paccatthike dhanena upalāpetuṃ || tesam pi bhante dhana-yuddhānam natthi gati natthi visayo adhivattamāne jarāmaraṇe || ||
13. Adhivattamāne ca me bhante jarāmaraṇe kim assa karaṇīyam aññatra dhammacariyāya samacariyāya kusalakiriyāya puññakiriyāyā ti || ||
14. Evam etam mahārāja evam etam mahārāja adhivattamāne ca te jarāmaraṇe kim assa karaṇīyam aññatra dhammacariyāya samacariyāya kusalakiriyāya puññakiriyāyāti || ||
15. Idam avoca Bhagavā || la || satthā || ||
Yathā pi selā vipulā || nabham āhacca pabbatā ||
samantānupariyeyyuṃ || nipphoṭento catuddisā ||
evam jarā ca maccu ca || adhivattanti pāṇino || ||
Khattiye brāhmaṇe vesse || sudde caṇḍāla-pukkuse ||
na kiñci parivajjeti || sabbam evābhimaddati || ||
na tattha hatthīnam bhūmi || na rathānam na pattiyā ||
na cāpi manta-yuddhena || sakkā jetuṃ dhanena vā || ||
Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso || sampassaṃ attham attano ||
buddhe dhamme ca saṅghe ca || dhīro saddhaṃ nivesaye || ||
Yo dhammacārī kāyena || vācāya uda cetasā ||
idh-eva nam pasaṃsanti || pacca sagge pamodatīti || ||
Kosala-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tass-uddāmaṃ || ||
Puggalo Ayyakā Loko || Issattam Pabbatopamaṃ ||
desitam buddhaseṭṭhena || imaṃ Kosalam pañcakaṃ || ||
[page 103]
103
********************************************
BOOK IV.- MĀRA-SAṂYUTTAM.
___________________________________________
CHAPTER I. PATHAMO-VAGGA.
SN_1.4,1.1. Tapo kammañ ca.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodha-mūle pathamābhisambuddho ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evam cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Mutto vatamhi tāya dukkarakārikāya || sādhu mutto vatamhi tāya anattha-saṃhitāya dukkara-kārikāya || sādhu ṭhito sato bodhiṃ samajjhagan ti ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato cetasā ceto-parivitakkam aññāya yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Tapo kammā apakkamma || yena sujjhanti mānavā ||
asuddho maññati suddho || suddhimaggam aparaddho ti || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māram pāpimantam gāthāhi paccabhāsi || ||
Anattha-sañhitaṃ ñatvā || yaṃ kiñci aparaṃ tapaṃ ||
sabbānatthāvahaṃ hoti || piyārittam va dhammaniṃ || ||
sīlaṃ samādhi-paññañca || maggam bodhāya bhāvayaṃ ||
patto-smi paramaṃ suddhiṃ || nihato tvaṃ asi antakāti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Bhagavā jānāti maṃ Sugato ti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.4,1.2. Nāgo.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam bhagavā Uruvelāyam viharati najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodhe pathamā-
[page 104]
104 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 1.2.
bhisambuddho || || Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā ratt-andhakāra-timisāyam ajjhokāse nisinno hoti || devo ca ekam ekam phusāyati || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsam uppādetu-kāmo mahantaṃ hatthirājavaṇṇam abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || ||
3. Seyyathāpi nāma mahā ariṭṭhako maṇi evam assa sisaṃ hoti || seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ rūpiyam evam assa dantā honti || seyyathāpi nāma mahatī naṅgalasīsā evam assa soṇḍo hoti || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māram pāpimantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Saṃsāraṃ dīgham addhānam || vaṇṇaṃ katvā subhāsubham ||
alan-te tena pāpima || nihato tvam asi antakā ti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Bhagavā jānāti maṃ Sugato ti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.4,1.3. Subham.
1. Uruvelāyaṃ viharati || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā ratt-andhakāra-timisāyaṃ ajjhokāse nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekaṃ phusāyati || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato bhayaṃ {chambhitattaṃ} loma-haṃsam uppādetu-kāmo yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato avidūre uccāvacā vaṇṇanibhā upadaṃseti subhā c-eva asubhā ca || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māraṃ pāpimantam gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Saṃsāram dīgham addhānaṃ || vaṇṇaṃ katvā subhāsubhaṃ ||
alan-te tena pāpima || nihato tvam asi antaka || ||
Ye ca kāyena vācāya || manasā ca susaṃvutā ||
na te Māra vasānugā || na te Mārassa paccagū ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro || la || tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
[page 105]
IV. 1. 5.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 105
SN_1.4,1.4. Pasa (1).
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati Isipatane migadāye || || Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || || Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
2. Bhagavā etad avoca || || Mayhaṃ kho bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttarā vimutti anuppattā anuttarā vimutti sacchikatā || Tumhe pi bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttaraṃ vimuttim anupāpuṇātha anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ sacchikarothā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Baddho-si māra-pāsena || ye dibbā ye ca mānusā ||
māra-bandhana-baddhosi || na me samaṇa mokkhasīti || ||
4. Mutto-ham māra-pāsena || ye dibbā ye ca mānusā ||||
mārabandhana-mutto mhi || nihato tvam asi antakāti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || la || tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.4,1.5. Pasa <2>.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati Isipatane migadāye || Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū amantesi || ||
Bhikkhavo ti || || Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
2. Bhagavā etad avoca || || Mutto-ham bhikkhave sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā || Tumhe pi bhikkhave muttā sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā caratha bhikkhave cārikaṃ bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ || || Mā ekena dve agamettha || desetha bhikkhave dhammam ādikalyāṇam majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosāṇa-kalyāṇam || sāttham savyañjanaṃ kevala-paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha || || Santi sattā apparajakkha-jātikā || assavanatā
[page 106]
106 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 1. 5.
dhammassa parihāyanti || bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro || ||
Aham pi bhikkhave yena Uruvelā Senānigamo ten-upasaṅkamissāmi dhamma-desanāyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Baddho-si sabba-pāsehi || ye dibbā ye ca mānusā ||
mahā-bandhana-baddho si || na me samaṇa mokkhasīti || ||
4. Mutto-haṃ sabbapāsehi || ye dibbā ye ca mānusā ||
mahā-bandhana-mutto mhi || nihato tvam asi antakā ti || ||
SN_1.4,1.6. sappo.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā rattandhakāra-timisāyam ajjhokāse nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekam phusāyati || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ loma-haṃsam uppādetu-kāmo mahantaṃ sappa-rājavaṇṇam abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Seyyathāpi nāma mahatī eka-rukkhikā nāvā evam assa kāyo hoti || || Seyyathāpi nāma soṇḍikā kilañjā evam assa phaṇo hoti || Seyyathāpi nāma kosālikā kaṃsapātī evam assa akkhīni bhavanti || Seyyathāpi nāma deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatā niccharanti evam assa mukhato jivhā niccharati ||
Seyyathāpi nāma kammāra-gaggariyā dhamamānāya saddo hoti evam assa assāsa-passāsānaṃ saddo hoti || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māram pāpimantam gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Yo suñña-gehāni sevati ||
seyyo so muni atta-saññato ||
vossajja careyya tattha so ||
paṭirūpaṃ hi tathāvidhassa taṃ || ||
Carakā bahu-bheravā bahū ||
atho ḍaṃsā siriṃsapā bahū ||
[page 107]
IV. 1. 8.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 107
lomam pi na tattha iñjaye ||
suññāgāra-gato mahā muni || ||
Nabhaṃ phaleyya pathaviṃ caleyya ||
sabbe pi pāṇā uda santaseyyuṃ ||
sallam pi ce urasi pakampayeyyuṃ ||
upadhīsu tānaṃ na karonti buddhā ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Bhagavā jānāti maṃ Sugato ti tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.4,1.7. Suppati.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavā bahud'; eva rattiṃ ajjhokāse caṅkamitvā rattiyā paccusa-samayam pāde pakkhāletvā vihāram pavisitvā dakkhiṇena passena sīha-seyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādam accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhāna-saññaṃ manasi karitvā || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiṃ soppasi kiṃ nu suppasi ||
kim idaṃ soppasi dubbhayo viya ||
suññam agāran ti soppasi ||
kim idaṃ soppasi sūriy-uggate ti || ||
4. Yassa jālinī visattikā ||
taṇhā n-atthi kuhiñci netave ||
sabbūpadhīnaṃ parikkhayā budho ||
soppati kin-tav-ettha Mārā ti || ||
SN_1.4,1.8. Nandanam.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Savātthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato santike imam gātham abhāsi || ||
Nandati puttehi puttimā ||
gomiko gohi tath-eva nandati ||
[page 108]
108 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 1. 8.
upadhīhi narassa nandaṇo ||
na hi so nandati yo nirupadhīti || ||
3. Socati puttehi puttimā ||
gomiko gohi tath-eva socati ||
upadhīhi narassa socanā ||
na hi so socati nirupadhīti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti mam Bhagavā jānāti maṃ Sugato ti tatth-ev-antaradhayatīti || ||
SN_1.4,1.9. Āyu <1>.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe ||
2. Tatra Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagava to paccassosuṃ || ||
3. Bhagavā etad avoca || || Appam idam bhikkhave manussānam āyu || gamanīyo samparāyo || kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ || natthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ || yo bhikkhave ciraṃ jīvati so vassasatam appam vā bhīyo ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Dīgham āyu manussānaṃ || na naṃ hīḷe suporiso ||
careyya khīramatto va || natthi maccussa āgamo ti || ||
5. Appam āyu manussānaṃ || hīḷeyya naṃ suporiso ||
careyyādittasīso va || natthi maccussa nāgamo ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || la || tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.4,1.10. Āyu (2).
1. Rājagahe || ||
Tatra kho Bhagavā etad avoca || appam idaṃ bhikkhave manussānam āyu || gamanīyo samparāyo || || kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ || natthi jātassa amaraṇam || yo bhikkhave ciraṃ jīvati so vassasatam appaṃ vā bhīyo ti || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
[page 109]
IV. 2. 2.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 109
Nāccayanti ahorattā || jīvitaṃ n-uparujjhati ||
āyu anupariyāti maccānaṃ || nemi va ratha-kubbaran ti ||
3. Accayanti ahorattā || jīvitam uparujjhati ||
āyu khīyati maccānam || kunnadīnam va odakan ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Bhagavā jānāti maṃ Sugato ti dukkhī dummano tath-ev-antaradhāyī ti || ||
Pathamo vaggo ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Tapo-kammañ ca Nāgo ca || Subhaṃ Pāsena te duve ||
Sappo Suppati Nandanaṃ || Āyunā apare duve ti || ||
___________________________________________
CHAPTER II. DUTIYO-VAGGO.
SN_1.4,2.1. Pāsāno.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭapabbate || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā rattandhakāratimisāyam ajjhokāse nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekam phusāyati || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsam uppādetu-kāmo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato avidūre mahante mahante pāsāṇe padālesi || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māram pāpimantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sa ce pi kevalaṃ sabbam || Gijjhakūṭam calessasi ||
n-eva sammā vimuttānaṃ || buddhānam atthi iñjitan ti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Bhagavā jānāti maṃ Sugato ti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.4,2.2. Sīho.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā mahatiyā parisāya parivuto dhammaṃ deseti || ||
[page 110]
110 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 2. 2.
2. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho samaṇo Gotamo mahatiyā parisayā parivuto dhammaṃ deseti || Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yena samaṇo Gotamo ten-upasaṅkameyyaṃ vicakkhukammāyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiṃ nu sīho va nadasi || parisāyam visārado ||
paṭimallo hi te atthi || vijitāvī nu maññasīti || ||
4. Nandanti ve mahāvīrā || parisāsu visāradā ||
Tathāgatā balappattā || tiṇṇā loke visattikan ti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti mam Bhagavā jānāti maṃ Sugato ti || dukkhī dummano tath-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.4,2.3. Sakalikaṃ.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Maddakucchimhi migadāye || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavato pādo sakalikāya khato hoti || bhusā sudam Bhagavato vedanā vattanti sārīrikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā || tāsudam Bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Mandiyā nu sesi udāhu kāveyya-matto ||
atthā nu te sampacurā na santi ||
eko vivitte sayanāsanamhi ||
niddāmukho kim idaṃ soppasevā ti || ||
4. Na mandiyā sayāmi nāpi kāveyya-matto ||
atthaṃ sameccāham apetasoko ||
eko vivitte sayanāsanamhi ||
sayām-ahaṃ sabbabhūtānukampī ||
Yesaṃ pi sallam urasi paviṭṭhaṃ ||
muhuṃ muhuṃ hadayaṃ vedhamānaṃ ||
te cāpi soppaṃ labhare sasallā ||
[page 111]
IV. 2. 5.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 111
kasmā ahaṃ na supe vītasallo || ||
Jaggaṃ na saṅke na pi bhemi sottuṃ ||
rattindivā nānutapanti māmaṃ ||
hāniṃ na passāmi kuhiñci loke ||
tasmā supe sabbabhūtānukampīti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti mam Bhagavā jānāti maṃ Sugato ti || dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.4,2.4. Patirūpam.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati Ekasālāyaṃ brāhmaṇagāme || || Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā mahatiyā gihiparisāya parivuto dhammaṃ deseti || ||
2. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho samaṇo Gotamo mahatiyā gihiparisāya parivuto dhammaṃ deseti || Yam nūnāhaṃ yena samaṇo Gotamo ten-upasaṅkameyyaṃ vicakkhukammāyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
N-etaṃ tava patirūpam || yad aññam anusāsasi ||
anurodha-virodhesu || mā sajjittho tad ācaran ti || ||
4. Hitānukampī sambuddho || yad aññam anusāsati ||
anurodha-virodhehi || vippamutto Tathāgato ti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pe || tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.4,2.5. Mānasaṃ.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Antalikkhacaro pāso || yo-yam carati mānaso ||
tena taṃ bādhayissāmi || na me samaṇa mokkhasīti || ||
3. Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā || poṭṭhabbā ca manoramā ||
ettha me vigato chando || nihato tvam asi antakā ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pe || tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
[page 112]
112 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 2. 6.
SN_1.4,2.6. Pattaṃ.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || || Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam upādāya bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-katvā manasi katvā sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti || ||
2. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho samaṇo Gotamo pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam upādāya bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-katvā manasi katvā sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā ohita-sotā dhammaṃ suṇanti ||
Yaṃ nunāhaṃ yena samaṇo Gotamo ten-upasaṅkameyyaṃ vicakkhukammāyā ti || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā pattā ajjhokāse nikkhittā honti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā balivaddavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā yena te pattā ten-upasaṅkami || ||
5. atha kho aññataro bhikkhu aññataram bhikkhum etad avoca || || Bhikkhu bhikkhu eso balivaddo patte bhindeyyāti || ||
6. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || Na so bhikkhu balivaddo || Māro eso pāpimā tumhākaṃ vicakkhukammāyāgato ti || ||
7. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māram pāpimantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Rūpaṃ vedayitaṃ saññaṃ || viññāṇaṃ yañca saṅkhataṃ ||
n-eso ham asmi n-etam me || evaṃ tattha virajjati || ||
evam virattaṃ khemattaṃ || sabbasaṃyojanātigaṃ ||
anvesaṃ sabbaṭṭhānesu || Māra-senā pi nājjhagā ti || ||
8. Pa || tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.4,2.7. Āyatana.
1. Ekam samayam Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane kūṭāgāra-sālāyaṃ || ||
[page 113]
IV. 2. 8.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 113
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā channam phassāyatanānaṃ upādāya bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-katvā manasi katvā sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti || ||
3. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho samaṇo Gotamo channam phassāyatanānam upādāya bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || Te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhikatvā manasi katvā sabbacetaso sammannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammam suṇanti ||
Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yena samaṇo Gotamo ten-upasaṅkameyyaṃ vicakkhukammāyāti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato avidūre mahantam bhaya-bheravasaddam akāsi || api-sudam pathavī maññe udrīyati || ||
5. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu aññataram bhikkhum etad avoca || || Bhikkhu bhikkhu esā pathavī maññe udrīyatī ti || ||
6. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || ||
N-esā bhikkhu pathavī udrīyati || Māro eso pāpimā tumhākaṃ vicakkhukammāya āgato ti || ||
7. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māram pāpimantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā || phassā dhammā ca kevalā ||
etam lokāmisaṃ ghoraṃ || ettha loko dhimucchito || ||
etañ ca samatikkamma || sato buddhassa sāvako ||
māradheyyam atikkamma || ādicco va virocatīti || ||
8. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pa || tatth-ev-antaradhāyī ti || ||
SN_1.4,2.8. Piṇḍaṃ.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati Pañcasālāyam brāhmaṇagāme || ||
[page 114]
114 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 2. 8.
2. Tena kho pana samayena Pañcasālāyaṃ brāhmaṇagāme kumārakānaṃ pāhunakāni bhavanti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-cīvaraṃ ādāya Pañcasālam brāhmaṇa-gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi || ||
4. Tena kho pana samayena Pañcasāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā Mārena pāpimatā anvāviṭṭhā bhavanti || || Mā samaṇo Gotamo piṇḍam alatthā ti || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā yathā dhotena pattena Pañcasālaṃ brāhmaṇagāmam piṇḍāya pāvisi || tathā dhotena pattena paṭikkami || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Api samaṇa piṇḍam alatthā ti || ||
7. Tathā nu tvaṃ pāpima akāsi yathāhaṃ piṇḍaṃ na labheyyan ti ||
8. Tena hi bhante Bhagavā dutiyam pi Pañcasālaṃ brāhmaṇagāmam pavisatu || tathāhaṃ karissāmi yathā Bhagavā piṇḍam lacchatī ti || ||
Apuññam pasavi Māro || āsajjanaṃ Tathāgatam ||
kiṃ nu maññasi pāpima || na me pāpaṃ vipaccati || ||
susukham vata jīvāma || yesaṃ no n-atthi kiñcanaṃ ||
pītibhakkhā bhavissāma || devā Ābhassarā yathā ti || ||
9. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pe || tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.4,2.9. Kassakam.
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || || Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā bhikkhū nibbāna-paṭisamyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || || Te ca bhikkhu aṭṭhi-katvā manasi katvā sabbacetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti || ||
[page 115]
IV. 2. 9.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 115
2. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || Ayaṃ kho samaṇo Gotamo bhikkhū nibbāna-paṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya || pa || Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yena samaṇo Gotamo tenupasaṅkameyyam vicakkhukammāyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā kassaka-vaṇṇam abhinimminitvā mahantam naṅgalaṃ khandhe karitvā dīgham pācanayaṭṭhiṃ gahetvā haṭa-haṭa-keso sāṇasāṭī-nivattho kaddama-makkhitehi pādehi yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
4. Api samaṇa balivadde addasā ti || ||
5. Kim pana pāpima te balivaddehī ti || ||
6. Mam-eva samaṇa cakkhu mama rupā mama cakkhusamphassa-viññānāyatanam || kuhim me samaṇa gantvā mokkhāsi || ||
Mam-eva samaṇa saddā sotam mama saddā || pa ||
Mam-eva samaṇa ghānaṃ mama gandhā || ||
Mam-eva samaṇa jivhā mama rasā || ||
Mam-eva samaṇa kāyo mama poṭṭhabo || ||
Mam-eva samaṇa mano mama dhammā mama manosamphassa-viññāṇāyatanaṃ || kuhim me samaṇa gantvā mokkhasī ti || ||
7. Tav-eva pāpima cakkhu tava rūpā tava cakkhusamphassa-viññāṇāyatanaṃ || yattha ca kho pāpima natthi cakkhu natthi rūpā natthi cakkhu samphassa-viññāṇāyatanaṃ agati tava tattha pāpima || ||
8. Tav-eva pāpima sotaṃ tava saddā tava sota-samphassaviññāṇāyatanaṃ || yattha ca kho pāpima natthi sotaṃ natthi saddā natthi sota-samphassa-viññāṇāyatanam agati tava tattha pāpima || ||
9. Tav-eva pāpima ghāṇam tava gandhā tava ghāṇa sampassa-viññāṇāyatanaṃ || yattha ca kho pāpima natthi ghāṇam natthi gandhā natthi ghāṇa-samphassa-viññāṇāyatanam agati tava tattha pāpima || ||
[page 116]
116 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 2. 9.
10. Tav-eva pāpima jivhā tava rasā tava jivhā-samphassaviññāṇāyatanaṃ || pa || Tav-eva pāpima kāyo tava phoṭṭhabbā tava kāya-samphassa-viññāṇāyatanaṃ || pa ||
11. Tav-eva pāpima mano tava dhammā tava manosamphassa-viññāṇāyatanaṃ || yattha ca kho pāpima natthi mano natthi dhammā natthi mano-samphassa-viññāṇāyātanaṃ agati tava tattha papimā ti || ||
12. Yaṃ vadanti mama yidan ti || ye vadanti maman ti ca ||
ettha ce te mano atthi || na me samaṇa mokkhasīti || ||
13. Yaṃ vadanti na tam mayhaṃ || ye vadanti na te ahaṃ ||
evam pāpima jānāhi || na me maggam pi dakkha- sīti || ||
14. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pa || vantaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.4,2.10. Rajjaṃ
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati Himavantapadese arañña-kuṭikāyaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || sakkā nu kho rajjaṃ kāretuṃ ahanaṃ aghātayaṃ ajinaṃ ajāpayaṃ asocaṃ asocayaṃ dhammenā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato cetasā ceto-parivitakkam aññāya yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kāretu bhante Bhagavā rajjaṃ kāretu Sugato rajjaṃ ahanaṃ aghātayaṃ ajinaṃ ajāpayaṃ asocaṃ asocāpayaṃ dhammenā ti || ||
4. Kiṃ pana tvaṃ pāpima passasi yam maṃ tvam evaṃ vadesi || || kāretu bhante Bhagavā rajjaṃ kāretu Sugato rajjaṃ || pe || dhammenā ti || ||
5. Bhagavatā kho bhante cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānikatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā || ākaṅkhamāno ca pana bhante Bhagavā Himavantam pabbatarājaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ tveva adhimucceyya ||
suvaṇṇañca pabbatassāti || ||
[page 117]
IV. 3. 1.] UPARIPAÑCA-VAGGA 3. 117
6. Pabbatassa suvaṇṇassa || jātarūpassa kevalo ||
dvittā va nālam ekassa || iti vidvā samañcare || ||
yo dukkham addakkhi yato nidānaṃ ||
kāmesu so jantu kathaṃ nameyya ||
upadhiṃ viditvā saṅgo ti loke ||
tass-eva jantu vinayāya sikkhe ti || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Bhagavā jānāti maṃ Sugato ti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
Dutiyo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Pāsāno Sīho Sakalikam || Patirūpañ ca Mānasaṃ ||
Pattaṃ Āyātanaṃ Piṇḍaṃ || Kassakaṃ Rajjena te dasā ti || ||
___________________________________________
CHAPTER III. TATIYO-VAGGO (UPARI-PAÑCA).
SN_1.4,3.1. Sambahulā.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Silāvatiyaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Bhagavato avidūre appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharanti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā brāhmaṇa-vaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā mahantena jaṭaṇḍuvena ajinakkhipa-nivattho jiṇṇo gopānasivaṅko ghurughuru-passāsī udumbara-daṇḍaṃ gahetvā yena te bhikkhū ten-upasaṅkami || || Upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etad avoca || || Daharā bhavanto pabbajitā susū kālakesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā anikīḷitāvino kāmesu || || bhuñjantu bhonto mānusake kāme ||
mā sandiṭṭhikaṃ hitvā kālikam anudhāvitthā ti || ||
4. Na kho mayaṃ brāhmaṇa sandiṭṭhikam hitvā kālikam anudhāvāma || kālikañ ca kho mayaṃ brāhmaṇa hitvā sandiṭṭhikam anudhāvāma || || Kālikā hi brāhmaṇa kāmā vuttā Bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā ādīnavo ettha bhīyo ||
sandiṭṭhiko ayaṃ dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī ti || ||
[page 118]
118 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 3. 1.
5. Evaṃ vutte Māro pāpimā sīsam okampetvā jivhaṃ nillāḷetvā tivisākhaṃ nalāṭena nalāṭikaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā daṇḍam olubbha pakkāmi || ||
6. Atha kho te bhikkhū yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdiṃsu || || Ekam antam nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
7. Idha mayaṃ bhante Bhagavato avidūre appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāma || Atha kho bhante aññataro brāhmaṇo mahantena jaṭaṇḍuvena ajinakkhipa-nivattho jiṇṇo gopānasivaṅko ghuru-ghuru-passāsī udumbaradaṇḍaṃ gahetvā yena amhe ten-upasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā amhe etad avoca || || Daharā bhavanto pabbajitā susū kālakesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā anikīḷitāvino kāmesu || || Bhuñjantu bhonto mānusake kāme ||
mā sandiṭṭhikaṃ hitvā kālikam anudhāvitthā ti || ||
8. Evaṃ vutte mayaṃ bhante taṃ brāhmaṇam etad'; avocumha || || Na kho mayaṃ brāhmaṇa sandiṭṭhikaṃ hitvā kālikam anudhāvāma || kālikaṃ ca kho mayaṃ brāhmaṇa hitvā sandiṭṭhikam anudhāvāma || kālikā hi brāhmaṇa kāmā vuttā Bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā ādīnavo ettha bhīyo || sandiṭṭhiko ayaṃ dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattam veditabbo viññūhī ti || ||
9. Evaṃ vutte bhante so brāhmaṇo sīsam okampetvā jivhaṃ nillāḷetvā tivisākhaṃ nalāṭena nalāṭikaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā daṇḍam olubbha pakkanto ti || ||
10. N-eso bhikkhave brāhmaṇo Māro eso pāpimā tumhākaṃ vicakkhukammāya āgato ti || ||
11. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyam imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Yo dukkham adakkhi yato nidānaṃ ||
Kāmesu so jantu kathaṃ nameyya ||
upadhiṃ viditvā saṅgo ti loke ||
tass-eva jantu vinayāya sikkhe ti || ||
[page 119]
IV. 3. 2.] UPARIPAÑCA-VAGGA 3. 119
SN_1.4,3.2. Samiddhi.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Silāvatiyaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Samiddhi. Bhagavato avidūre appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharati || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Samiddhissa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Lābhā vata me suladdhaṃ vata me yassa me satthā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho || || Lābhā vata me suladdhaṃ vata me yo-haṃ evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajito || || Lābhā vata me suladdhaṃ vata me yassa me sabrahmacāriyo sīlavanto kalyāṇa-dhammo ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā āyasmato Samiddhissa cetaso cetoparivitakkam aññāya || yenāyasmā Samiddhi ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmato Samiddhissa avidūre mahantaṃ bhayabheravaṃ saddam akāsi || Apissudaṃ pathavī maññe udrīyatīti || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Samiddhi yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Samiddhi Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
6. Idhāhaṃ bhante Bhagavato avidūre appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharāmi || tassa mayham bhante rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Lābhā vata me suladdhaṃ vata me yassa me satthā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho || || Lābhā vata me suladdhaṃ vata me yo-haṃ evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajito || || Lābhā vata me suladdhaṃ vata me yassa me sabrahmacāriyo sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammo ti || || Tassa mayhaṃ bhante avidūre mahā bhayabheravasaddo ahosi || apissudaṃ pathavī maññe udrīyatīti || ||
7. N-esā Samiddhi pathavī udrīyati || Māro eso pāpimā tuyhaṃ vicakkhukammāya āgato || gaccha tvaṃ Samiddhi tatth-eva appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharāhīti || ||
8. Evaṃ bhante ti kho āyasmā Samiddhi Bhagavato paṭi-
[page 120]
120 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV.3.2.
suṇitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
9. Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Samiddhi tatth-eva appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihāsi || || Dutiyam pi kho āyasmato Samiddhissa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || Lābhā vata me suladdhaṃ vata me yassa me satthā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho || pe || kalyāṇadhammo ti || ||
Dutiyam pi kho Māro pāpimā āyasmato Samiddhissa cetasā ceto parivitakkam aññaya || pa || Apissudam pathavī maññe udrīyatīti || ||
10. Atha kho āyasmā Samiddhi || Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Saddhāyāhaṃ pabbajito || agārasmā anagāriyaṃ ||
satipaññā ca me buddhā || cittañ ca susamāhitaṃ ||
kāmaṃ karassu rūpāni || n-eva mam vyādhayissasīti || ||
11. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Samiddhi bhikkhūti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.4,3.3. Godhika.4
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Godhiko Isigili-passe viharati Kāḷasilāyaṃ || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto sāmādhikam ceto-vimuttiṃ phusi || || Atha kho āyasmā Godhiko tamhā sāmādhikāya ceto-vimuttiyā parihāyi || ||
4. Dutiyaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto sāmādhikam ceto-vimuttiṃ phusi || || Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā tamhā sāmādhikāya ceto-vimuttiyā parihāyi || ||
5. Tatiyaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto || pe ||
parihāyi || ||
6. Catutthaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto || pe ||
parihāyi || ||
[page 121]
IV. 3. 3.] UPARIPAÑCA-VAGGA 3. 121
7. Pañcamaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko || pe || parihāyi || ||
8. Chaṭṭhaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto sāmādhikaṃ ceto-vimuttiṃ phusi || ||
[Chaṭṭhaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko tamhā samādhikāya ceto vimuttiya parihāyi || ||
9. Sattamaṃ pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto sāmādhikaṃ ceto-vimuttiṃ phusi] || ||
10. Atha kho āyasmato Godhikassa etad ahosi || || Yāva chaṭṭhaṃ khvāham sāmādhikāya ceto-vimuttiyā parihīno ||
yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sattham āhareyyan ti || ||
11. Atha kho Māro pāpimā āyasmato Godhikassa cetasā cetoparivitakkam aññāya yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Mahāvīra mahāpañña || iddhiyā yasasā jalaṃ ||
sabbe verabhayātīta || pāde vandāmi cakkhuma || ||
sāvako te mahāvīra || maraṇaṃ maraṇābhibhū ||
ākaṅkhati cetayati || taṃ nisedha jutindhara || ||
kathaṃ hi Bhagavā tuyhaṃ || sāvako sāsane rato ||
appattamānaso sekho || kālaṃ kayirā jane sutā ti || ||
12. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmatā Godhikena sattham āharitaṃ hoti || ||
13. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro pāpimā iti viditvā Māram pāpimantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Evaṃ hi dhīrā kubbanti || nāvakaṅkhanti jīvitaṃ ||
samūlaṃ taṇham abbuyha || Godhiko parinibbuto ti || ||
14. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || Āyāma bhikkhave yena Isigili-passaṃ Kāḷasilā ten-upasaṅkamissāma yattha Godhikena kulaputtena sattham āharitan ti ||
15. Evaṃ bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
16. Atha kho Bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ yena Isigili-passaṃ Kāḷasilā ten-upasaṅkami || || Addasā kho Bhagavā āyasmantam Godikaṃ dūrato va mañcake vivattakkhandhaṃ semānam || ||
[page 122]
122 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 3. 3.
17. Tena kho pana samayena dhumāyitattam timirayitattaṃ gacchat-eva purimaṃ disaṃ || gacchati pacchimaṃ disaṃ || gacchati uttaraṃ disaṃ || gacchati dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ || gacchati uddhaṃ gacchati adho gacchati anudisaṃ || ||
18. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave etaṃ dhumāyitattam timirāyitattaṃ ||
gacchat-eva purimaṃ dīsaṃ || gacchati pacchimaṃ || uttaraṃ || dakkhiṇaṃ || uddhaṃ || adho || gacchati anudisan ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
19. Eso kho bhikkhave Māro pāpimā Godhikassa kulaputtassa viññāṇaṃ samanvesati || kattha Godhikassa kulaputtassa viññāṇaṃ patiṭṭhitan ti || appatiṭṭhitena ca bhikkhave viññāṇena Godhiko kulaputto parinibbuto ti || ||
20. Atha kho Māro pāpimā beluva-paṇḍuvīṇam ādāya yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
uddham adho ca tiriyaṃ || disā-anudisāsvaham ||
anvesaṃ nādhigacchāmi || Godhiko so kuhiṃ gato ti || ||
21. So dhīro dhitisampanno || jhāyī jhānarato sadā ||
ahorattam anuyuñjaṃ || jīvitam anikāmayaṃ ||
jetvāna maccuno senaṃ || anāgantvā punabbhavaṃ ||
samūlaṃ taṇham abbuyha || Godhiko parinibbuto ti ||
22. Tassa sokaparetassa || vīṇākacchā abhassatha || ||
tato so dummano yakkho || tath-ev-antaradhayathāti || ||
SN_1.4,3.4. Sattarassāni.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodhe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Māro pāpimā sattavassāni Bhagavantam anubaddho hoti otārāpekkho otāram alabhamāno || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabāsi || ||
[page 123]
IV. 3. 4.] UPARIPAÑCA-VAGGA 3. 123
Sokāvatiṇṇo nu vanasmiṃ jhāyasi ||
vittaṃ nu jiṇṇo uda patthayāno ||
āguṃ nu gāmasmiṃ akāsi kiñci ||
kasmā janena na karosi sakkhiṃ ||
sakkhī na sampajjati kenaci te ti || ||
4. Sokassa mūlaṃ palikhāya sabbaṃ ||
anāgujhāyāmi asocamāno ||
chetvāna sabbaṃ bhavalobhajappaṃ ||
anāsavo jhāyāmi pamattabandhu || ||
5. Yaṃ vadanti mama yidan ti || ye vadanti maman ti ca ||
ettha ce te mano atthi || na me samaṇa mokkhasīti || ||
6. Yaṃ vadanti na taṃ mayhaṃ || ye vadanti na te ahaṃ ||
evaṃ pāpima jānāhi || na me maggaṃ pi dakkhasīti || ||
7. Sa ce maggam anubuddhaṃ || khemam amatagāminaṃ ||
pehi gaccha tvam ev-eko || kim aññam anusāsasīti || ||
8. Amaccudheyyam pucchanti || ye janā pāragāmino ||
tesāhaṃ puṭṭho akkhāmi || yaṃ sabbantaṃ nirupadhinti || ||
9. Seyyathāpi bhante gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre pokkharaṇī || tatr-assa kakkaṭako || Atha kho bhante sambahulā kumārakā vā kumārikāyo vā tamhā gāmā va nigamā vā nikkhamitvā yena sā pokkaraṇī ten-upasaṅkameyyuṃ ||
upasaṅkamitvā tam kakkaṭakaṃ udakā uddharitvā thale patiṭṭhāpeyyuṃ || yaṃ yad eva hi so bhante kakkaṭako aḷam abhininnāmeyya taṃ tad eva te kumārakā vā kumārikāyo vā kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā saṃchindeyyuṃ sambhañjeyyuṃ sampalibhañjeyyuṃ || Evaṃ hi so bhante kakkaṭako sabbehi aḷehi saṃchinnehi sambhaggehi sampalibhaggehi abhabbo tam pokkharaṇim puna otarituṃ || || Seyyathāpi pubbe evam eva kho bhante yāni sukāyikāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici kānici sabbāni Bhagavatā saṃchinnāni sambha-
[page 124]
124 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 3. 4.
ggāni sampalibhaggāni abhabbo c-idānāham bhante puna Bhagavantam upasaṅkamituṃ yad idam otārāpekkhoti || ||
10. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato santike imā nibbejaniyā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Medavaṇṇañca pāsānaṃ || vāyaso anupariyagā ||
apetthamudu vindema || api assādanā siyā ||
aladdhā tattha assādaṃ || vāyas-etto apakkame || ||
kāko va selam āsajja || nibbijjāpema Gotamā ti || ||
11. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato santike imā nibbejaniyā gāthāyo abhāsitvā tamhā ṭhānā apakkamma Bhagavato avidūre pathaviyaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tuṇhī bhūto maṅku-bhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno kaṭṭhena bhūmiṃ vilikhanto || ||
SN_1.4,3.5. Dhitaro.
1. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro yena Māro pāpimā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || Upasaṅkamitvā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsiṃsu || ||
Kenāsi dummano tāta || purisaṃ kaṃ nu socasi ||
mayaṃ taṃ rāgapāsena || araññam iva kuñjaraṃ || ||
bandhitvā ānayissāma || vasago te bhavissatīti || ||
2. Arahaṃ sugato loke || na rāgena suvānayo ||
māradheyyam atikkanto || tasmā socām-ahaṃ bhusanti || ||
3. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Pāde te samaṇa paricāremā ti || ||
Atha kho Bhagavā na manasākāsi yathā taṃ anuttare upadhi-saṅkhaye vimutto ||
4. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro ekam antam apakkamma evaṃ samañcintesaṃ || || Uccāvacā kho purisānam adhippāyā || yaṃ nūna mayam ekasatam ekasataṃ kumārivaṇṇasatam abbinimmineyyāmā ti || ||
[page 125]
IV. 3. 5.] UPARIPAÑCA-VAGGA 3. 125
5. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro ekasatam ekasataṃ kumārivaṇṇasatam abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Pāde te samana paricāremā ti || ||
Taṃ pi Bhagavā na manasākāsi yathā tam anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto || ||
6. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro ekam antam apakkamma evaṃ samacintesuṃ || Uccāvacā kho purisānam adhippāyā || yaṃ nūna mayam ekasatam ekasatam avijātavaṇṇasatam abhinimmineyyāmā ti || ||
7. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro ekasatam ekasatam avijātavaṇṇasatam abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || Pāde te samaṇa paricaremā ti || ||
Taṃ pi Bhagavā na manasākāsi yathā tam anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto || ||
8. Atha kho Taṇhā ca || pa || sakiṃ vijātavaṇṇasataṃ abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā || pa || yathā tam anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto || ||
9. Atha kho Taṇhā ca || pa || duvijātavaṇṇasatam abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā || pa || yathā tam anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto || ||
10. Atha kho Taṇhā ca || pa || majjhimitthivaṇṇasatam abhinimmineyyāmā ti || || Atha kho Tanhā ca || pa || majjhimitthivaṇṇasatam abhinimminitvā || pa || anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto || ||
11. Atha kho Taṇhā ca || pa || mahitthivaṇṇasatam abhinimmineyyāmā ti || || Atha kho Taṇhā ca || pa || mahitthivaṇṇasatam abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā || la || anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto || ||
12. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca Māra-dhītaro ekam antam apakkamma etad avocuṃ || || Saccaṃ kira no pitā avoca || ||
Arahaṃ sugato loke || na rāgena suvānayo ||
māradheyyam atikkanto || tasmā socām-ahaṃ bhusan ti || ||
13. Yaṃ hi mayaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā avītarāgam iminā upakkamena upakkameyyāma hadayaṃ vāssa phaleyya || uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ vā mukhato uggaccheyya ||
[page 126]
126 MĀRA-SAṂYUTTA IV. [IV. 3. 5.
ummādam va pāpuṇeyya cittavikkhepaṃ vā || seyyathā vā pana naḷo harito luto ussussati visussati milāyati || evam eva ussusseyya visusseyya milāyeyyā ti || ||
14. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māradhītaro yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā ekam antam aṭṭhaṃsu ||
15. Ekam antam ṭhitā kho Taṇhā māradhītā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sokāvatiṇṇo nu vanasmiṃ jhāyasi ||
cittaṃ nu jiṇṇo uda patthayāno ||
āguṃ nu gāmasmim akāsi kiñci ||
kasmā janena na karosi sakkhiṃ ||
sakkhī na sampajjati kenaci te ti || ||
16. Atthassa pattiṃ hadayassa santiṃ ||
jetvāna senaṃ piyasātarūpaṃ ||
ekāhaṃ jhāyaṃ sukham anubodhaṃ ||
tasmā janena na karomi sakkhiṃ ||
sakkhī na sampajjati kenaci me ti || ||
17. Atha kho Arati māra-dhītā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
Kathaṃ vihārī-bahulo dha bhikkhu ||
pañcoghatiṇṇo atarīdha chaṭṭhaṃ ||
kathaṃ jhāyaṃ bahulaṃ kāma-saññā ||
paribāhirā honti aladdhāyo tan ti || ||
18. Passaddhakāyo suvimuttacitto ||
asaṅkhārāno satimā anoko ||
aññāya dhammaṃ avitakkajhāyī ||
na kuppati na sarati ve na thino || ||
Evaṃ vihārī-bahulo dha bhikkhu ||
pañcoghatiṇṇo atarīdha chaṭṭhaṃ ||
evaṃ jhāyaṃ bahulaṃ kāmasaññā ||
paribāhirā honti aladdhāyo tan ti || ||
[page 127]
IV. 3. 5.] UPARIPAÑCA-VAGGA 3. 127
19. Atha kho Ragā ca māra-dhītā Bhagavato santike imaṃ santi gātham abhāsi || ||
Acchejja taṇhaṃ gaṇa-saṅgha-cārī ||
addhā carissanti bahū ca sattā ||
bahuṃ vatāyam janatam anoko ||
acchijja nessati maccurājassa pāran ti || ||
20. Nayanti ve mahāvīrā || saddhammena Tathāgatā ||
dhammena nīyamānānaṃ || kā usūyā vijānatan ti || ||
21. Atha kho Taṇhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhītaro yena Māro pāpimā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || ||
22. Addasā kho Māro pāpimā Taṇhaṃ ca Aratiṃ ca Ragañ ca māra-dhītaro dūrato va āgacchantiyo || || disvāna gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Bālā kumudanāḷehi|| pabbatam abhimatthatha ||
giriṃ nakhena khaṇatha || ayo dantehi khādatha || ||
selaṃ va siras-ūhacca || pātāle gādham esatha ||
khāṇuṃ va urasāsajja || nibbijjāpetha Gotamā ti || ||
23. Daddallamānā āgañchuṃ || Taṇhā Arati Ragā ca ||
tā tattha panudī satthā || tulam bhaṭṭhaṃ vā Māruto ti || ||
Tatiyo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Sambahulā Samiddhi ca || Godhikaṃ Sattavassāni ||
Dhītaraṃ desitam buddha-saṭṭhena imaṃ Mārapañcakan-ti Māra-samyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
[page 128]
128
********************************************
BOOK V. -- BHIKKHUNĪ-SAṂYUTTAṂ || ||
SN_1.5.1. Āḷavikā.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sā vatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Āḷavikā bhikkhunī pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi ||
Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena andhavanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami vivekatthikinī || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Āḷavikāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṃ chambhitattam lomahaṃsam uppādetu-kāmo vivekamhā cāvetu-kāmo yena Āḷavikā bhikkhunī ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Āḷavikam bhikkhuṇim gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Natthi nissaraṇaṃ loke || kiṃ vivekena kāhasi ||
bhuñjassu kāmaratiyo || māhu pacchānutāpinīti || ||
4. Atha kho Āḷavikāyā bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu khvāyam manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaṃ bhāsatīti || ||
5. Atha kho Āḷavikāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro kho ayaṃ pāpimā mama bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsaṃ uppādetukāmo vivekamhā cāvetu-kāmo gāthaṃ bhāsatīti || ||
6. Atha kho Āḷavikā bhikkhunī Māro ayaṃ pāpimā iti viditvā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi || ||
Atthi nissaraṇam loke || paññāya me suphussitaṃ ||
pamattabandhu pāpima || na tvaṃ jānāsi taṃ padaṃ ||
sattisūlūpamā kāmā || khandhāsam adhikuṭṭanā ||
yaṃ tvaṃ kāmaratiṃ brūsi || arati mayhaṃ sā ahū ti || ||
[page 129]
V. 3.] SOMĀ 2. 129
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Āḷavikā bhikkhunī ti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.5.2. Somā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || || Atha kho Somā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-cīvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piṇḍaya pāvisi || ||
2. Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena andhavanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami divāviharāya ||
andhavanaṃ ajjhogahetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāratthāya nisīdi || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Somāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsaṃ uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cāvetu-kāmo yena Somā bhikkhunī ten-upasaṅkami || || Upasaṅkamitvā Somam bhikkhuniṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Yan-tam isīhi pattabbam || ṭhānam durabhisambhavaṃ ||
na taṃ dvaṅgulapaññāya || sakkā pappotum itthiyā ti || ||
4. Atha kho Somāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu khvāyam manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaṃ bhāsatīti || ||
5. Atha kho Somāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro kho ayaṃ pāpimā mama bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsam uppādetu-kāmo samādimhā cāvetu-kāmo gāthaṃ bhāsatīti || ||
6. Atha kho Somā bhikkhunī Māro ayaṃ pāpimā iti viditvā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Itthibhāvo kiṃ kayirā || cittamhi susamāhite ||
ñāṇamhi vattamānamhi || sammādhammaṃ vipassato || ||
yassa nūna siyā evaṃ || itthāhaṃ puriso ti vā ||
kiñci vā pana samīti || tam Māro vattum arahatīti || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Somā bhikkhunīti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.5.3. Gotamī.
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
Atha kho Kisā-Gotamī bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetva pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piṇḍāya pāvisi || ||
2. Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-
[page 130]
130 BHIKKHUNĪ-SAṂYUTTA V. [V. 3.
paṭikkantā yena andhavanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami divāvihārāya ||
andhavanaṃ ajjhogahetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Kisā-Gotamiyā bhikkhuniyā bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsaṃ uppādetu-kāmo samādimhā cāvetu-kāmo yena Kisā-Gotamī bhikkhunī ten-upasaṅkami || || Upasaṅkamitvā Kisā-Gotamī bhikkhuniṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiṃ nu tvaṃ hataputtā va || ekamāsi rudammukhī ||
vanam ajjhogatā ekā || purisaṃ nu gavesasī ti || ||
4. Atha kho Kīsā-Gotamiyā bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || ||
Ko nu khvāyaṃ manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaṃ abhāsīti || ||
5. Atha kho Kisā-Gotamiyā bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || ||
Māro kho ayaṃ pāpimā mama bhayaṃ chambhitattam lomahaṃsam uppādetu-kāmo samādhimhā cāvetu-kāmo gāthaṃ bhāsatīti || ||
6. Atha kho Kisā-Gotamī bhikkhunī Māro kho ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māram pāpimantam gāthāhi paccābhāsi || ||
Accantaṃ hataputtāmhi || purisā etad antikā ||
na socāmi na rodāmi || na taṃ bhāyāmi āvuso || ||
sabbattha vihatā nandi || tamokkhandho padālito ||
jetvāna maccuno senaṃ || viharāmi anāsavā ti || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti maṃ Kisā-Gotamī bhikkhunīti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.5.4. Vijayā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || || Atha kho Vijayā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā || pa || aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Vijayāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṃ ||
pa || samādhimhā cāvetu-kāmo yena Vijayā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Vijayaṃ bhikkhuniṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
[page 131]
V. 5] UPPALAVAṆṆĀ 5. 131
Daharā tvaṃ rūpavatī || ahañca daharo susu ||
pañcaṅgikena turiyena || eh-ayye bhiramāmase ti || ||
3. Atha kho Vijayāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu kho ayaṃ manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaṃ bhāsatīti || ||
4. Atha kho Vijayāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro ayaṃ papimā || pa || gāthaṃ bhāsatīti || ||
5. Atha kho Vijayā bhikkhunī || Māro ayam pāpimā || iti viditvā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gathāhi paccabhāsi || ||
Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā || poṭṭhabbā ca manorāmā ||
niyyātayāmi tumheva || Māra na hi tena atthikā || ||
iminā pūtikāyena || bhindanena pabhaṅgunā ||
aṭṭiyāmi harāyāmi || kāmataṇhā samuhatā || ||
Ye ca rūpūpagā sattā || ye ca ārūppaṭṭhāyino ||
yā ca santā samāpatti || sabbattha vihato tamo ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti maṃ Vijayā bhikkhunīti || dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.5.5. Uppalavaṇṇā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || || Atha kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā || pa || aññatarasmiṃ supupphita-sālarukkha-mūle aṭṭhāsi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsaṃ uppādetu-kāmo samādhimhā cāvetu-kāmo yena Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami || ||
3. Upasaṅkamitvā Uppalavaṇṇam bhikkhuniṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Supupphitaggam upagamma bhikkhuni ||
ekā tuvaṃ tiṭṭhasi sālamūle ||
na c-atthi te dutiyā vaṇṇadhātu ||
idhāgatā tādisikā bhaveyyuṃ ||
bāle na tvaṃ bhāyasi dhuttakānan ti || ||
4. Atha kho Uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || ||
[page 132]
132 BHIKKHUNĪ-SAṂYUTTA V. [V. 5.
Ko nu khvāyam manusso vā amanusso vā gātham bhāsasīti || ||
5. Atha kho Uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || ||
Māro ayam pāpimā mama bhayaṃ || pa || gāthaṃ bhāsatīti || ||
6. Atha kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī || Māro ayaṃ pāpimā iti viditvā Māram pāpimantaṃ gāthāhi paccabhāsi || ||
Sataṃ sahassāni pi dhuttakānaṃ ||
idhāgatā tādisikā bhaveyyuṃ ||
lomaṃ na iñjāmi na santasāmi ||
na Māra bhāyāmi tam ekikā pi || ||
Esā antaradhāyāmi || kucchiṃ vā pavisāmi te ||
pakhumantarikāyam pi || tiṭṭhantiṃ maṃ na dakkhasi ||
cittasmiṃ vasībhūtamhi || iddhipādā subhāvitā ||
sabbabandhanamuttāmhi || na taṃ bhāyāmi āvuso ti || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti mam Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunīti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.5.6. Cālā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
Atha kho Cālā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā ||
pa || aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Cālā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Cālaṃ bhikkhunim etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu tvaṃ bhikkhuni na rocesīti || ||
Jātiṃ khvāhaṃ āvuso na rocemi || ||
Kiṃ nu tvaṃ jātiṃ na rocesi || ||
Jāto kāmāni bhuñjati || ||
Ko nu tam idam ādapayi || || Jātim mā rocesi bhikkhunīti || ||
3. Jātassa maraṇaṃ hoti || jāto dukkhāni passati ||
bandhaṃ vadhaṃ pariklesaṃ || tasmā jātim na rocaye || ||
Buddho dhammam adesesi || jātiyā samatikkamaṃ ||
sabbadukkhappahānāya || so maṃ sacce nivesayi || ||
[page 133]
V. 8.] UPACĀLĀ 7. 133
Ye ca rūpupagā sattā || ye ca ārūppaṭṭhāyino ||
nirodham appajānantā || āgantāro punabbhavan ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti maṃ Cālā bhikkhunīti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.5.7. Upacālā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho Uppacālā bhikkhunī bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā || la || aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi ||
pa || Upacālam bhikkhunim etad avoca || || Kattha nu tvaṃ bhikkhuni uppajjitu-kāmā ti || ||
3. Na khvāham āvuso katthaci uppajjitu-kāmā ti || ||
4. Tāvatiṃsā ca Yāmā ca || Tusitā cāpi devatā ||
Nimmānaratino devā || ye devā Vasavattino || ||
tattha cittaṃ paṇidhehi || ratiṃ paccanubhossasīti || ||
5. Tāvatiṃsā ca Yāmāca || Tusitā cāpi devatā ||
Nimmānaratino devā || ye devā Vasavattino || ||
kāmabandhanabaddhā te || enti Māra-vasaṃ puna || ||
Sabbo ādipito loko || sabbo loko padhūpito ||
sabbo pajjalito loko || sabbo loko pakampito || ||
akampitam acalitaṃ || aputthujjanasevitaṃ ||
agati yattha Mārassa || tattha me nirato mano ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || ||
SN_1.5.8. Sīsupacālā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || || Atha kho Sīsupacālā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā || pa || aññatarasmiṃ rukkhumūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Sīsupacālā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Sīsupacālam bhikkhunim etad avoca || || Kassa nu tvaṃ bhikkhuni pāsaṇḍaṃ rocesīti || ||
3. Na khvāham āvuso kassaci pāsaṇḍaṃ rocemī ti || ||
4. Kiṃ nu uddissa muṇḍāsi || samaṇī viya dissasi ||
na ca rocesi pāsaṇḍaṃ || kim-iva carasi momuhā ti || ||
5. Ito bahiddhā pāsaṇḍā || diṭṭhīsu pasīdanti ye ||
na tesaṃ dhammam rocemi || na te dhammassa kovidā || ||
[page 134]
134 BHIKKHUNĪ-SAṂYUTTA V. [V. 8.
Atthi sakya-kule jāto || buddho appaṭipuggalo ||
sabbābhibhū māranudo || sabbattham aparājito ||
sabbatthamutto asito || sabbam passati cakkhumā || ||
sabbakammakkhayaṃ patto || vimutto upadhisaṅkhaye ||
so mayhaṃ Bhagavā satthā || tassa rocemi sāsanan ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pe ||
SN_1.5.9. Selā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || || Atha kho Selā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā || pa || aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Selāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṃ ||
pa || Selaṃ bhikkhuniṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ken-idaṃ pakataṃ bimbaṃ || kvan-nu bimbassa kārako ||
kvaṃ ca bimbaṃ samuppannaṃ || kvan-nu bimbaṃ nirujjhatī ti || ||
3. Atha kho Selāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu khvāyam manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaṃ bhāsatī ti || ||
4. Atha kho Selāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro kho ayam pāpimā mama bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsam uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cavetu-kāmo gāthaṃ bhāsatī ti || ||
5. Atha kho Selā bhikkhunī Māro ayaṃ pāpimā iti viditvā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāhi paccabhāsi || ||
Nayidam attakataṃ bimbaṃ || na yidaṃ parakatam aghaṃ ||
hetuṃ paṭicca sambhūtaṃ || hetubhaṅgā nirujjhati || ||
Yathā aññataraṃ bījaṃ || khette vuttaṃ virūhati ||
pathavīrasañ cāgamma || sinehañ ca tad ubhayaṃ ||
evam khandhā ca dhātuyo || cha ca āyatanā ime ||
hetuṃ paṭicca sambhūtā || hetubhaṅgā nirujjhare ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ Selā bhikkhunī ti dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.5.10. Vajirā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || || Atha kha Vājirā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayam nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi || || Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhataṃ
[page 135]
V. 10.] VAJIRĀ 10. 135
piṇḍapāta-paṭikkantā yena andhavanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami divāvihārāya || andhavanam ajjhogahetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Vajirāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṃ chambhitatthaṃ lomahaṃsam uppādetu-kāmo samādhimhā cāvetu-kāmo yena Vajirā bhikkhunī ten-upasaṅkami || ||
Upasaṅkamitvā Vajiram bhikkhuniṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
3. Kenāyaṃ pakato satto || kuvam sattassa kārako ||
kuvaṃ satto samuppanno || kuvaṃ satto nirujjhatī ti || ||
4. Atho kho Vajirāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu khvāyaṃ manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaṃ bhāsatī ti ||
5. Atha kho Vajirāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro kho ayam pāpimā mama bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsam uppādetu-kāmo samādhimhā cāvetu-kāmo gāthaṃ bhāsatī ti || ||
6. Atha kho Vajirā bhikkhunī || Māro ayam pāpimā iti ||
viditvā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi || ||
Kinnu satto ti paccesi || Māra diṭṭhigataṃ nu te || ||
suddhasaṅkhārapuñjo yaṃ || nayidha sattūpalabbhati || ||
yathā hi aṅgasambhārā || hoti saddo ratho iti || ||
evaṃ khandhesu santesu || hoti satto ti sammuti || ||
dukkham eva hi sambhoti || dukkhaṃ tiṭṭhati veti ca ||
nāññatra dukkhā sambhoti || nāññaṃ dukkhā nirujjhatī ti || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti maṃ Vajirā bhikkhunī ti || dukkhī dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
Bhikkhunī-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Āḷavikā ca Somā ca || Gotamī Vijayā saha ||
Uppalavaṇṇā ca Cālā || Upacālā Sīsupacālā ||
Selā Vajirāya te dasā ti || ||
[page 136]
136
********************************************
BOOK VI. -- BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTAM.
___________________________________________
CHAPTER I. PAṬHAMO-VAGGO.
SN_1.6,1.1. Āyācanam.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodha-mūle pathamābhisambuddho || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa patisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || ||
3. Adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo || || Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasamuditā || ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasamuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānam || yad idam idappaccayatā paṭiccasamuppādo || || Idam pi kho ṭhānaṃ duddasaṃ || yad idaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbupadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ || || Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ || pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ ||
so mamassa kilamatho || sā mamassa vihesā ti || ||
4. Apissudaṃ Bhagavantam imā acchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā || ||
Kicchena me adhigataṃ || halandāni pakāsituṃ ||
rāgadosaparetehi || nāyaṃ dhammo susambuddho || ||
paṭisotagāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ || gambhīram duddasam aṇuṃ ||
rāgarattā na dakkhinti || tamokkhandhena āvutā ti || ||
[page 137]
VI. 1. 1.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 137
5. Iti Bhagavato paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati no dhammadesanāya || ||
6. Atha kho Brahmuno sahampatissa Bhagavato cetasā ceto parivitakkam aññāya etad ahosi || || Nassati vata bho loko vinassati vata bho loko || yatra hi nāma Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati no dhamma-desanāyā ti || ||
7. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya || evam evaṃ brahmaloke antarahito Bhagavato purato pātur ahosi || ||
8. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dakkhiṇa-jānu-maṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ pamāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Desetu bhante Bhagavā dhammaṃ desetu Sugato dhammaṃ || Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro ti || ||
9. Idam avoca Brahmā sahampati || idaṃ vatvā athāparam etad avoca || ||
Pātur'; ahosi Magadhesu pubbe ||
dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito ||
avāpur-etaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ ||
suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ || ||
Sele yathā pabbata-muddhani ṭhito ||
yathā pi passe janataṃ samantato ||
tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha -- ||
pāsādam āruyha samantacakkhu ||
sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatam apetasoko ||
avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtan ti || ||
[Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma ||
satthavāha anaṇa vicara loke ||
Desetu Bhagavā dhammam || aññātāro bhavissantī ti] || ||
[page 138]
138 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 1.
10. Atha kho Bhagavā Brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṃ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṃ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokesi || ||
11. Addasā kho Bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paraloka-vajja-bhaya-dassāvino viharante || ||
12. Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jatāni udake {saṃvaddhāni} udakānuggatāni anto-nimuggaposīni || appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarikāni vā udake jātāni udake {saṃvaddhāni} samodakam ṭhitāni || appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake {saṃvaddhāni} udakā accuggamma tiṭṭhanti anupalittāni udakena || Evam eva Bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante || ||
13. Disvāna Brahmānam sahampatiṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi || ||
Apārutā tesam amatassa dvārā ||
ye sotavanto pamuccantu saddhaṃ ||
vihiṃsasaññī paguṇam na bhāsiṃ ||
dhammaṃ paṇitam manujesu Brahme ti || ||
14. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati || katāvakāso kho mhi Bhagavato dhammadesanāyā ti || Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyī ti || ||
SN_1.6,1.2. Gāravo.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodhe pathamābhisambuddho || ||
[page 139]
VI. 1. 2.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 139
2. Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Dukkhaṃ kho agāravo viharati appatisso || kannu khvāham samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya vihareyyan ti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Aparipuṇṇassa kho sīlakkhandhassa paripūriyā aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya vihareyyaṃ || na kho panāham passami sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya attanā sīlasampannataram aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā yam ahaṃ sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya vihāreyyaṃ ||
4. Aparipuṇṇassa kho samādhikkhandhassa pāripuriyā aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā sakkatvā gurukatvā upanissāva vihareyyamo || ||
5. Aparipuṇṇassa kho paññakkhandhassa pāripūriyā- || ||
6. Apāripuṇṇassa kho vimuttikkhandhassa pāripuriyā ||
pe ||
7. Aparipuṇṇassa kho vimuttiñāṇa-dassanakkhandhassa pāripūriyā aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya vihareyyaṃ || na kho panāhaṃ passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamanabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya attanā vimuttiññāṇa-dassanasampannataram aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā yam ahaṃ sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya vihareyyaṃ || ||
8. Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yvāyaṃ dhammo mayā abhisambuddho tam eva dhammaṃ sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya vihareyyan ti || ||
9. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati Bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkam aññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya ||
evam evam Brahmaloke antarahito Bhagavato purato pātur ahosi || ||
10. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgam karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
[page 140]
140 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 2.
11. Evam etaṃ Bhagavā evam etaṃ Sugata || ye pi te bhante ahesuṃ atītam addhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā ||
te pi bhagavanto dhammaññeva sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya vihariṃsu || || Ye pi te bhante bhavissanti anāgatam addhānam arahanto sammāsambuddhā || te pi bhagavanto dhammaññeva sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya viharissanti || ||
Bhagavā pi bhante etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammaññeva sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya viharatū ti || ||
12. Idam avoca Brahmā sahampati || idam vatvāna athāparam etad avoca || ||
Ye ca atītā sambuddhā || ye ca buddhā anāgatā ||
yo c-etarahi sambuddho || bahunnaṃ sokanāsano || ||
sabbe saddhammagaruno || vihariṃsu viharanti ca ||
atho pi viharissanti || esā buddhānaṃ dhammatā || ||
tasmā hi atthakāmena || mahattam abhikaṅkhatā ||
saddhammo garukātabbo || saraṃ buddhānasāsananti || ||
SN_1.6,1.3. Brahmadevo.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarissā brāhmaṇiyā Brahmadevo nāma putto Bhagavato santike agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmā Brahmadevo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammad-eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti ||
tadanuttaram brahmacariya-pariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || || Khīṇā jāti vūsitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyā ti abbhaññāsi || || Aññataro ca panāyasmā Brahmadevo arahatam ahosi || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Brahmadevo pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi ||
Sāvatthiyaṃ sapadānam piṇḍāya caramāno yena saka-mātunivesanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami || ||
[page 141]
VI. 1. 3.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 141
5. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Brahmadevassa mātā brāhmaṇī Brahmuno āhutiṃ niccaṃ paggaṇhāti ||
6. Atha kho Brahmuno sahampatissa etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho āyasmato Brahmadevassa mātā brāhmaṇī Brahmuno āhutiṃ niccaṃ paggaṇhāti || yaṃ nūnāhaṃ tam upasaṅkamitvā saṃvejeyyan ti || ||
7. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya || pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya || evam evaṃ Brahmaloke antarahito āyasmato Brahmadevassa mātu nivesane pātur ahosi || ||
8. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati vehāsaṃ ṭhito āyasmato Brahmadevassa mātaraṃ brāhmaṇiṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Dūre ito brāhmaṇi brahmaloko ||
yassāhutiṃ paggaṇhāsi niccaṃ ||
n-etādiso brāhmaṇi brahmabhakkho ||
kiṃ jappasi brahmapatham ajānantī || ||
Eso hi te brāhmaṇi brahmadevo ||
nirupadhiko atidevapatto ||
akiñcano bhikkhu anaññaposiyo ||
te so piṇḍāya gharaṃ paviṭṭho || ||
Āhuneyyo vedagū bhāvitatto ||
narānaṃ devānaṃ ca dakkhiṇeyyo ||
bāhitvā pāpāni anupalitto ||
ghāsesanaṃ iriyati sītibhūto || ||
Na tassa pacchā na purattham atthi ||
santo vidhūmo anigho nirāso ||
nikkhittadaṇḍo tasathāvaresu ||
so tyāhutiṃ bhuñjatu aggapiṇḍaṃ || ||
Visenibhūto upasantacitto ||
nāgo va danto carati anejo ||
bhikkhu susīlo suvimuttacitto ||
so tyāhutiṃ bhuñjatu aggapiṇḍaṃ || ||
Tasmiṃ pasannā avikampamānā ||
[page 142]
142 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI.1.3.
patiṭṭhapehi dakkhiṇaṃ dakkhiṇeyye ||
karohi puññaṃ sukham āyatikaṃ || ||
disvā muniṃ brāhmaṇi oghatiṇṇan ti || ||
9. Tasmiṃ pasannā avikampamānā ||
patiṭṭhapesi dakkhiṇaṃ dakkhiṇeyye ||
akāsi puññaṃ sukham āyatikaṃ ||
disvā munim brāhmaṇī oghatiṇṇan ti || ||
SN_1.6,1.4. Bako brahmā.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bakassa brahmuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti || || Idaṃ niccaṃ idaṃ dhuvaṃ || idaṃ sassataṃ idaṃ kevalaṃ idam acavanadhammaṃ || idaṃ hi na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na uppajjati || ito ca pan-aññam uttariṃ nissaraṇaṃ natthīti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā Bakassa brahmuno cetasā cetoparivitakkam aññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya || evam eva Jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pātur ahosi || ||
4. Addasā kho Bako brahmā Bhagavantam dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || disvāna Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Ehi kho mārisa svāgataṃ te mārisa cirassaṃ kho mārisa imaṃ pariyāyam akāsi yad idaṃ idhāgamanāya || || Idaṃ hi mārisa niccam idaṃ dhuvam idaṃ sassatam idaṃ kevalam idam acavanadhammaṃ || idaṃ hi na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na uppajjati || ito ca pan-aññaṃ uttariṃ nissaraṇaṃ natthī ti || ||
5. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā Bakam brahmānam idam avoca || ||
Avijjāgato vata bho Bako brahmā avijjāgato vata bho Bako brahmā || || Yatra hi nāma aniccam yeva samānaṃ niccan ti vakkhati || adhuvaṃ yeva samānaṃ dhuvan-ti vakkhati || Asassataṃ yeva samānaṃ sassatan ti vakkhati ||
[page 143]
VI. 1. 4.] PATHAMA-VAGGA I. 143
akevalaṃ yeva samānaṃ kevalan ti vakkhati || cavanadhammaṃ yeva samānaṃ acavana-dhamman ti vakkhati || ||
Yattha ca pana jayati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca uppajjati ca taṃ ca tathā vakkhati idaṃ hi na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na uppajjati santañ ca pan-aññam uttariṃ nissaraṇaṃ n-atth-aññaṃ uttariṃ nissaraṇan-ti vakkhatī ti || ||
6. Dvāsattati Gotama puññakammā ||
vasavattino jātijaram atītā ||
ayam antimā vedagū brahmuppatti ||
asmābhijappanti janā anekā ti || ||
7. Appaṃ hi etaṃ na hi dīgham āyu ||
yaṃ tvaṃ Baka maññasi dīgham āyu ||
sataṃ sahassānam nirabbudānaṃ ||
āyu pajānāmi tavāham brahme ti || ||
8. Anantadassī Bhagavāham asmi ||
jātijaraṃ sokam upātivatto ||
kiṃ me purāṇaṃ vata sīlavattaṃ ||
ācikkha me taṃ yam ahaṃ vijaññā || ||
9. Yaṃ tvam apāyesi bahū manusse ||
pipāsite ghammani samparete ||
tan-te purāṇaṃ vata sīlavattaṃ ||
suttappabuddho va anussarāmi || ||
Yam eṇikūlasmiṃ janaṃ gahītaṃ ||
amocayī gayhakaṃ niyyamānaṃ ||
tan te purāṇaṃ vata sīlavattaṃ ||
suttappabuddho va anussarāmi || ||
Gaṅgāya sotasmiṃ gahīta-nāvaṃ ||
luddhena nāgena manussakamyā ||
pamocayitthā balasā pasayha ||
tan-te purāṇaṃ vata sīlavattaṃ ||
suttappabuddho va anussarāmi || ||
[page 144]
144 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 4.
Kappo ca te baddhacaro ahosiṃ ||
sambuddhivantaṃ va ti nam amaññiṃ ||
tan-te purāṇaṃ vata sīlavattaṃ ||
suttappabuddho va anussarāmi || ||
10. Addhā pajānāsi mam-etam āyuṃ ||
aññam pi jānāsi tathā hi buddho ||
tathā hi tyāyam jalitānubhāvo ||
obhāsayaṃ tiṭṭhati brahmalokan ti || ||
SN_1.6,1.5. Aparā diṭṭhi.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa brahmuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigatam uppannaṃ hoti || || Natthi so samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā yo idha āgaccheyyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā tassa brahmuno cetasā ceto-parivitakkam aññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pe || tasmiṃ brahmaloke pātur ahosi || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmato Mahā-Moggallānassa etad ahosi || ||
Kahaṃ nu kho Bhagavā etarahi viharatī ti || ||
6. Addasā kho Mahā-Moggallāno Bhagavantam dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisinnam tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ ||
disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāham pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāham sammiñjeyya evam evaṃ Jetavane antarahito tasmim brahmaloke pātur ahosi || ||
7. Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno puratthimaṃ disaṃ nissāya tassa brahmuṇo upari vehāsam pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nīcataram Bhagavato || ||
8. Atha kho āyasmato Mahā-Kassapassa etad ahosi || ||
Kahaṃ nu kho Bhagavā etarahi viharatīti || || Addasā kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Bhagavantam dibbena cakkhunā || pa ||
Disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pa || evam evaṃ
[page 145]
VI. 1. 5.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 145
Jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pātur ahosi || Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṃ Bhagavato || ||
9. Atha kho Mahā-Kappinassa etad ahosi || Kahaṃ nu kho Bhagavā etarahi viharatī ti || ||
10. Addasā kho āyasmā Mahā-Kappino Bhagavantaṃ dibbena cakkhunā || pa || tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ || || Disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pa || evam evaṃ Jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pātur ahosi || || Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kappino pacchimam disam nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātum samāpajjitvā nīcataraṃ Bhagavato || ||
11. Atha kho āyasmato Anuruddhassa etad ahosi || ||
Kahaṃ nu kho Bhagavā etarahi viharatī ti || || Addasā kho āyasmā Anuruddho || pa || tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ || Disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pa || tasmiṃ brahmaloke pātur ahosi || || Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho uttaraṃ disaṃ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṃ Bhagavato || ||
12. Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tam brahmānam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ajjāpi te āvuso sā diṭṭhi || yā te diṭṭhi pure ahu ||
passasi vītivattantam || brahmaloke pabhassaran ti || ||
13. Na me mārisa sā diṭṭhi || yā me diṭṭhi pure ahu ||
passāmi vītivattantam || brahmaloke pabhassaraṃ ||
svāhaṃ ajja kathaṃ vajjaṃ || ahaṃ nicco mhi sassato ti || ||
14. Atha kho Bhagavā tam brahmānaṃ {saṃvejetvā} seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya ||
pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya || evam evaṃ tasmiṃ brahmaloke antarahito Jetavane pātur ahosi || ||
15. Atha kho so brahmā aññataraṃ brahmapārisajjam āmantesi || || Ehi tvaṃ mārisa yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno ten-upasaṅkama || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ MahāMoggallānam evaṃ vadehi || || Atthi nu kho mārisa Moggalāna aññe pi tassa Bhagavato sāvakā evam mahiddhikā
[page 146]
146 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 5.
evam mahānubhāvā seyyathāpi bhavaṃ Moggallāno Kassapo Kappino Anuruddho ti || ||
16. Evam mārisā ti kho so brahmapārisajjo tassa brahmuno paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno ten-upasaṅkami || ||
17. Upasaṅkamitvā Mahā-Moggallānam etad avoca || ||
Atthi nu kho mārisa Moggalāna aññe pi tassa Bhagavato sāvakā evam-mahiddhikā evam mahānubhāvā seyyathāpi bhavam Moggallāno Kassapo Kappino Anuruddho ti || ||
18. Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno taṃ brahmapārisajjaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Tevijjā iddhippattā ca || ceto-pariyāya-kovidā ||
khīṇāsavā arahanto || bahū buddhassa sāvakā ti || ||
19. Atha kho brahmapārisajjo āyasmato Mahā-Moggallānassa bhāsitam abhininditvā anumoditvā yena so MahāBrahmā ten-upasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā tam brahmānam etad avoca || || Āyasmā mārisa Mahā-Moggallāno evam āha || ||
Tevijjā iddhippattā ca || ceto-pariyāya-kovidā ||
khīṇāsavā arahanto || bahū buddhassa sāvakā ti || ||
20. Idam avoca so brahmapārisajjo || attamano ca so brahmā tassa brahmapārisājjassa bhāsitam abhinandī ti || ||
SN_1.6,1.6. Pamādam.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno || ||
3. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhavāso ca paccekabrahmā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || || Upasaṅkamitvā pacceka-dvārabāham upanissāya aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
4. Atha kho Subrahmā paccekabrahmā Suddhavāsaṃ paccekabrahmānam etad avoca || || Akālo kho tāva mārisa Bhagavantam payirūpāsituṃ || divāvihāragato Bhagavā paṭisallīno ca asuko ca brahmaloko iddho c-evā phīto ca ||
brahmā ca tatra pamāda-vihāraṃ viharati || || Āyāma mārisa yena so brahmaloko ten-upasaṅkamissāma || upasaṅkamitvā tam brahmānaṃ saṃvejeyyāmā ti || ||
[page 147]
VI. 1. 6.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 147
5. Evam mārisā ti kho Suddhavāso paccekabrahmā Subrahmuno paccekabrahmuno paccassosi || ||
6. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhavāso ca paccekabrahmā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pa || evam evam Bhagavato purato antarahitā tasmiṃ loke pātur ahesuṃ || ||
7. Addasā kho so brahmā te brahmāno dūrato va āgacchante || || Disvāna te brahmāno etad avoca || || Handa kuto nu tumhe mārisā āgacchathā ti || ||
8. Atha kho mayaṃ mārisa āgacchāma tassa Bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santikā || gaccheyyāsi pana tvaṃ mārisa tassa Bhagavato upaṭṭhānam arahato sammāsambuddhassā ti || ||
9. Evam vutto kho so brahmā taṃ vacanaṃ anadhivāsento sahassakkhattuṃ attānam abhinimminitvā Subrahmānam paccekabrahmānam etad avoca || || Passasi me no tvam mārisa evarūpam iddhānubhāvan ti || ||
10. Passāmi no tyāham mārisa evarūpam iddhānubhāvan ti ||
11. So khvāham mārisa evam mahiddhiko evam mahānubhāvo kassa aññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā upaṭṭhānaṃ gamissāmīti || ||
12. Atha kho Subrahmā paccekabrahmā dvisahassakkhattum attānam abhinimminitvā taṃ brahmānam etad avoca || || Passasi me no tvam mārisa evarūpam iddhānubhāvan ti || ||
13. Passāmi kho tyāham mārisa evarūpam iddhānubhāvanti || ||
14. Tayā ca kho mārisa mayā ca sveva Bhagavā mahiddhikataro c-eva mahānubhāvataro ca || gaccheyyāsi tvam mārisa tassa Bhagavato upaṭṭhānam arahato sammāsaṃbuddhassā ti || ||
15. Atha kho so brahmā Subrahmānam paccekabrahmānaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
[page 148]
148 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 6.
Tayo ca supaṇṇā caturo ca haṃsā ||
vyagghīnisā pañcasatā ca jhāyino ||
tayidaṃ vimānaṃ jalate va brahme ||
obhāsayaṃ uttarassaṃ disāyan ti || ||
16. Kiñcāpi te taṃ jalate vimānaṃ ||
obhāsayaṃ uttarassaṃ disāyaṃ ||
rūpe raṇaṃ disvā sadā pavedhitaṃ ||
tasmā na rūpe ramati sumedho ti || ||
17. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhavāso ca paccekabrahmā taṃ brahmānaṃ saṃvejetvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyiṃsu || ||
18. Agamāsi ca kho so brahmā aparena samayena Bhagavato upaṭṭhānam arahato sammāsambuddhassā ti || ||
SN_1.6,1.7. Kokālikā (or Kokāliya).
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno || ||
3. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhāvāso ca paccekabrahmā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā paccekadvārabāhaṃ nissāya aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
4. Atha kho Subrahmā paccekabrahmā kokālikaṃ bhikkhum ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Appameyyam paminanto || ko dha vidvā vikappaye || ||
Appameyyam pamāyinaṃ || nivutam maññe puthujjananti || ||
SN_1.6,1.8. Tissako.
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno || ||
3. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhavāso capaccekabrahmā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā paccekadvārabāhaṃ nissāya aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
4. Atha kho Suddhāvāso. paccekabrahmā KatamodakaTissakaṃ bhikkhum ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
[page 149]
VI. 1. 9.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 149
Appameyyam paminanto || ko dha vidvā vikappaye ||
appameyyaṃ pamāyinam || nivutam maññe akissavan ti ||
SN_1.6,1.9. Tudu brahmā.
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Kokāliko bhikkhu ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || ||
3. Atha kho Tudu paccekabrahmā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappam Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Kokāliko bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā vehāsaṃ ṭhito Kokālikaṃ bhikkhum etad avoca || || Pasādehi Kokālika Sāriputtā-Moggallānesu cittaṃ || pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallānā ti || ||
5. Ko si tvam āvuso ti || ||
6. Ahaṃ Tudu paccekabrahmā ti || ||
7. Nanu tvam āvuso Bhagavatā anāgāmī byākato || atha kiñcarahi idhāgato || passa yāvañca te idam aparaddhan ti || ||
Purisassa hi jātassa || kuṭhārī jāyate mukhe ||
yāya chindati attānaṃ || bālo dubbhāsitaṃ bhaṇaṃ || ||
Yo nindiyaṃ pasaṃsati ||
tam vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyo ||
vicināti mukhena so kaliṃ ||
kalinā tena sukhaṃ na vindati || ||
Appamattako ayam kali ||
yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo ||
sabbassāpi sahāpi attanā ||
ayam eva mahantataro kali ||
yo Sugatesu manaṃ padosaye || ||
Sataṃ sahassānaṃ nirabbudānam ||
chattiṃsati pañca abbudāni ||
yam ariyagarahī nirayam upeti ||
vācaṃ mānañca paṇidhāya pāpakan ti || || . Kokāliko ().
. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Atha kho Kokāliko bhikkhu yena Bhagavā ten-
[page 150]
150 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 10.
upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Kokāliko Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Pāpicchā bhante Sāriputta-Moggallānā pāpikānam icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā ti || ||
4. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā Kokālikaṃ bhikkhum etad avoca || || Mā h-evam Kokālika avaca mā h-evaṃ Kokālika avaca || pasādehi Kokālika Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittam || pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallānā ti ||
5. Dutiyam pi kho Kokāliko bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiñcāpi me bhante Bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayiko || atha kho pāpicchā va Sāriputta-Moggallānā pāpikānam icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā ti || ||
6. Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā Kokalikam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Mā hevam Kokālika avaca mā hevaṃ Kokālika avaca || pasādehi Kokālika Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittaṃ ||
pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallānā ti || ||
7. Tatiyam pi kho Kokāliko bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || la || icchānaṃ vasaṃ gato ti || ||
8. Tatiyam pi kho Bhagavā Kokālikaṃ bhikkhum etad avoca || pa || pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallanā ti || ||
9. Atha kho Kokāliko bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
10. Acirapakkantassa ca Kokālikassa bhikkhuno sāsapamattīhi piḷakāhi sabbo kāyo puto ahosi || ||
Sāsapamattiyo hutvā muggamattiyo ahesuṃ || muggamattiyo hutvā kaḷāyamattiyo ahesuṃ || kaḷāyamattiyo hutvā kolaṭṭhimattiyo ahesuṃ || kolaṭṭhimattiyo hutvā kolamattiyo ahesuṃ || kolamattiyo hutvā āmalakamattiyo ahesuṃ || āmalakamattiyo hutvā beluvasalāṭukamattiyo ahesuṃ || beluvasalāṭukamattiyo hutvā billamattiyo ahesuṃ || billamattiyo hutvā pabhijjiṃsu pubbañca lohitañca pagghariṃsu || ||
11. Atha kho Kokāliko bhikkhu ten-eva ābādhena kālam
[page 151]
VI. 1. 10.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 151
akāsi || kālaṅkato ca Kokāliko bhikkhu Paduma-nirayam uppajji Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittam āghātetvā || ||
12. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappam Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
13. Ekaṃ antaṃ ṭhito kho Brahmā sahampati Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kokāliko bhante bhikkhu kālamakāsi || kālaṅkato ca bhante Kokāliko bhikkhu Padumanirayaṃ uppanno Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittam āghātetvā ti || ||
14. Idam avoca Brahmā sahampati || idam vatvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
15. Atha kho Bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū amantesi || ||
Imam bhikkhave rattiṃ Brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Jetavanam obhāsetvā yenāhaṃ ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || || Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho bhikkhave Brahmā sahampati mam etad avoca || || Kokāliko bhante bhikkhu kālāmakāsi || kālaṅkato ca bhante Kokāliko bhikkhu Padumam nirayam uppanno Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittam āghātetvā ti || || Idam avoca bhikkhave Brahmā sahampati ||
idaṃ vatvā mam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-evantaradhāyī ti || ||
16. Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kīvadīghaṃ nu kho bhante Paduma-niraye āyuppamānan ti || ||
17. Dīgham kho bhikkhu paduma-niraye āyuppamāṇaṃ ||
na sukaraṃ saṅkātum ettakāni vassāni iti vā ettakāni vassasatāni iti vā ettakāni vassasahassāni itivā ettakāni vassasatasahassāni iti vā ti || ||
18. Sakkā pana bhante upamā kātun ti || ||
[page 152]
152 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 1. 10
19. Sakkā bhikkhū ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
Seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsatikhāriko kosalako tilavāho || tato puriso vassasatassa vassasahassa accayena ekam ekaṃ tilam uddhareyya || khippataraṃ kho so bhikkhu vīsatikhāriko kosalako tilavāho iminā upakkamena parikkhayaṃ pariyādānam gaccheyya || na tveva eko Abbudo nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati abbudā nirayā evam eko Nirabbudanirayo ||
seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati nirabbudā nirayā evam eko Ababo nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati ababā nirayā evam eko Aṭaṭo nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati aṭaṭā nirayā evam eko Ahaho nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati ahahā nirayā evam eko Kumudo nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati kumudā nirayā evam eko Sogandhiko nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati sogandhikā nirayā evam eko Uppalanirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati uppalakā nirayā evam eko Puṇḍarīko nirayo || || Seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati puṇḍarīkā nirayā evam eko Padumo nirayo || || Padumake pana bhikkhu niraye Kokāliko bhikkhu uppanno Sāriputta-Moggalānesu cittam āghātetvā ti || ||
20. Idaṃ avoca Bhagavā || idam vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
Purisassa hi jātassa || kuṭhārī jayate mukhe ||
yāya chindati attānaṃ || bālo dubbhāsitaṃ bhaṇam || ||
yo nindiyaṃ pasaṃsati || taṃ vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyo ||
vicināti mukhena so kaliṃ || kalinā tena sukhaṃ na vindati || ||
Appamattako ayam kali ||
yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo ||
sabbassāpi sahāpi attanā ||
ayam eva mahantataro kali ||
yo Sugatesu manaṃ padosaye || ||
Sataṃ sahassānam nirabbudānaṃ ||
chattiṃsati pañca ca abbudāni ||
[page 153]
VI. 2. 2.] PAÑCAKA-VAGGA 2. 153
yam ariyagarahī nirayam upeti ||
vācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya pāpakan ti || ||
Pathamo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Āyācanaṃ Gāravo Brahmadevo Bako ca brahmā ||
Aparā ca diṭṭhi Pamādaṃ Kokaliya Tissako ||
Tudu ca brahmā aparo ca Kokāliko ti || ||
___________________________________________
CHAPTER II. DUTIYO-VAGGO <OR PAÑCAKA>.
SN_1.6,2.1. Sanaṃkumāro.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Sappinī-tīre || ||
2. Atha kho brahmā Sanaṃkumāro abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Sappinī-tīram obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho brahmā Sanaṃkumāro Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Khattiyo seṭṭho jane tasmiṃ || ye gottapaṭisārino ||
vijjācaraṇasampanno || so seṭṭho devamānuse ti || ||
4. Idam avoca brahmā Sanaṃkumāro || samanuñño satthā ahosi || ||
5. Atha kho brahmā Sanaṃkumāro samanuñño me satthā ti Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyīti || ||
SN_1.6,2.2. Devadatta.
1. Ekaṃ damayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante Devadatte || ||
2. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Gijjhakūṭam pabbatam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
[page 154]
154 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 2. 2.
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Brahmā sahampati Devadattam ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Phalaṃ ve kadaliṃ hanti || phalam veḷu phalaṃ nalaṃ || ||
sakkāro kāpurisam hanti || gabbho assatarim yathā ti || ||
SN_1.6,2.3. Andhakavinda.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati Andhakavinde || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā rattandhakāratimisāyam ajjhokāse nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekaṃ phusāyati || ||
3. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ Andhakavindam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
4. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Brahmā sahampati Bhagavato santike imā gāthayo abhāsi || ||
Sevetha pantāni senāsanāni ||
careyya saṃyojanavippamokkhā ||
sa ce ratiṃ nādhigacchaye tattha ||
saṅghe vase rakkhitatto satimā || ||
Kulā kulaṃ piṇḍikāya caranto ||
indriyagutto nipako satimā ||
sevetha pantāni senāsanāni ||
bhayā pamutto abhaye vimutto || ||
Yattha bheravā siriṃsapā ||
vijju sañcarati thaneti devo ||
andhakāra-timisāya rattiyā ||
nisīdi tattha bhikkhu vigatalomahaṃso || ||
Idaṃ hi jātu me diṭṭham || na yidam iti hītihaṃ ||
ekasmiṃ brahmacariyasmiṃ || sahassam maccuhāyinam || ||
Bhīyo pañcasatā sekhā || dasā ca dasadhā sataṃ || ||
sabbe sotasamāpannā || atiracchānagāmino ||
Athāyam itarā pajā || puññabhāgā ti me mano ||
saṅkhātuṃ no pi sakkomi || musāvādassa ottappeti || ||
[page 155]
VI. 2. 4.] PAÑCAKA-VAGGA 2. 155
SN_1.6,2.4. Aruṇavatī.
1. Evaṃ me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || la ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
3. Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
4. Bhagavā etad avoca ||
5. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave rājā ahosi Aruṇavā nāma ||
Rañño kho pana bhikkhave Aruṇavato Aruṇavatī nāma rājadhānī ahosi || Aruṇavatiyaṃ kho pana bhikkhave rājadhāniyam Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho upanissāya vihāsi || ||
6. Sikkhissa kho pana bhikkhave Bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa Abhibhū-Sambhavaṃ nāma sāvakayugam ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ || ||
7. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho Abhibhuṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi || || Āyāma brāhmaṇa || yena aññataro brahmaloko ten-upasaṅkamissāma yāva bhattassa kālo bhavissatī ti || ||
8. Evam bhante ti kho bhikkhave Abhibhū bhikkhu Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paccassosi || ||
9. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho Abhibhū ca bhikkhu seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ va bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya || evam eva Aruṇavatiyā rājadhaniyā antarahitā tasmiṃ brahmaloke pātur ahesuṃ || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho Abhibhum bhikkhum āmantesi || || Paṭibhātu brāhmaṇa taṃ brahmuno ca brahmaparisāya ca brahmapārisajjānaṃ ca dhammikathā ti || ||
11. Evaṃ bhante ti kho bhikkhave Abhibhū bhikkhu Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa pattissutvā brahmānañca brahmaparisañca brahmapārisajje ca dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi || ||
12. Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca
[page 156]
156 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 2. 4
brahmapārisajjā ca ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti || || Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho kathaṃ hi nāma satthari sammukhībhūte sāvako dhammaṃ desessatī ti || ||
13. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho Abhibhuṃ bhikkhum āmantesi || || Ujjhāyanti kho te brāhmaṇa brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca brahmapārisajjā ca || || Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutam vata bho kathaṃ hi nāma satthari sammukhībhūte sāvako dhammam desessatī ti || || Tena hi tvaṃ brāhmaṇa bhiyyosomattāya brahmānañ ca brahmaparisañ ca brahmapārisajje ca saṃvejehī ti || ||
14. Evaṃ bhante ti kho bhikkhave Abhibhū bhikkhu Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paṭissutvā dissamānena pi kāyena dhammaṃ desesi || adissamānena pi kāyena dhammaṃ desesi || dissamānena heṭṭhimena upaḍḍhakāyena adissamānena uparimena upaḍḍhakāyena dhammaṃ desesi || dissamānena pi uparimena upaḍḍhakāyena adissamānena heṭṭhimena upaḍḍhakāyena dhammaṃ desesi || ||
15. Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca brahmapārisajjā ca acchariyabbhutacittajātā ahesuṃ || ||
Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho samaṇassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā ti || ||
16. Atha kho Abhibhū bhikkhu Sikhiṃ bhagavantam arahantam sammāsambuddham etad avoca || || Abhijānāmi khvāhaṃ bhante bhikkhusaṅghassa majjhe evarūpaṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā pahomi khvāham āvuso brahmaloke ṭhito sahassīlokadhātuṃ sarena viññāpetun ti || ||
17. Etassa brāhmaṇa kālo etassa brāhmaṇa kālo yaṃ tvaṃ brāhmaṇa brahmaloke ṭhito sahassīlokadhātuṃ sarena viññāpeyyāsī ti || ||
18. Evam bhante ti kho bhikkhave Abhibhū bhikkhu Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paṭissutvā brahmaloke ṭhito imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Ārabbhatha nikkhamatha || yuñjatha buddhasāsane ||
dhunātha maccuno senaṃ || naḷāgāraṃ va kuñjaro || ||
[page 157]
VI. 2. 5.] PAÑCAKA-VAGGA 2. 157
yo imasmim dhammavinaye || appamatto vihassati ||
pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ || dukkhassantaṃ karissatī ti || ||
19. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhī ca bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho Abhibhū ca bhikkhu brahmānañ ca brahmaparisañ ca brahmapārisajje ca saṃvejetvā || seyyathāpi nāma ||
pa || tasmim brahmaloke antarahitā Aruṇavatiyā pātur ahesuṃ || ||
20. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhikkhū āmantesi || || Assuttha no tumhe bhikkhave Abhibhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke ṭhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamānassā ti || ||
21. Assumha kho mayaṃ bhante Abhibhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke ṭhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamānassā ti || ||
22. Yathā kathaṃ pana tumhe bhikkhave assuttha Abhibhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke ṭhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamānassā ti || ||
23. [Evaṃ kho mayam bhante assumha Abhibhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke ṭhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamānassa || ||] Ārabbhatha nikkhamatha || yuñjatha buddhasāsane ||
dhunātha maccuno senaṃ || naḷāgāraṃ va kuñjaro || ||
yo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye || appamatto vihassati ||
pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ || dukkhassantam karissatīti || ||
24. Evam eva kho mayaṃ bhante assumha Abhibhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke ṭhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamanassā ti || ||
25. Sādhu sādhu bhikkhave || sādhu kho tumhe bhikkhave assuttha Abhibhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke ṭhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamānassā ti || ||
26. Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamanā te bhikkhū Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandun ti || ||
SN_1.6,2.5. Parinibbāna.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kusinārāyaṃ viharati Upavattane Mallānaṃ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṃ parinibbānasamaye || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Handa dāni
[page 158]
158 BRAHMA-SAṂYUTTA VI. [VI. 2. 5.
bhikkhave āmantayāmi vo appamādena sampādetha vayadhammā saṅkhārā ti || ayam Tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā pathamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || ||
Pathamajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || || Dutiyajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || || Tatiyajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || Catutthajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji || || Ākāsānañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji || ||
Viññāṇañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji || || Ākiñcaññāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji || ||
4. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji || Ākiñcaññāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji || || Viññāṇañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji || || Ākāsānañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || || Catutthajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || || Tatiyajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || || Dutiyajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā pathamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || ||
Paṭhamajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || ||
Dutiyajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || ||
Tatiyajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji || || Catutthajhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā Bhagavā parinibbāyi || ||
5. Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā Brahmā sahampati imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Sabbeva nikkhipissanti || bhūtā loke samussayaṃ ||
yathā etādiso satthā || loke appaṭipuggalo ||
Tathāgato balappatto || sambuddho parinibbuto ti || ||
6. Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā Sakko devānam indo imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Aniccā vata saṅkhārā || uppadavayadhammino ||
uppajjitvā nirujjhanti || tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho ti || ||
7. Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā Ānando imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Tadāsi yam bhiṃsanakaṃ || tadāsi lomahaṃsanaṃ ||
sabbākāravarūpete || sambuddhe parinibbute ti || ||
[page 159]
VI. 2. 5.] PAÑCAKA-VAGGA 2. 159
Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā Anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Nāhu assāsapassāso ṭhita-cittassa tādino ||
anejo santim ārabbha || cakkhumā parinibbuto || ||
asallīnena cittena || vedanam ajjhavāsayi ||
pajjotass-eva nibbānaṃ || vimokkho cetaso ahū ti || ||
Brahma-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Pañcakaṃ || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Brahmā-Sanaṃ Devadatto Andhakavindo Aruṇavatī
Parinibbānena ca desitam idaṃ Brahma-pañcakaṃ || ||
[page 160]
160
********************************************
BOOK VII. -- BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTAM.
___________________________________________
CHAPTER I. ARAHANTA-VAGGO PAṬHAMO.
SN_1.7,1.1. DHANAÑJANĪ.
1. Evam me sutam ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhāradvājagottabrāhmāṇassa Dhanañjānī nāma brāhmaṇī abhippasannā hoti buddhe ca dhamme ca saṅghe ca || ||
3. Atha kho Dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa bhattam upasaṃharantī upakkamitvā tikkhattum udānam udānesi || || Namo tassa Bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa || pe || ||
4. Evaṃ vutte bharadvājagotto brāhmaṇo Dhanañjānim etad avoca || || Evam eva panāyam vasalī yasmiṃ vā tasmiṃ vā tassa muṇḍakassa samaṇassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati || idāni tyāhaṃ vasali tassa satthunovādam āropessāmī ti || ||
5. Na khvāhan-tam brāhmaṇa passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sedevakamanussāya yo tassa Bhagavato vādam āropeyya arahato sammāsambuddhassa || api ca tvaṃ brāhmaṇa gaccha || gantvā vijānissasī ti || ||
6. Atha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo kupito anattamano yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
[page 161]
VII. 1. 2.] ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1. 161
7. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo Bhagavantaṃ gāthaya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiṃsu chetvā sukhaṃ seti || kiṃsu chetvā na socati || ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || vadhaṃ rocesi Gotamā ti ||
8. Kodhaṃ chetvā sukhaṃ seti || kodhaṃ chetvā na socati || ||
kodhassa visamūlassa || madhuraggassa brāhmaṇa ||
vadham ariyā pasaṃsanti || taṃ hi chetvā na socatīti || ||
9. Evaṃ vutte bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama || || Seyyathāpi bho Gotama nikkujjitaṃ vā akkujjeyya || paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya || mūḷhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya || andhakāre vā telapajjotam dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhinti || evam evaṃ bhotā Gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi || dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca || || Labheyyāham bhoto Gotamassa santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyaṃ upasampadan ti || ||
10. Alattha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo Bhagavato santike pabbajjam alattha upasampadaṃ || ||
11. Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā bhāradvājo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirass-eva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti || tad anuttaraṃ brahmacariya-pariyosānam diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi ||
khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyā ti abbhaññāsi || ||
12. Aññataro ca Bhāradvājo arahatam ahosīti || ||
SN_1.7,1.2. Akkosa.
1. Ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Assosi kho akkosaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhāradvājagotto kira brāhmaṇo Samaṇassa Gotamassa santike agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito ti || ||
3. Kupito anattamano yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
[page 162]
162 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 1. 2.
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosati paribhāsati || ||
4. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā akkosaka-bhāradvājaṃ brāhmaṇam etad avoca || || Taṃ kiṃ maññasi brāhmaṇa || api nu kho te āgacchanti mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā atithiyo ti || ||
5. Appekadā me bho Gotama āgacchanti mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā atithiyo ti || ||
6. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi brāhmaṇa || api nu tesam anuppadesi khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyam sāyanīyan ti || ||
7. Appekadā nesāhaṃ bho Gotama anuppademi khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ sāyanīyan ti || ||
8. Sace kho pana te brāhmaṇa na patigaṇhanti kassa taṃ hoti || ||
9. Sace te bho Gotama na patigaṇhanti amhākam eva taṃ hotī ti || ||
10. Evam eva kho brāhmaṇa yaṃ tvaṃ amhe anakkosante akkosasi || arosante rosesi || abhaṇḍante bhaṇḍasi || taṃ te mayaṃ na paṭigaṇhāma [tav-ev-etaṃ brāhmaṇa hoti] tavev etam brāhmaṇa hotī ti || || Yo kho brāhmaṇa akkosantaṃ paccakkosati || rosentaṃ paṭiroseti || bhaṇḍantaṃ paṭibhaṇḍati || ayam vuccati brāhmaṇa sambhuñjati vītiharati || te mayam tayā neva sambhuñjāma || na vītiharāma || tav-ev-etam brāhmaṇa hoti tav-ev-etam brāhmaṇa hotī ti || ||
11. Bhavantaṃ kho Gotamaṃ sarājikā parisā evaṃ jānāti || Arahaṃ samaṇo Gotamo ti || || Atha ca pana bhavaṃ Gotamo kujjhatī ti || ||
12. Akkodhassa kuto kodho || dantassa samajīvino ||
sammadaññāvimuttassa || upasantassa tādino || ||
tasseva tena pāpiyo || yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati ||
kuddham appaṭikujjhanto || saṅgāmaṃ jeti dujjayaṃ || ||
ubhinnam atthaṃ carati || attano ca parassa ca ||
paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā || yo sato upasammati || ||
ubhinnaṃ tikicchantānam || attano ca parassa ca ||
janā maññanti bālo ti || ye dhammassa akovidā ti || ||
[page 163]
VII. 1. 3.] ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1. 163
13. Evaṃ vutte akkosaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pe ||
Esāham bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇam gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca || || Labheyyāham bhoto Gotamassa santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyam upasampadan ti || ||
14. Alattha kho akkosaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ alattha upasampadaṃ ||
15. Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā akkosaka-bhāradvājo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti || tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭhevadhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karanīyaṃ nāparaṃ itthattāyā ti abbhaññāsi || ||
16. Aññataro ca panāyasmā Bhāradvājo arahatam ahosī ti || ||
SN_1.7,1.3. Asurinda.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Assosi kho asurindaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo || || Bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo kira samaṇassa Gotamassa santike agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito ti || ||
3. Kupito anattamano yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosati paribhāsati || ||
4. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi || ||
5. Atha kho asurindaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Jito si samaṇa || jito si samaṇā ti || ||
6. Jayaṃ ve maññati bālo || vācāya pharusaṃ bhaṇaṃ ||
jayañc-ev-assa taṃ hoti || yā titikkhā vijānato || ||
tass-eva tena pāpiyo || yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati ||
kuddham appaṭikujjhanto || saṅgāmaṃ jeti dujjayaṃ ||
ubhinnam atthaṃ carati || attano ca parassa ca ||
paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā || yo sato upasammati || ||
ubhinnam tikicchantānaṃ || attano ca parassa ca ||
janā maññanti bālo ti || ye dhammassa akovidā ti || ||
[page 164]
164 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 1. 3.
7. Evaṃ vutte asurindaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || pa || abbhaññāsi || ||
8. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahataṃ ahosī ti || ||
SN_1.7,1.4. Bilaṅgika.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Assosi kho bilaṅgika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo || Bhāradvājagotto kira brāhmaṇo samaṇassa Gotamassa santike agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito ti || ||
3. Kupito anattamano yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā tuṇhībhūto ekam antaṃ aṭṭhāsi || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā bilaṅgikassa bhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa cetasā cetoparivitakkam aññāya bilaṅgikaṃ bhāradvāja-brāhmaṇaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Yo appaduṭṭhassa narassa dussati ||
suddhassa posassa anaṅgaṇassa ||
tam eva bālam pacceti pāpaṃ ||
sukhumo rajo paṭivātaṃ va khitto ti || ||
5. Evaṃ vutte bilaṅgika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || pa || Esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca || Labheyyāham bhoto Gotamassa santike pabbajjaṃ || pa || tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyā ti abbhaññāsi || ||
6. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahataṃ ahosīti || ||
SN_1.7,1.5. Ahiṃsaka.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho ahiṃsaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
[page 165]
VII. 1. 7.] ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1. 165
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho ahiṃsaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ahiṃsakāhaṃ bho Gotama ahiṃsakāham bho Gotamā ti || ||
4. Yathā nāmaṃ tathā c-assa || siyā kho tvaṃ ahiṃsako ||
yo ca kāyena vācāya || manasā ca na hiṃsati ||
sa ce ahiṃsako hoti || yo paraṃ na vihiṃsatīti || ||
5. Evam vutte ahiṃsaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || abbhaññāsi || ||
6. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahatam ahosīti || ||
SN_1.7,1.6. Jaṭā.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho jaṭā-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno jaṭā-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Antojaṭā bahijaṭā || jaṭāya jaṭitā pajā ||
taṃ taṃ Gotama pucchāmi || ko imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭan ti || ||
4. Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño || cittaṃ paññañca bhāvayaṃ ||
ātāpī nipako bhikkhu || so imam vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ || ||
Yesaṃ rāgo ca doso ca || avijjā ca virājitā ||
khīṇāsavā arahanto || tesaṃ vijaṭitā jaṭā || ||
Yattha nāmañca rūpañca || asesam uparujjhati ||
paṭighaṃ rūpasaññā ca || ettha sā chijjate jaṭā ti || ||
5. Evaṃ vutte jaṭā-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || pa ||
6. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahataṃ ahosīti || ||
SN_1.7,1.7. Suddhika.
1. Sāvatthi Jetavane || ||
2. Atha kho suddhika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||
[page 166]
166 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 1. 7.
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho suddhika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham ajjhabhāsi || ||
Na brāhmaṇo sujjhati koci loke ||
sīlavā pi tapo karaṃ ||
vijjācaraṇasampanno so sujjhati ||
na aññā itarā pajā ti || ||
4. Bahum pi palapaṃ jappaṃ || na jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo ||
anto kasambhu-saṃkiliṭṭho || kuhanam upanissito || ||
Khattiyo brāhmaṇo vesso || suddo caṇḍālapukkuso ||
āraddhaviriyo pahitatto || niccaṃ daḷhaparakkamo ||
pappoti paramaṃ suddhiṃ || evam jānāhi brāhmaṇā ti || ||
5. Evam vutte suddhika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa ||
6. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahatam ahosīti || ||
SN_1.7,1.8. Aggika.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aggika-bhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa sappinā pāyāso sannihito hoti || || aggiṃ juhissāmi aggihuttaṃ paricarissāmīti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi || Rājagahe sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena aggika-bhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
4. Addasā kho aggika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantaṃ piṇḍāya carantaṃ || disvāna Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Tīhi vijjāhi sampanno || jātimā sutavā bahu ||
vijjācaraṇasampanno || so-maṃ bhuñjeyya pāyāsan ti || ||
5. Bahum pi palapaṃ jappaṃ || na jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo ||
anto kasambusaṃkiliṭṭho || kuhanā parivārito || ||
[page 167]
VII. I. 9] ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1. 167
pubbenivāsaṃ yo vedi || saggāpāyañ ca passati ||
atho jātikkhayaṃ patto || abhiññāvosito muni || ||
etāhi tīhi vijjāhi || tevijjo hoti brāhmaṇo ||
vijjācaraṇasampamo || so mam bhuñjeyya pāyāsan ti || ||
6. Bhuñjatu bhavaṃ bho Gotamo brāhmaṇo bhavan ti || ||
7. Gāthābhigītaṃ me abhojanīyaṃ ||
sampassatam brāhmaṇa n-esa dhammo ||
gāthābhigītaṃ panudanti buddhā ||
dhamme sati brāhmaṇa vuttir esā || ||
Aññena ca kevalinam mahesiṃ ||
khīṇāsavaṃ kukkuccavūpasantaṃ ||
annena pānena upaṭṭhahassu ||
khettaṃ hi taṃ puññapekkhassa hotī ti || ||
8. Evam vutte aggika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa ||
9. Aññantaro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahatam ahosīti || ||
SN_1.7,1.9. Sundarika.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagava Kosalesu viharati Sundarikāya nadiyā tīre || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Sundarikāya nadiyā tīre aggiṃ juhati aggihuttaṃ paricarati || ||
3. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo aggiṃ juhitvā aggihuttaṃ paricaritvā uṭṭhāyāsanā samantā catuddisā anuvilokesi || || Ko nu kho imaṃ havyasesam bhuñjeyyāsīti || ||
4. Addasā kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle sīsam pārutaṃ nisinnaṃ || disvāna vāmena hatthena havyasesaṃ gahetvā dakkhiṇahatthena kamaṇḍaluṃ gahetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā sundrika-bhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa padasaddena sīsaṃ vivari ||
6. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo || muṇḍo
[page 168]
168 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 1. 9.
ayaṃ bhavaṃ muṇḍako ayam bhavan ti || tato ca puna nivattitu-kāmo ahosi || ||
7. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi || || Muṇḍā pi hi idh-ekacce brāhmaṇā bhavanti ||
yaṃ nunāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā jātim puccheyyan ti || ||
8. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kim jacco bhavan ti || ||
9. Mā jātim puccha caraṇañca puccha ||
kaṭṭhā have jāyati jātavedo ||
nīcākulīno pi muni dhitimā ||
ājānīyo hoti hirīnisedho || ||
saccena danto damasā upeto ||
vedantagū vūsita-brahmacariyo ||
yaññupanīto tam upavhayetha ||
kālena so juhati dakkhiṇeyyo ti || ||
10. Addhā suyiṭṭhaṃ suhutaṃ mama yidaṃ ||
yaṃ tādisaṃ vedagum addasāmi ||
tumhādisānaṃ hi adassanena ||
añño jano bhuñjati havyasesan ti || ||
Bhuñjatu bhavaṃ Gotamo brāhmaṇo bhavan ti || ||
11. Gāthābhigītaṃ me abhojaniyaṃ ||
sampassataṃ brāhmaṇa n-esa dhammo ||
gāthābhigītaṃ panudanti buddhā ||
dhamme sati brāhmaṇa vuttir esā || ||
Aññena ce kevalinaṃ mahesiṃ ||
khīṇāsavaṃ kukkuccavūpasantaṃ ||
annena pānena upaṭṭhahassu ||
khettaṃ hi tam puññapekkhassa hotī ti || ||
12. Atha kassa cāhaṃ bho Gotama imaṃ havyasesaṃ dammī ti || ||
13. Na khvāhaṃ brāhmaṇa passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya yass-eso havyaseso bhutto sammāpariṇāmaṃ
[page 169]
VII. 1. 9.] ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1. 169
gaccheyya || aññatra brāhmaṇa Tathāgatassa vā Tathāgatasāvakassa vā || tena hi tvaṃ brāhmaṇa taṃ havyasesam appaharite vā chaṭṭehi appāṇake vā udake opilāpehī ti || ||
14. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo taṃ havyasesaṃ appāṇake udake opilāpesi || ||
15. Atha kho so havyaseso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati || || Seyyathāpi nāma phālo divasasantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati || evam eva so havyaseso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyatisampadhūpāyati ||
16. Atha kho sundarika-bharadvājo brāhmaṇo saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
17. Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho sundarika-bhāradvājam brāhmaṇaṃ Bhagavā gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Mā brāhmaṇa dāru samādahāno ||
suddhim amaññi bahiddhā hi etaṃ ||
na hi tena suddhiṃ kusalā vadanti ||
yo bāhirena parisuddhim icche || ||
Hitvā ahaṃ brāhmaṇa dārudāhaṃ ||
ajjhattam eva jalayāmi jotiṃ ||
niccagginī niccasamāhitatto ||
arahaṃ ahaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carāmi || ||
Māno hi te brāhmaṇa khāribhāro ||
kodho dhūmo bhasmani mosavajjaṃ ||
jivhā sujā hadayam jotiṭṭhānaṃ ||
attā sudanto purisassa joti || ||
Dhammo rahado brāhmaṇa sīlatittho ||
anāvilo sabbhi sataṃ pasattho ||
yattha have vedaguno sinātā ||
anallīnagattā va taranti pāraṃ || ||
Saccaṃ dhammo saṃyamo brahmacariyaṃ ||
majjhesitā brāhmaṇa brahmapatti ||
[page 170]
170 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII [VII. 1. 9.
satujjubhūtesu namo karohi ||
tam ahaṃ naraṃ dhammasārī ti brūmī ti || ||
18. Evaṃ vutte sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho gotama || pa ||
19. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahataṃ ahosī ti || ||
SN_1.7,1.10. Bahudhiti.
1. Ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bharadvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa catuddasa balivaddā naṭṭhā honti || ||
3. Atha kho bhāradvāja-gotto brāhmaṇo te balivadde gavesanto yena so pana vanasaṇḍo ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā addasā Bhagavantaṃ tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyam paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satim upaṭṭhapetvā || ||
4. Disvāna yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato santike imā gāthayo abhāsi || ||
Na hi nūn-imassa samaṇassa || balivaddā catuddasa ||
ajjasaṭṭhiṃ na dissanti || tenāyaṃ samaṇo sukhī || ||
na hi nūn-imassa samaṇassa || tilā khettasmiṃ pāpikā ||
ekapaṇṇā dvipannā ca || tenāyam samaṇo sukhī || ||
na hi nūn-imassa samaṇassa || tuccha-kotthasmiṃ musikā ||
ussoḷhikaya naccanti || tenāyaṃ samaṇo sukhī || ||
na hi nūn-imassa samaṇassa || santhāro sattamāsiko ||
uppāṭakehi saṃchanno || tenāyaṃ samaṇo sukhī || ||
na hi nūn-imassa samaṇassa || vidhavā sattadhītaro ||
ekaputtā dviputtā cā || tenāyaṃ samaṇo sukhī || ||
na hi nūn-imassa samaṇassa || piṅgalā tilakā hatā ||
sottam pādena bodheti || tenāyaṃ samaṇo sukhī || ||
na hi nūn-imassa samaṇassa || paccūsamhi iṇāyikā ||
detha dethā ti codenti || tenāyaṃ samaṇo sukhī ti || ||
5. Na hi mayham brāhmaṇa || balivaddā catuddasa ||
ajjasaṭṭhiṃ na dissanti || tenāhaṃ brāhmaṇa sukhī || ||
[page 171]
VII. 1. 10.] ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1. 171
na hi mayham brāhmaṇa || tilā khettasmiṃ pāpikā ||
ekapaṇṇā dvipaṇṇā ca || teṇāhaṃ brāhmaṇa sukhī || ||
na hi mayham brāhmaṇa || tucchā-koṭṭhasmiṃ musikā ||
ussoḷhikāya naccanti || tenāhaṃ brāhmaṇa sukhī || ||
na hi mayhaṃ brāhmaṇa || santhāro sattamāsiko ||
uppāṭakehi saṃchanno || tenāham brāhmaṇa sukhī || ||
na hi mayham brāhmaṇa || vidhavā sattadhītaro ||
ekaputtā driputtā ca || tenāhaṃ brāhmaṇa sukhī || ||
na hi mayhaṃ brāhmaṇa || piṅgalā tilakā hatā ||
sottam pādena bodheti || tenāhaṃ brāhmaṇa sukhī || ||
na hi mayhaṃ brāhmaṇa || paccūsamhi iṇāyikā ||
detha dethāti codenti || tenāhaṃ brāhmaṇa sukhī ti || ||
6. Evam vutte bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama || seyyathāpi bho Gotama nikujjitam va ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya || mūḷhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya ||
andhakāre telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rupāni dakkhinti || evam evam bhotā Gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || esāhaṃ Bhagavantam saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca || Labheyyāhaṃ bhoto Gotamassa santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyam upasampadan ti || ||
7. Alattha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo Bhagavato santike pabbajjam alattha upasampadaṃ || ||
8. Acirūpasampanno panāyasmā bharadvājo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirass-eva yassattāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti || tad anuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyā ti abbhaññāsi || ||
9. Aññataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahatam ahosīti || ||
Arahanta-vaggo pathamo || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Dhanañjānī ca Akkosaṃ || Asurinda Bilaṅgikaṃ ||
Ahiṃsakaṃ Jaṭā c-eva || Suddhikaṃ c-eva Aggikā ||
Sundarikaṃ Bahudhīti || yena ca te dasā ti || ||
[page 172]
172 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII.2.1.
___________________________________________
CHAPTER II. UPĀSAKA-VAGGO.
SN_1.7,2.1. Kasi.1
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati Dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ Ekanālāyam brāhmaṇa-gāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena kasi-bhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa pañcamattāni naṅgalasatāni payuttāni honti vappakāle || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena kasi-bhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Tena kho pana samayena kasi-bhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa parivesanā vattati || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā yena parivesanā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
6. Addasā kho kasi-bharadvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam piṇḍāya ṭhitaṃ || disvāna Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ahaṃ kho samaṇa kasāmi ca vapāmi ca || kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjāmi || || Tvam pi samaṇa kasassu ca vapassu ca ||
kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjassīti || ||
7. Aham pi kho brāhmaṇa kasāmi ca vapāmi ca || kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjāmīti || ||
8. Na kho mayam passāma bhoto Gotamassa yugaṃ vā vā naṅgalaṃ vā phālaṃ vā pācanam vā balivadde vā || atha ca pana bhavaṃ Gotamo evam āha || || Aham pi kho brāhmaṇa kasāmi ca vapāmi ca || kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjāmīti || ||
9. Atha kho kasi-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kassako paṭijānāsi || na ca passāmi te kasiṃ ||
kassako pucchito brūhi || kathaṃ jānemu taṃ kasin ti || ||
10. Saddhā bījaṃ tapo vuṭṭhi || paññā me yuganaṅgalaṃ ||
hirī isā mano yottaṃ || sati me phāla-pācanaṃ || ||
kāyagutto vacīgutto || āhāre udare yato ||
saccaṃ karomi niddānaṃ || soraccam me pamocanaṃ || ||
[page 173]
VII. 2. 2] UPĀSAKA-VAGGA 2. 173
viriyam me dhuradhorayhaṃ || yogakkhemādhivāhanaṃ ||
gacchati anivattantaṃ || yattha gantvā na socati || ||
Evam esā kasī kaṭṭhā || sā hoti amatapphalā ||
etaṃ kasiṃ kasitvāna || sabbadukkhā pamuccatī ti || ||
11. Bhuñjatu bhavaṃ Gotamo kassako bhavaṃ Gotamo ||
yaṃ hi Gotamo amatapphalam pi kasiṃ kasatī ti || ||
12. Gāthābhigītam me abhojanīyaṃ ||
sampassataṃ brāhmaṇa n-esa dhammo ||
gāthābhigītaṃ panudanti buddhā ||
dhamme sati brāhmaṇa vuttir esā || ||
aññena ce kevalinaṃ mahesiṃ ||
khīṇāsavaṃ kukkuccavūpasantaṃ ||
annena pānena upaṭṭhahassu ||
khettañhi taṃ puññapekkhassa hotī ti ||
Evaṃ vutte kasi-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || seyyathāpi bho Gotama nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhinti || evam evam bho Gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || esāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca || upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dharetu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||
SN_1.7,2.2. Udayo.
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Udayassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami || ||
3. Atha kho Udayo brāhmaṇo Bhagavato pattam odanena pūresi || ||
4. Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Udayassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami || pa ||
5. Tatiyam pi kho Udayo brāhmaṇo Bhagavato pattam
[page 174]
174 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 2. 2.
odanena pūretvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Pakaṭṭhako yaṃ samaṇo Gotamo punappunam āgacchatī ti || ||
Punappunam ceva vapanti bījaṃ ||
punappunaṃ vassati devarājā ||
punappunam khettam kasanti kassakā ||
punappunam aññam upeti raṭṭhaṃ || ||
Punappunaṃ yācakā yācayanti ||
punappunam dānapatī dadanti ||
punappunam dānapatī daditvā ||
punappunam saggam upeti ṭhānaṃ || ||
Punappunaṃ khīranikā duhanti ||
punappunaṃ vaccho upeti mātaraṃ ||
punappunaṃ kilamati phandati ca ||
punappunaṃ gabbham upeti mando || ||
punappunaṃ jāyati miyyati ca ||
punappunaṃ sīvathikaṃ haranti ||
maggañca laddhā apunabbhavāya ||
na punappunam jāyati bhūripañño ti || ||
7. Evam vutte Udayo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || Upāsakam maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||
SN_1.7,2.3. Devahito.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā vātehi ābādhiko hoti || āyasmā ca Upavāno Bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantam Upavānam āmantesi || ||
Iṅgha me tvaṃ Upavāna uṇhodakaṃ jānāhīti || ||
4. Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Upavāno Bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Devahitassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā tuṇhībhūto ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
5. Addasā kho Devahito brāhmaṇo āyasmantam Upavānam tuṇhībhutam ekam antam ṭhitaṃ || disvāna āyasmantam Upavānaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
[page 175]
VII. 2. 4.] UPĀSAKA-VAGGA 2. 175
Tuṇhībhūto bhavaṃ tiṭṭhaṃ || muṇḍo saṅghāṭipāruto ||
kiṃ patthayāno kim esaṃ || kiṃ nu yācitum āgato ti || ||
6. Arahaṃ Sugato loke || vātehābadhiko muni ||
sace uṇhodakam atthi || munino dehi brāhmaṇa ||
pūjito pūjaneyyānaṃ || sakkareyyānam sakkato ||
apacito apaceyyānaṃ || tassa icchāmi hātave ti || ||
7. Atha kho Devahito brāhmaṇo uṇhodakassa kājam purisena gāhāpetvā phāṇitassa ca puṭam āyasmato Upavānassa pādāsi || ||
8. Atha kho āyasmā Upavāno yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam uṇhodakena nahāpetvā uṇhodakena phāṇitam āloḷetvā Bhagavato pādāsi || ||
9. Atha kho Bhagavato so ābādho paṭippassambhi || ||
10. Atha kho Devahito brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhim sammodi ||
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vitisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
11. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Devahito brāhmaṇo Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kattha dajjā deyyadhammam || kattha dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ ||
kathaṃ hi yajamānassa || katham ijjhati dakkhiṇā ti || ||
12. Pubbe nivāsam yo vedi || saggāpāyañca passati ||
atho jātikkhayaṃ patto || abhiññāvosito muni || ||
ettha dajjā deyyadhammam || ettha dinnam mahapphalaṃ ||
evaṃ hi yajamānassa || evam ijjhati dakkhiṇā ti || ||
13. Evaṃ vutte Devahito brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||
SN_1.7,2.4. Mahāsāla (or Lūkhapāpuraṇa).
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇa-mahāsālo lūkho lūkhapā-
[page 176]
176 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 2. 4.
puraṇo yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antam nisīdi ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ brāhmaṇa-mahāsālaṃ Bhagavā etad avocā || || Kinnu tvaṃ brāhmaṇa lūkho lūkhapāpuraṇo ti || ||
4. Idha me bho Gotama cattaro puttā || te maṃ dārehi sampuccha gharā nikkhamentīti || ||
5. Tena hi tvaṃ brāhmaṇa imā gāthāyo pariyāpuṇitvā sabhāyaṃ mahājanakāye sannipatite puttesu ca sannisinnesu bhāsassu || ||
Yehi jātehi nandissaṃ || yesañ ca bhavam icchisaṃ ||
te maṃ dārehi sampuccha || sā va vārenti sūkaraṃ || ||
Asantā kira maṃ jammā || tāta tātā ti bhāsare ||
rakkhasā puttarūpena || te jahanti vayogataṃ || ||
Asso va jiṇṇo nibbhogo || khādanā apanīyati ||
bālakānam pitā thero || parāgāresu bhikkhati || ||
Daṇḍo va kira me seyyo || yañ ce puttā anassavā ||
caṇḍam pi gonam vāreti || atho caṇḍam pi kukkuraṃ || ||
andhakāre pure hoti || gambhīre gādham edhati ||
daṇḍassa ānubhāvena || khalitvā paṭitiṭṭhatīti || ||
6. Atha kho so brāhmaṇa-mahāsālo Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo pariyāpuṇitvā sabhāyaṃ mahājanakāye sannipatite puttesu ca sannisinnesu abhāsi || ||
Yehi jātehi nandissam || yesañ ca bhavam icchisaṃ ||
te maṃ dārehi sampuccha || sā va vārenti sūkaram || ||
Asantā kira maṃ jammā || tāta tātā ti bhāsare ||
rakkhasā puttarūpena || te jahanti vayogataṃ || ||
Asso va jiṇṇo nibbhogo || khādanā apanīyati ||
bālakānam pitā thero || parāgāresu bhikkhati || ||
Daṇḍo va kira me seyyo || yañ ce puttā anassavā ||
caṇḍam pi goṇaṃ vāreti || atho caṇḍam pi kukkuraṃ || ||
andhakāre pure hoti || gambhīre gādham edhati ||
daṇḍassa ānubhāvena || khalitvā patitiṭṭhatī ti || ||
[page 177]
VII. 2. 5.] UPĀSAKA-VAGGA 2. 177
7. Atha kho naṃ brāhmaṇa-mahāsālaṃ puttā gharaṃ netvā nahāpetvā paccekaṃ dussayugena acchādesuṃ || ||
8. Atha kho so brāhmaṇa-mahāsālo ekaṃ dussayugam ādāya yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
9. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho brāhmaṇa-mahāsālo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Mayam bho Gotama brāhmaṇā nāma ācariyassa ācariyadhanam pariyesāma || patiggaṇhatu me bhavaṃ Gotamo ācariyadhanan ti || ||
10. Paṭiggahesi Bhagavā anukampam upādāya || ||
11. Atha kho so brāhmaṇa-mahāsālo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaṃ mam bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||
SN_1.7,2.5. Mānatthaddo.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Mānatthaddho nāma brāhmaṇo Sāvatthiyaṃ pativasati || so n-eva mātaram abhivādeti || na pitaram abhivādeti || na ācariyam abhivādeti || na jeṭṭhabhātaram abhivādeti || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā mahatiya parisāya parivuto dhammaṃ desesi || ||
4. Atha kho Mānatthaddhassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi || ||
Ayaṃ kho samaṇo Gotamo mahatiyā parisāya parivuto dhammaṃ deseti || yaṃ nūnāham yena samaṇo Gotamo tenupasaṅkameyyaṃ || sace maṃ samaṇo Gotamo ālapissati aham pi tam ālapissāmi || no ce maṃ samaṇo Gotamo ālapissati aham pi taṃ nālapissāmī ti || ||
5. Atha kho Mānatthaddho brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā tuṇhībhūto ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
6. Atha kho Bhagavā taṃ nālapi || ||
7. Atha kho Mānatthaddho brāhmaṇo || nāyaṃ samaṇo Gotamo kiñci jānātī ti || tato puna-nivattitu-kāmo ahosi || ||
[page 178]
178 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 2. 5.
8. Atha kho Bhagavā Mānatthaddhassa brāhmaṇassa cetasā ceto-parivitakkam aññāya Mānatthaddhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Na mānaṃ brāhmaṇa sādhu || atthi kassīdha brāhmaṇa ||
yena atthena āgacchi || tam evam anubrūhaye ti || ||
9. Atha kho Mānatthaddho brāhmaṇo || cittam me samaṇo Gotamo jānātī ti || tatth-eva Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipativā Bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati nāmañ ca sāveti Mānatthaddhāham bho Gotama Mānatthaddhāham bho Gotamā ti || ||
10. Atha kho sā parisā abbhutacittajātā ahosi || ||
Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutam vata bho || ayaṃ hi Mānatthaddho brāhmaṇo n-eva mātaram abhivādeti || na pitaram abhivādeti || na ācariyam abhivādeti || na jeṭṭhabhātaram abhivādeti || atha ca pana samaṇe Gotame evarūpaṃ paramaṃ nipaccākāraṃ karotī ti || ||
11. Atha kho Bhagavā Mānatthaddhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etad avoca || || Alaṃ brāhmaṇa uṭṭhehi sake āsane nisīda yato te mayi cittaṃ pasannan ti || ||
12. Atha kho Mānatthaddho brāhmaṇo sake āsane nisīditvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kesu na mānaṃ kayirātha || kesu assa sagāravo ||
Kyassa apacitā assu || kyāssu sādhu supūjitā ti || ||
13. Mātari pitari vāpi || atho jeṭṭhamhi bhātari ||
ācariye catutthamhi || tesu na mānaṃ kayirātha || ||
tesu assa sagāravo || tyassa apacitā assu ||
tyassu sādhu supūjitā || ||
arahante sītibhūte || katakicce anāsave ||
nihacca mānam atthaddho || te namassa anuttare ti || ||
14. Evaṃ vutte {Mānatthaddho} brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaṃ mam bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||
[page 179]
VII. 2. 7.] UPĀSAKA-VAGGA 2. 179
SN_1.7,2.6. Paccanīka.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Paccanīkasāto nāma brāhmaṇo Sāvatthiyaṃ pativasati || ||
3. Atha kho Paccanīkasātassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi || ||
Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yena samaṇo Gotamo ten-upasaṅkameyyaṃ ||
yaṃ yad eva samaṇo Gotamo bhāsissati || taṃ tad ev-assāhaṃ paccanīkassan ti || ||
4. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā ajjhokāse caṅkamati || ||
5. Atha kho Paccanīkasāto brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam caṅkamantam anucaṅkamamāno Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Bhaṇa samaṇa dhamman ti || ||
6. Na Paccanīkasātena || suvijānaṃ subhāsitaṃ ||
upakkiliṭṭhacittena || sārabbhabahulena ca || ||
Yo ca vineyya sārabbhaṃ || appasādañ ca cetaso ||
āghātaṃ paṭinissajja || sa ve jaññā subhāsitan ti || ||
7. Evaṃ vutte Paccanīkasāto brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || Upāsakam mam bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||
SN_1.7,2.7. Navakammika.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena navakammika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe kammantaṃ kārāpeti || ||
3. Addasā kho navakammika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam aññatarasmiṃ sāla-rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ pallaṅkam ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satim upaṭṭhapetvā || ||
4. Disvān-assa etad ahosi || || Ahaṃ kho imasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe kammantaṃ kārāpento ramāmi || ayaṃ samaṇo Gotamo kiṃ kārāpento ramatī ti || ||
5. Atha kho navakammika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena
[page 180]
180 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 2. 7.
Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ke nu kammantā kayiranti || bhikkhu sālavane tava ||
yad ekako araññasmiṃ || ratiṃ vindati Gotamo ti || ||
6. Na me vanasmiṃ karaṇīyam atthi ||
ucchinnamūlaṃ me vanaṃ visukaṃ ||
so-haṃ vane nibbanatho visallo ||
eko rame aratiṃ vippahāyā ti || ||
7. Evaṃ vutte navakammika-bhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||
SN_1.7,2.8. Kaṭṭhahāra.
1. Ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmim bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa sambahulā antevasikā kaṭṭhahārakā māṇavakā yena vaṇasaṇḍo ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || ||
3. Upasaṅkamitvā addasaṃsu Bhagavantaṃ tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṃ pallaṅkam ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satim upaṭṭhapetvā || || disvāna yena bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā bhāradvājagottam brāhmaṇam etad avocuṃ || || Yagghe bhavaṃ jāneyya asukasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe samaṇo nisinno pallaṅkam ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satim upaṭṭhapetvā || ||
5. Atha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṃ yena so vanasaṇḍo ten-upasaṅkami || addasā kho Bhagavantaṃ tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṃ pallaṅkam ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satim upaṭṭhapetvā || disvāna yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Gambhīrarūpe bahubherave vane ||
suññam araññaṃ vijanaṃ vigāhiya ||
[page 181]
VII. 2.9.] UPĀSAKA-VAGGA 2. 181
aniñjamānena ṭhitena vaggunā ||
sucārurupaṃ vata bhikkhu jhāyasi || ||
Na yattha gītaṃ na pi yattha vāditaṃ ||
eko araññe vanavasito muni ||
accherarūpaṃ paṭibhāti mam idaṃ ||
yad ekako pītimano vane vase || ||
Maññe-haṃ lokādhipati-sahavyataṃ ||
ākaṅkhamāno tidivam anuttaraṃ ||
kasmā bhavaṃ vijanam araññam assito ||
tapo idha kubbasi brahmapattiyā ti || ||
6. Yā kāci kaṅkhā abhinandanā vā ||
anekadhātūsu puthū sadā sitā ||
aññāṇamūlappabhavā pajappitā ||
sabbā mayā vyantikatā samūlikā || ||
so ham akaṅkho apiho anupayo ||
sabbesu dhammesu visuddhadassano ||
pappuyya sambodhim anuttaraṃ sivaṃ ||
jhāyām-ahaṃ brāhmaṇa raho visārado ti ||
7. Evaṃ vutte bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||
SN_1.7,2.9. Mātuposako.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho mātuposako brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vitisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho mātuposako brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ahaṃ hi bho Gotama dhammena bhikkham pariyesāmi || dhammena bhikkhaṃ pariyesitvā mātāpitaro posemi || kaccāhaṃ bho Gotama evaṃkārī kiccakārī homīti || ||
4. Taggha tvaṃ brāhmaṇa evaṃkārī kiccakārī hosi || yo kho brāhmaṇa dhammena bhikkhaṃ pariyesati || dhammena
[page 182]
182 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 2. 9.
bhikkhaṃ pariyesitvā mātāpitaro poseti || bahu so puññam pasavatī ti || ||
Yo mātaraṃ pitaraṃ vā || macco dhammena poseti ||
tāya naṃ paricariyāya || mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā ||
idh-eva naṃ pasaṃsanti || pecca sagge pamodatī ti || ||
5. Evaṃ vutte mātuposako brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||
SN_1.7,2.10. Bhikkhako.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Atha kho bhikkhako brāhmaṇo Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho bhikkhako brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Aham pi bho Gotama bhikkhako bhavam pi bhikkhako || idha no kiṃ nānākaraṇan ti || ||
4. Na tena bhikkhako hoti || yāvatā bhikkhavo pare ||
visaṃ dhammam samādāya || bhikkhu hoti na tāvatā || ||
Yo dha puññān ca pāpañ ca || bāhitvā brahmacariyaṃ ||
saṅkhāya loke carati || sa ve bhikkhūti vuccatī ti || ||
5. Evaṃ vutte bhikkhako brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama ||
pa || upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||
SN_1.7,2.11. Saṅgārava.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Saṅgāravo nāma brāhmaṇo Sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasati udaka-suddhiko udakena suddhim pacceti || sāyapātam udakorohaṇānuyogam anuyutto viharati || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piṇḍāya pāvisi || Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
[page 183]
VII. 2. 11.] UPĀSAKA-VAGGA 2. 183
4. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idha bhante Saṅgāravo nāma brāhmaṇo Sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasati udaka-suddhiko udakena suddhiṃ pacceti || sāyapātaṃ udakorohaṇānuyogam anuyutto viharati ||
sādhu bhante Bhagavā yena Saṅgāravassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten-upasaṅkamatu anukampam upādāyā ti || ||
5. Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena || ||
6. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Saṅgāravassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi || ||
7. Atha kho Saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi ||
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
8. Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Saṅgāravaṃ brāhmaṇam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira tvaṃ brāhmaṇa udakasuddhiko udakena suddhiṃ paccesi || sāyapātam udakorohaṇānuyogam anuyutto viharasī ti || ||
9. Evam bho Gotama || ||
10. Kam pana tvam brāhmaṇa atthavasaṃ sampassamāno udakasuddhiko udakasuddhim paccesi || sāyapātam udakorohaṇānuyogam anuyutto viharasī ti || ||
11. Idha me bho Gotama ahaṃ yaṃ divā pāpakammaṃ kataṃ hoti taṃ sāyam nahānena pavāhemi || yaṃ rattiṃ pāpakammam kataṃ hoti taṃ pātaṃ nahānena pavāhemi ||
Imaṃ khvāhaṃ bho Gotama atthavasaṃ sampassamāno udakasuddhiko udakena suddhiṃ paccemi || sāyapātam udakorohaṇānuyogam anuyutto viharāmī ti || ||
12. Dhammo rahado brāhmaṇa sīlatittho ||
anāvilo sabbhi sataṃ pasattho ||
yattha have vedaguno sinātā ||
anallagattā va taranti pāran ti || ||
13. Evaṃ vutte Saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetam saraṇam gatan ti || ||
[page 184]
184 BRĀHMAṆA-SAṂYUTTA VII. [VII. 2. 12.
SN_1.7,2.12. Khomadussa.
1. Evam me sutam ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Khomadussaṃ nāma Sakyānaṃ nigame || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Khomadussam nigamam piṇḍāya pāvisi || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena Khomadussakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā sabhāyaṃ sannipatitā honti kenacid eva karaṇīyena || devo ca ekam ekaṃ phusāyati || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā yena sā sabhā ten-upasaṅkami || ||
5. Addasaṃsu Khomadussakā brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā Bhagavantam dūrato va āgacchantam || ||
6. Disvā etad avocuṃ || || Ke ca muṇḍakā samaṇakā ke ca sabhādhammaṃ jānissantī ti || ||
7. Atha kho Bhagavā Khomadussake- brāhmaṇa-gahapatike gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
N-esā sabhā yattha na santi santo ||
santo na te ye na vadanti dhammaṃ ||
rāgañ ca dosañ ca pahāya mohaṃ ||
dhammaṃ vadantā va bhavanti santo ti || ||
8. Evaṃ vutte Khomadussakā brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama || seyyathāpi bho Gotama nikujjitaṃ vā ukujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhinti || evam eva bhotā Gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Ete mayam Bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṅghañ ca || upāsake no bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate ti || ||
Upāsakā-vaggo dutiyo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Kasi Udayo Devahito || aññatara-Mahāsālaṃ ||
Mānatthaddhaṃ Paccanīkaṃ || Navakammi Kaṭṭhahāraṃ ||
Mātuposakaṃ Bhikkhako || Saṅgāravo Khomadussena dvādasāti || ||
Brāhmaṇa-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
[page 185]
185
********************************************
BOOK VIII. -- VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAMYUTTAṂ.1
SN_1.8.1. Nikkhantaṃ.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Vaṅgīso Āḷaviyaṃ viharati Aggāḷave cetiye āyasmatā NigrodhaKappena upajjhāyena saddhiṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Vaṅgīso navako hoti acirapabbajito ohiyyako vihārapālo || ||
3. Atha kho sambahulā itthiyo samalaṅkaritvā yenārāmo ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu vihārapekkhikāyo || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa tā itthiyo disvā anabhirati upajji || rāgo cittam anuddhaṃsesi || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Alābhā vata me na vata me lābhā || dulladdhaṃ vata ve na vata me suladdhaṃ || yassa me anabhirati uppannā rāgo cittam anuddhaṃseti || taṃ kut-ettha labbhā yam me paro anabhiratiṃ vinodetvā abhiratiṃ uppādeyya || yaṃ nūnāham attanā va attano anabhiratiṃ vinodetvā abhiratim uppādeyyan ti || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso attanā va attano anabhiratiṃ vinodetvā abhiratim uppādetvā tāyaṃ yelāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Nikkhantam vata maṃ santaṃ || agārasmānagāriyaṃ ||
vitakkā upadhāvanti || pagabbhā kaṇhato ime || ||
uggaputtā mahissāsā || sikkhitā daḷhadhammino ||
samantā parikireyyuṃ || sahassam apalāyinaṃ || ||
sace pi ettato bhīyo || āgamissanti itthiyo ||
n-eva maṃ vyādhayissanti | dhamme s-amhi patiṭṭhito || ||
[page 186]
186 VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. [VIII. 1.
sakkhī hi me sutam etaṃ || buddhassādiccabandhuno ||
nibbānagamanaṃ maggaṃ || tattha me nirato mano || ||
Evañ ce maṃ viharantaṃ || pāpima upagacchasi ||
tathā maccu karissāmi || na me maggam pi dakkasī ti || ||
SN_1.8.2. Arati.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ || la ||
2. Āyasmā Vaṅgīso Āḷaviyaṃ viharati Aggāḷave cetiye āyasmatā Nigrodha-Kappena upajjhāyena saddhiṃ || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Nigrodha-Kappo pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vihāram pavisati sāyaṃ vā nikkhamati aparajju vā kāle || ||
4. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa anabhirati uppannā hoti rāgo cittam anuddhaṃseti || ||
5. Atha kho Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Alābhā vata me na vata me lābhā || dulladdhaṃ vata me na vata me suladdhaṃ || yassa me anabhirati uppannā rāgo cittam anuddhaṃseti || || Taṃ kut-ettha labbhā yaṃ me paro anabhiratiṃ vinodetvā abhiratiṃ uppādeyyan ti || yaṃ nūnāham attanā va attano anabhiratiṃ vinodetvā abhiratim uppādeyyan ti || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso attanā va attano anabhiratiṃ vinodetvā abhiratim uppādetvā tāyam velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Aratiñ ca ratiñ ca pahāya ||
sabbaso gehasitañ ca vitakkaṃ ||
vanathaṃ na kareyya kuhiñci ||
nibbanatho anato sa hi bhikkhu || ||
Yam idha puthaviñca vehāsaṃ ||
rūpagatañca jagatogadhaṃ ||
kiñci parijīyati sabbam aniccaṃ ||
evaṃ samecca caranti mutattā || ||
upadhīsu janā gadhitā ||
diṭṭhasute paṭighe ca mute ca ||
ettha vinodīya chandam anejo ||
yo tattha na limpati tam munim āhu || ||
[page 187]
VIII. 3.] VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. 187
Atha saṭṭhitasitā vitakkā ||
puthujanatāya adhammā niviṭṭhā ||
na ca vaggagat-assa kuhiñci ||
no pana duṭṭhullabhāṇī sa bhikkhu || ||
dabbo cirarattasamāhito ||
akuhako nipako apihālu ||
santapadam ajjhagamā muni-paṭicca ||
parinibbuto kaṅkhati kālan ti || ||
SN_1.8.3. Pesalā-atimaññanā.
1. Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Vaṅgīso Āḷaviyaṃ viharati Aggāḷave cetiye āyasmatā Nigrodha-Kappena upajjhāyena saddhiṃ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Vaṅgīso attano paṭibhānena aññe pesale bhikkhū atimaññati || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Alābhā vata me || na vata me lābhā || dulladdhaṃ vata me || na vata me suladdhaṃ || yvāhaṃ attano paṭibhānena aññe pesale bhikkhū atimaññāmī ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso attanā va attano vippaṭisāram uppādetvā tāyaṃ velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Mānaṃ pajahassu Gotama ||
mānapathañ ca jahassu ||
asesaṃ mānapathasmiṃ samucchito ||
vippaṭisārahuvā cirarattaṃ || ||
Makkhena makkhitā pajā ||
mānagatā nirayam papatanti ||
socanti janā cirarattaṃ ||
mānagatā nirayam upapannā || ||
Na hi socati bhikkhu kadāci ||
maggajino sammāpaṭipanno || ||
kittiñ ca sukhañ c'; anubhoti ||
dhammarato ti tam āhu tathattam || ||
[page 188]
188 VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. [VIII. 3.
Tasmā akhilo dha padhānavā ||
nīvaraṇāni pahāya visuddho ||
mānañ ca pahāya asesaṃ ||
vijjāyantakaro samitāvī ti || ||
SN_1.8.4. Ānanda.
1. Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Ānando Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi āyasmatā Vaṅgīsena pacchāsamaṇena || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa anabhirati uppannā hoti || rāgo cittam anuddhaṃseti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso āyasmantam Ānandam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kāmarāgena ḍayhāmi || cittam me pariḍayhati ||
sādhu nibbāpanaṃ brūhi || anukampāya Gotamā ti || ||
5. Saññāya vipariyesā || cittan-te pariḍayhati ||
nimittam parivajjehi || subhaṃ rāgūpasaṃhitaṃ ||
Saṅkhāre parato passa || dukkhato mā ca attato ||
nibbāpehi mahārāgaṃ || mā ḍayhittho punappunaṃ || ||
asubhāya cittaṃ bhāvehi || ekaggaṃ susamāhitaṃ ||
sati kāyagatā ty-atthu || nibbidā-bahulo bhava || ||
animittaṃ ca bhāvehi || mānānusayam ujjaha ||
tato mānābhisamayā || upasanto carissasī ti || ||
SN_1.8.5. Subhāsitā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti ||
3. Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
4. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
Catūhi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hoti na dubbhāsitā || anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca viññūnaṃ || katamehi catuhi ||
5. Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu subhāsitaṃ yeva bhāsati no dubbhāsitam || dhammaṃ yeva bhāsati no adhammaṃ ||
[page 189]
VII. 6.] VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VII. 189
piyaṃ yeva bhāsati no appiyam || saccaṃ yeva bhāsati no alikaṃ || Imehi kho bhikkhave catūhi aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hoti no dubbhāsitā anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca viññūnan ti || ||
6. Idam avoca Bhagavā || idam vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
Subhāsitam uttamam āhu santo ||
dhammaṃ bhaṇe nādhammam taṃ dutiyaṃ ||
piyaṃ bhaṇe nāppiyam taṃ tatiyaṃ ||
saccaṃ bhaṇe nālikam tam catutthan ti || ||
7. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Paṭibhāti maṃ Bhagavā paṭibhāti maṃ Sugatā ti || ||
8. Paṭibhātu taṃ Vaṅgīsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
9. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso Bhagavantam sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Tam eva vācam bhāseyya || yāy-attānaṃ na tāpaye ||
pare ca na vihiṃseyya || sā ve vācā subhāsitā || ||
piyavācam va bhāseyya || yā vācā paṭinanditā ||
yaṃ anādāya pāpāni || paresaṃ bhāsate piyaṃ || ||
saccaṃ ve amatā vācā || esa dhammo sanantano ||
sacce atthe ca dhamme ca || āhu santo patiṭṭhitā || ||
yam buddho bhāsate vācaṃ || khemaṃ nibbānapattiyā ||
dukkhassantakiriyāya || sā ve vācānamuttamā ti || ||
SN_1.8.6. Sāriputta.
1. Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Sāriputto bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-katvā manasi katvā sabbacetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Ayam
[page 190]
190 VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. [VIII. 6.
āyasmā Sāriputto bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti|| poriyā vācāya visaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhikatvā manasi katvā sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti || || Yaṃ nūnāham āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso uṭṭhayāsanā ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenāñjalim panāmetvā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Paṭibhāti mam āvuso Sāriputta paṭibhāti mam āvuso Sāriputtā ti || ||
5. Paṭibhātu tam āvuso Vaṅgīsā ti || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Gambhīra-pañño medhāvī || maggāmaggassa kovido || ||
Sāriputto mahāpañño || dhammaṃ deseti bhikkhunaṃ || ||
sakhittena pi deseti || vitthārena pi bhāsati ||
sālikāy-iva nigghoso || paṭibhānam udīrayi || ||
tassa tam desayantassa || suṇanti madhuraṃ giraṃ ||
sarena rajanīyena || savanīyena vaggunā ||
udaggacittā muditā || sotam odhenti bhikkhavo ti || ||
SN_1.8.7. Pavāraṇā.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Pubbārāme Migara-mātu-pāsāde mahatā bhikkhu-saṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā tad-ahuposathe pannarase pavāraṇāya bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto ajjhokāse nisinno hoti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā tunhībhūtaṃ bhikkhusaṅgham anuviloketvā bhikkhū āmantesi || ||
4. Handa dāni bhikkhave pavārayāmi vo na ca me kiñci garahatha kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā || ||
5. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Sāriputto uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgam karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Na kho mayaṃ bhante Bhagavato kiñci garahāma kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā || Bhagavā
[page 191]
VIII. 7.] VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. 191
hi bhante anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā maggaññū maggavidū maggakovido maggānugā ca bhante etarahi sāvakā viharanti pacchā samannāgatā || ahaṃ ca kho bhante Bhagavantaṃ pavāremi || na ca me Bhagavā kiñci garahati kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā ti || ||
6. Na khvāhaṃ te Sāriputta kiñci garahāmi kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā || Paṇḍito tvam Sāriputta mahāpañño tvaṃ Sāriputta puthupañño tvam Sāriputta hāsapañño tvaṃ Sāriputta javanapañño tvaṃ Sāriputta tikkhapañño tvaṃ Sāriputta nibbedhikapañño tvaṃ Sāriputta || seyyathāpi Sāriputta rañño cakkavattissa jeṭṭhaputto pitarā pavattitaṃ cakkaṃ sammadeva anupavatteti || evam eva kho tvaṃ Sāriputta mayā anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ sammadeva anupavattesī ti || ||
7. No ce kira me bhante Bhagavā kiñci garahati kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā || imesam pana bhante Bhagavā pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ na kiñci garahati kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā ti || ||
8. Imesam pi khvāhaṃ Sāriputta pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ na kiñci garahāmi kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā || imesam pi Sāriputta pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ saṭṭhi bhikkhū tevijjā saṭṭhi bhikkhū chaḷabhiññā saṭṭhi bhikkhū ubhato bhāgavimuttā athā itare paññāvimuttā ti || ||
9. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
10. Paṭibhāti maṃ Bhagavā paṭibhāti maṃ Sugatā ti || ||
11. Patibhātu taṃ Vaṅgīsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
12. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso Bhagavantaṃ sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Ajja pannarase visuddhiya ||
bhikkhu-pañcasatā samāgatā ||
saṃyojanabandhanacchidā ||
anīghā khīṇa-punabbhavā isī || ||
[page 192]
192 VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. [VIII. 7.
Cakkavatti yathā rājā || amacca-parivārito ||
samantā anupariyeti || sāgarantaṃ mahiṃ imaṃ || ||
evam vijitasaṅgāmaṃ || satthavāham anuttaraṃ ||
sāvakā payirūpāsanti || tevijjā maccuhāyino || ||
sabbe Bhagavato puttā || palāp-ettha na vijjati ||
taṇhāsallassa hantāraṃ || vande ādiccabandhunan ti || ||
SN_1.8.8. Parosahassaṃ.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā bhikkhū nibbānapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-katvā manasi katvā sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammam suṇanti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho Bhagavā bhikkhū nibbāna-paṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-katvā manasi katvā sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti || || Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ Bhagavantam sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyanti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarā saṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Paṭibhāti maṃ Bhagavā paṭibhāti mam Sugatā ti || ||
5. Paṭibhātu taṃ Vaṅgīsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso Bhagavantaṃ sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Parosahassaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ || Sugataṃ payirūpāsati ||
desentaṃ virajaṃ dhammaṃ || nibbānam akutobhayam || ||
suṇanti dhammaṃ vimalaṃ || sammāsambuddha-desitaṃ ||
sobhati vata sambuddho || bhikkhusaṅgha-purakkhato || ||
Nāganāmo si Bhagavā || isīnam isisattamo ||
mahāmegho va hutvāna || sāvake abhivassati || ||
[page 193]
VIII. 9.] VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. 193
Divāvihārā nikkhamma || satthudassanakamyatā ||
sāvako te mahāvīra || pāde vandati Vaṅgīso ti || ||
7. Kinnu te Vaṅgīsa imā gāthāyo pubbe parivitakkitā udāhu ṭhānaso va taṃ paṭibhantī ti || ||
8. Na kho me bhante imā gāthāyo pubbe parivitakkitā atha kho ṭhānaso va maṃ paṭibhantī ti || ||
9. Tena hi taṃ Vaṅgīsa bhiyyosomattāya pubbe aparivitakkitā gāthāyo patibhantū ti || ||
10. Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso Bhagavato paṭissutvā bhiyyosomattāya Bhagavantam pubbe aparivitakkitāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Ummaggapatham Mārassa abhibhuyya ||
carasi pabhijja khilāni ||
tam passatha bandhapamuñcakaraṃ ||
asitaṃ bhāgaso pavibhajjaṃ || ||
Oghassa hi nittharaṇatthaṃ ||
anekavihitaṃ maggam akkhāsi ||
tasmiṃ te amate akkhāte ||
dhammaddasā ṭhitā asaṃhīrā || ||
Pajjotakaro ativijjha ||
sabbaṭṭhitīnam atikkamam addasa ||
ñatvā ca sacchikatvā ca ||
aggaṃ so desayi dasaṭṭhānaṃ || ||
Evaṃ sudesite dhamme ||
ko pamādo vijānataṃ dhammaṃ ||
tasmā hi tassa Bhagavato sāsane ||
appamatto sadā namassam anusikkhe ti || ||
SN_1.8.9. Koṇḍañño.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharat: Veḷuvane kalaṇḍakanivāpe || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmā Aññāsi-Koṇḍañño sucirasseva yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipativā Bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati
[page 194]
194 VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. [VIII. 9.
pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati || nāmañ ca sāveti Koṇḍañño-haṃ Bhagavā Koṇḍañño-ham Sugatā ti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho āyasmā Aññāsi-Koṇḍañño sucirasseva yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā Bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati || nāmañ ca sāveti Koṇḍañño haṃ Bhagavā Koṇḍañño haṃ Sugatā ti || || Yaṃ nūnāham āyasmatam Aññāsi-Kondaññaṃ Bhagavato sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso utthāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjalim paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Paṭibhāti maṃ Bhagavā paṭibhāti maṃ Sugatā ti || ||
5. Paṭibhātu taṃ Vaṅgīsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso āyasmantam Aññāsi-Koṇḍaññaṃ Bhagavato sammukhā sārūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Buddhānubuddho so thero || Koṇḍañño tibbanikkamo ||
lābhī sukhavihārānaṃ || vivekānam abhiṇhaso || ||
yaṃ sāvakena pattabbam || satthusāsana-kārinā ||
sabb-assa tam anuppattaṃ || appamattassa sikkhato || ||
mahānubhāvo tevijjo || cetopariyāya-kovido ||
Koṇḍañño buddha-sāvako || pāde vandati satthuno ti || ||
SN_1.8.10. Moggallāna.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Isigilipasse Kāḷasilāyaṃ mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhim pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi || tesaṃ sudam āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno cetasā cittaṃ samannesati vippamuttaṃ nirupadhiṃ || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Isigili-passe Kāḷasilāyaṃ mahatā bhikkhu-saṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi || tesaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā MahāMoggallāno cetasā cittaṃ samannesati vippamuttaṃ nirupadhiṃ || || Yaṃ nūnāham āyasmantam Mahā-Moggallānaṃ Bhagavato sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan ti || ||
[page 195]
VIII. 11.] VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. 195
3. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Paṭibhāti maṃ Bhagavā paṭibhati maṃ Sugatā ti || ||
4. Paṭibhātu taṃ Vaṅgīsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso āyasmantam Mahā-Moggallānam Bhagavato sammukhā sarūpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Nagassa passe āsīnaṃ || muniṃ dukkhassa pāraguṃ ||
sāvakā payirūpāsanti || tevijjā maccuhāyino || ||
te cetasā anupariyeti || Moggalāno mahiddhiko ||
cittan-nesaṃ samannesaṃ || vippamuttam nirupadhiṃ || ||
evaṃ sabbaṅgasampannaṃ || muniṃ dukkhassa pāraguṃ ||
anekākārasampannaṃ || payirūpāsanti Gotaman ti || ||
SN_1.8.11. Gaggarā.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Campāyaṃ viharati Gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhu-saṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhu-satehi sattahi ca upāsaka-satehi sattahi ca upāsika-satehi anekehi ca devatā-sahassehi || tyāssudaṃ Bhagavā atirocati vaṇṇena c-eva yasasā ca || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho Bhagavā Campāyaṃ viharati Gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhu-saṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sattahi ca upāsakasatehi sattahi ca upāsikasattehi anekehi ca devatā-sahassehi || tyāssudaṃ Bhagavā atirocati vaṇṇena c-eva yasasā ca || || Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ Bhagavantaṃ sammukkā sarūpāya gāthāya abhitthaveyyanti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgiso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-añjalim paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Paṭibhāti maṃ Bhagavā paṭibhāti maṃ Sugatā ti || ||
4. Paṭibhātu taṃ Vaṅgisā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgiso Bhagavato sammukhā sarūpāya gāthāya abhitthavi || ||
[page 196]
196 VAṄGĪSA-THERA-SAṂYUTTA VIII. [VIII. 11.
Cando yathā vigatavalāhake nabhe ||
virocati vītamalo va bhāṇumā ||
evam pi Aṅgīrassa tvaṃ mahāmuni ||
atirocasi yasasā sabbalokan ti || ||
SN_1.8.12. Vaṅgīsa.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Vaṅgīso aciraarahattappatto hutvā vimutti-sukha-{paṭisaṃvedī} tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Kāveyyamattā vicarimha pubbe || gāmāgamam purāpuraṃ || ||
ath-addasāma sambuddhaṃ ||saddhā no udapajjatha || ||
So me dhammam adesesi || khandhe āyatānāni || dhātuyo ca ||
tassāhaṃ dhammaṃ sutvāna || pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ || ||
Bahunnam vata atthāya || bodhim ajjhagamā muni ||
bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnañ ca || ye niyāmagataddasā || ||
Svāgataṃ vata me asi || mama buddhassa santike ||
tisso vijjā anuppattā || kataṃ buddhassa sāsanan ti || ||
Pubbe-nivāsaṃ jānāmi || dibbacakkhuṃ visodhitaṃ ||
tevijjo iddhippattomhi || cetopariyāya-kovido ti || ||
Vaṅgīsa-thera-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Nikkhantam Arati c-eva || Pesalā-atimaññanā ||
Ānandena Subhāsitā || Sāriputta Pavāraṇā ||
Parosahassaṃ Kondañño ||
Moggalānena Gaggarā || Vaṅgīsena dvādasāti || ||
[page 197]
197
********************************************
BOOK IX. -- VANA-SAṂYUTTAṂ.
SN_1.9.1. Viveka.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena- so bhikkhu divāvihāragato pāpake akusale vitakke vitakketi gehanissite
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā taṃ bhikkhuṃ saṃvejetukāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Vivekakāmo si vanaṃ paviṭṭho ||
atha te mano niccharati bhahiddhā ||
jano janasmiṃ vinayassu chandaṃ ||
tato sukhī bohisi vītarāgo || ||
Aratim pajahāsi so sato ||
bhavāsi sataṃ taṃ sārayāmase ||
pātālarajo hi duruttamo ||
mā tam kāmarajo avāhari || ||
Sakuṇo yathā paṃsukuṇḍito ||
vidhūnaṃ pātayati sitaṃ rajaṃ ||
evam bhikkhu padhānavā satimā ||
vidhūnaṃ pātayati sitam rajan ti || ||
5. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāya devatāya saṃvejito saṃvegam āpādī ti || ||
SN_1.9.2. Upaṭṭhāna.
1. Ekaṃ samayam aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
[page 198]
198 VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. [IX. 2.
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu divāvihāragato supati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā taṃ bhikkhuṃ saṃvejetukāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Uṭṭhehi bhikkhu kiṃ sesi || ko attho supitena te ||
āturassa hi kā niddā || sallaviddhassa ruppato ||
yāya saddhāya pabbajito || agārasmānagāriyaṃ ||
tam eva saddhaṃ brūhehi || mā niddāya vasaṃ gamīti || ||
5. Aniccā addhuvā kāmā || yesu mando samucchito ||
bandhesu muttam asitaṃ || kasmā pabbajitaṃ tape || ||
chandarāgassa vinayā || avijjāsamatikkamā ||
taṃ ñāṇam pariyodātaṃ || kasmā pabbajitaṃ tape || ||
bhetvā avijjaṃ vijjāya || āsavānaṃ parikkhayā ||
asokam anupāyāsaṃ || kasmā pabbajitaṃ tape || ||
āraddhaviriyam pahitattaṃ || niccaṃ daḷhaparakkamaṃ ||
nibbānaṃ abhikaṅkhantaṃ || kasmā pabbajitaṃ tapeti || ||
SN_1.9.3. Kassapagotta <or Cheta>.
1. Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Kassapagotto Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Kassapagotto divāvihāragato aññataraṃ chetaṃ ovadati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā āyasmato Kassapagottassa anukampikā atthakāmā āyasmantaṃ Kassapagottaṃ {saṃvejetukāmā} yenāyasmā Kassapagotto tenupasaṅkami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Kassapagottaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Giriduggacaraṃ chetaṃ || appapaññam acetasaṃ ||
akāle ovādaṃ bhikkhu || mando va paṭibhāti maṃ || ||
suṇoti na vijānāti || āloketi na passati ||
dhammasmiṃ bhaññamānasmiṃ || atthaṃ bālo na bujjhati || ||
[page 199]
IX. 5.] VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. 199
sace pi dasa pajjote || dhārayissasi Kassapa ||
n-eva dakkhiti rūpāni || cakkhu hi-ssa na vijjatī ti || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Kassapagotto tāya devatāya saṃvejito saṃvegam āpādīti || ||
SN_1.9.4. Sambahulā <or Cārika>.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā bhikkhū Kosalesu viharanti aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃ vutthā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamiṃsu || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā te bhikkhū apassantī paridevamānā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Arati viya me-jja khāyati ||
bahuke disvāna vivitte āsane ||
te cittakathā bahussutā ||
ko-me Gotama-savakā gatā ti || ||
4. Evaṃ vutte aññatarā devatā taṃ devataṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Magadhaṃ gatā Kosalaṃ gatā ||
ekacciyā pana Vajja-bhūmiyā ||
magā viya asaṅgacārino ||
aniketā viharanti bhikkhavo ti || ||
SN_1.9.5. Ānando.
1. Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Ānando Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Ānando ativelaṃ gihisaññattibahulo viharati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā āyasmato Ānandassa anukampikā atthakāmā āyasmantam Ānandam saṃvejetukāmā yenāyasmā Ānando ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Rukkhamūlagahanaṃ pasakkiya ||
nibbānaṃ hadayasmiṃ opiya ||
[page 200]
200 VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. [IX. 5.
jhāya Gotama mā ca pamādo ||
kiṃ te biḷibiḷikā karissatī ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando tāya devatāya saṃvejito saṃvegam āpādī ti || ||
SN_1.9.6. Anuruddho.
1. Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Anuruddho Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Atha kho aññatarā Tāvatiṃsa-kāyikā devatā Jālinī nāma āyasmato Anuruddhassa purāṇa-dutiyikā yenāyasmā Anuruddho ten-upasaṅkami || ||
3. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Anuruddhaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Tattha cittam paṇidhehi || yattha te vusitaṃ pure ||
Tāvatiṃsesu devesu || sabbakāmasamiddhisu ||
purakkhato parivuto || devakaññāhi sobhasi || ||
4. Duggatā devakaññāyo || sakkāyasmiṃ patiṭṭhitā ||
te cāpi duggatā sattā || devakaññābhipattikā || ||
5. Na te sukham pajānanti || ye na passanti Nandanaṃ ||
āvāsaṃ naradevānaṃ || tidasānam yasassinan ti || ||
6. Na tvam bāle vijānāsi || yathā arahataṃ vaco ||
aniccā sabbe saṅkhārā || uppadavayadhammino ||
uppajjitvā nirujjhanti || tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho || ||
natthidāni punāvāso || devakāyasmiṃ Jālinī ||
vikkhīṇo jātisaṃsāro || natthi dāni punabbhavo ti || ||
SN_1.9.7. Nāgadatta.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Nāgadatto Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Nāgadatto atikālena gāmaṃ pavisati atidivā paṭikkamati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā āyasmato Nāgadattassa anukampikā atthakāmā āyasmantaṃ Nāgadattam saṃvejetu-kāmā yenāyasmā Nāgadatto ten-upasaṅkami || ||
[page 201]
IX. 9.] VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. 201
4. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Nāgadattaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kāle pavissa Nāgadatta
divā ca āgantvā ativela-||
cārī saṃsaṭṭho gahaṭṭhehi ||
samānasukhadukkho || ||
bhāyāmi Nāgadattaṃ suppagabbhaṃ ||
kulesu vinibandhaṃ ||
mā heva maccurañño balavato ||
antakassa vasam eyyā ti || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Nāgadatto tāya devatāya saṃvejito {saṃvegam} āpādī ti || ||
SN_1.9.8. Kulagharaṇī (or Ogāḷho).
1. Ekaṃ samayam aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu aññatarasmiṃ kule ativelam ajjhogāḷhappatto viharati || ||
3. Atha kho tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā tam bhikkhuṃ saṃvejetu-kāmā yā tasmiṃ kule kulagharaṇī tassā vaṇṇam abhinimminitvā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Nadītīresu saṇṭhāne sabhāsu rathiyāsu ca ||
janā saṅgamma mantenti || mañ ca tañ ca kim antaran-
ti || ||
5. Bahū hi saddā paccūhā || khamitabbā tapassinā ||
na tena maṅkuhotabbo || na hi tena kilissati || ||
yo ca saddaparittāsī || vane vātamigo yathā ||
lahucitto ti tam āhu || nāssa sampajjate vatan ti || ||
SN_1.9.9. Vajjiputto <or Vesālī>.
1. Ekaṃ samayam aññataro Vajjiputtako bhikkhu Vesaliyaṃ viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyaṃ sabbaratti-cāro hoti || ||
[page 202]
202 VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. [IX. 9.
3. Atha kho so bhikkhu Vesāliyaṃ turiya-tāḷita-vāditanighosa-saddaṃ sutvā paridevamāno tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Ekakā mayam araññe viharāma ||
apaviddhaṃ va vanasmiṃ dārukaṃ ||
etadisikāya rattiyā ||
ko sunāma amhehi pāpiyo ti || ||
4. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā taṃ bhikkhuṃ saṃvejetukāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
5. Upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhuṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ekako tvaṃ araññe viharasi ||
apaviddhaṃ va vanasmiṃ dārukaṃ ||
tassa te bahukā pihayanti ||
nerayikā viya saggagaminan ti || ||
6. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāya devatāya saṃvejito {saṃvegam} apādīti || ||
SN_1.9.10. Sajjhāya (or Dhamma).
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu yaṃ sudaṃ pubbe ativelaṃ sajjhāya bahulo viharati || so aparena samayena appossukko tuṇhībhūto saṅkasāyati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa bhikkhuno dhammam asuṇantī yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kasmā tuvaṃ dhammapadāni bhikkhu ||
nādhīyasi bhikkhūhi saṃvasanto ||
sutvāna dhammaṃ labhati-ppasādaṃ ||
diṭṭheva dhamme labhati-ppasaṃsan ti || ||
5. Ahu pure dhammapadesu chando ||
yāva virāgena samāgamimha ||
[page 203]
IX. 12.] VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. 203
yato virāgena samāgamimha ||
yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ va mutaṃ ||
aññāya nikkhepanam āhu santo ti || ||
SN_1.9.11. Ayoniso (or Vitakkita).
1. Ekaṃ samayam aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu divāvihāragato pāpake akusale vitakke vitakketi || seyyathīdaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ vyāpāda-vitakkaṃ vihiṃsa-vitakkaṃ || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā tam bhikkhuṃ saṃvejetukāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhuṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ayoniso manasikārā || bho vitakkehi majjasi ||
ayoniṃ paṭinissajja || yoniso anuvicintaya || ||
Satthāraṃ dhammam ārabbha || saṅgham sīlānivattano ||
adhigacchasi pāmojjaṃ || pītisukham asaṃsayaṃ ||
tato pāmojjabahulo || dukkhass-antaṃ karissasīti || ||
5. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāya devatāya saṃvejito saṃvegam āpādīti || ||
SN_1.9.12. Majjhantiko (or Saṇika).
1. Ekaṃ samayam aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
3. Upasaṅkamitvā tassa bhikkhuno santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Ṭhite majjhantike kāle || sannisinnesu pakkhisu ||
saṇateva mahāraññaṃ || taṃ bhayaṃ paṭibhāti maṃ || ||
4. Ṭhite majjhantike kāle || sannisinnesu pakkhisu ||
saṇateva mahāraññaṃ || sā rati patibhāti man ti || ||
SN_1.9.13. Pākatindriya <or Sambahulā bhikkhū>.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā bhikkhū Kosalesu viharanti aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe uddhatā uṇṇaḷā capalā mukharā
[page 204]
204 VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. [IX. 13.
vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā pākatindriyā || ||
2. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tesam bhikkhūnaṃ anukampikā atthakāmā te bhikkhū saṃvejetukāmā yena te bhikkhū ten-upasaṅkami || ||
3. Upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sukhajīvino pure āsuṃ || bhikkhū Gotama-sāvakā ||
anicchā piṇḍam esanā || anicchā sayanāsanaṃ ||
loke aniccataṃ ñatvā || dukkhass-antam akaṃsu te || ||
dupposaṃ katvā attānam || gāme gāmaṇikā viya ||
bhutvā bhutvā nipajjanti || parāgāresu mucchitā ||
saṅghassa añjaliṃ katvā || idh-ekacce vadām-ahaṃ || ||
appaviddhā anāthā te || yathā petā tath-eva te ||
ye kho pamattā viharanti || te me sandhāya bhāsitaṃ ||
ye appamattā viharanti || namo tesaṃ karom-ahanti || ||
4. Atha kho te bhikkhū tāya devatāya saṃvejitā saṃvegam āpādun ti || ||
SN_1.9.14. Paduma-puppha <or Puṇḍarīka>.
1. Ekaṃ samayam aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapatikkanto pokkharaṇim ogahetvā padumam upasiṅghati ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā tassa bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā taṃ bhikkhuṃ saṃvejetukāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Yam etaṃ vārijaṃ pupphaṃ || adinnam upasiṅghasi ||
ekaṅgam etaṃ theyyānaṃ || gandhattheno si mārisā ti || ||
5. Na harāmi na bhañjāmi || ārā siṅghāmi vārijaṃ ||
atha kena nu vaṇṇena || gandhattheno ti vuccati || ||
yvāyaṃ bhisāni khaṇati || puṇḍarīkāni bhuñjati ||
evam ākiṇṇakammanto || kasmā eso na vuccati || ||
[page 205]
IX. 14.] VANA-SAṂYUTTA IX. 205
6. ākiṇṇaluddo puriso || dhāti celaṃ va makkhito ||
tasmiṃ me vacanaṃ natthi || tañ cārahāmi vattave || ||
anaṅgaṇassa posassa || niccaṃ sucigavesino ||
vāḷaggamattam pāpassa || abbhāmattaṃ va khāyati || ||
7. addhā maṃ yakkha jānāsi || atho mam anukampasi ||
puna pi yakkha vajjesi || yadā passasi edisaṃ || ||
8. neva taṃ upājīvāmi || na pi te katakammase ||
tvam eva bhikkhu jāneyya || yena gaccheyya suggatin ti || ||
9. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāya devatāya {saṃvejito} {saṃvegam} āpādīti || ||
Vana-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Viveka Uppaṭṭhānañ ca || Kassapagottena ca ||
Sambahulā Ānando || Anuruddho Nāgadattañ ca ||
Kulagharanī Vajjīputto || Vesalī Sajjhāyena ca ||
Ayoniso Majjhantikālamhi ca || Pākatindriya-padumapupphena cuddasa bhaveti || ||
[page 206]
206
********************************************
BOOK X. -- YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTAṂ.
SN_1.10.1. Indako.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Indakūṭe pabbate Indakassa yakkhassa bhavane || ||
2. Atha kho Indako yakkho yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Rūpaṃ na jīvan ti vadanti buddhā ||
kathaṃ nvayaṃ vindat-imaṃ sarīraṃ ||
kut-assa aṭṭhīyakapiṇḍam eti ||
kathaṃ nvayaṃ sajjati gabbharasmin ti || ||
3. Pathamaṃ kalalaṃ hoti || kalalā hoti abbudaṃ ||
abbudā jāyate pesī || pesī nibbattati ghano ||
ghanā pasākhā jāyanti || kesā lomā nakhāni ca || ||
yañ c-assa bhuñjati māta || annam pānañ ca bhojanaṃ ||
tena so tattha yāpeti || mātukucchigato naro ti || ||
SN_1.10.2. Sakka.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate ||
2. Atha kho Sakka-nāmako yakkho yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sabbaganthapahīnassa || vippamuttassa te sato ||
samaṇassa na taṃ sādhu || yad aññam anusāsatī ti || ||
3. Yena kenaci vaṇṇena || saṃvāso Sakka jāyati ||
na tam arahati sappañño || manasā anukampituṃ || ||
manasā ce pasannena || yad aññam anusāsati ||
na tena hoti saṃyutto || sānukampā anuddayā ti || ||
[page 207]
X. 3] YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. 207
SN_1.10.3. Sucilomo.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Gayāyaṃ viharati Ṭaṅkitamañce Suciloma-yakkhassa bhavane || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Kharo ca yakkho Sucilomo ca yakkho Bhagavato avidūre atikkamanti || ||
3. Atha kho Kharo yakkho Sucilomaṃ yakkham etad avoca || || Eso samaṇo ti || ||
4. N-eso samaṇo samaṇako eso || yāva jānāmi yadi vā so samaṇo yadi vā pana so samaṇako ti || ||
5. Atha kho Sucilomo yakkho yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato kāyam upanāmesi || ||
6. Atha kho Bhagavā kāyam apanāmesi ||
7. Atha kho Sucilomo yakkho Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Bhāyasi maṃ samaṇā ti || ||
8. Na khvāhaṃ taṃ āvuso bhāyāmi || api ca te samphasso pāpako ti || ||
9. Pañhaṃ taṃ samaṇa pucchissāmi || sace me na vyākarissasi || cittaṃ vā te khipissāmi hadayaṃ vā te phālessāmi ||
pādesu vā gahetvā pāragaṅgāya khipissāmī ti || ||
10. Na khvāhaṃ taṃ āvuso passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sa devamanussāya yo me cittaṃ va khipeyya hadayaṃ vā phāleyya ||
pādesu vā gahetvā pāragaṅgāya khipeyya || api ca tvam āvuso puccha yad ākaṅkhasī ti || ||
11. Rāgo ca doso ca kuto nidānā ||
arati rati lomahaṃso kutojā ||
kuto samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā ||
kumārakā dhaṅkam iv-ossajantī ti || ||
12. Rāgo ca doso ca ito nidānā ||
arati rati lomahaṃso itojā ||
ito samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā ||
kumārakā dhaṅkam iv-ossajanti || ||
Snehajā attasambhūtā || nigrodhasseva khandhajā ||
puthū visattā kāmesu || māluvā va vitatā vane || ||
[page 208]
208 YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. [X. 3.
Ye naṃ pajānanti yato nidānaṃ ||
te naṃ vinodenti suṇohi yakkha ||
te duttaram ogham imaṃ taranti ||
atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāyā ti || ||
SN_1.10.4. Maṇibhaddo.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati Maṇimālake cetiye Maṇibhaddassa yakkhassa bhavane || ||
2. Atha kho Maṇibhaddo yakkho yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
[Satimato sadā bhaddaṃ || satimā sukham edhati ||
satimato su ve seyyo || verā ca parimuccatī ti] || ||
3. Satimato sadā bhaddaṃ || satimā sukham edhati ||
satimato su ve seyyo || verā na parimuccati || ||
yassa sabbam ahorattam || ahiṃsāya rato mano ||
mettaṃ so sabbabhūtesu || veraṃ tassa na kenacī ti || ||
SN_1.10.5. Sānu.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyam viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarissā upāsikāya Sānu nāma putto yakkhena gahito hoti || ||
3. Atha kho sā upasikā paridevamānā tāyaṃ velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
[Sā hūti me arahataṃ || iti me arahataṃ sutaṃ ||
sā dāni ajja passāmi || yakkhā kīḷanti Sānunā ti] || ||
Cātuddasiṃ pañcaddasiṃ || yāva pakkhassa aṭṭhamī ||
pāṭihāriyapakkhañca || aṭṭhaṅga-susamāhitaṃ || ||
uposatham upavasanti || iti me arahataṃ sutaṃ ||
sā dāni ajja passāmi || yakkhā kīḷanti Sānunā ti || ||
Cātuddasim pañcaddasiṃ || yāva pakkhassa aṭṭhamī ||
pātihāriyapakkhañca || aṭṭhaṅga-susamāhitaṃ || ||
[page 209]
X. 7.] YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. 209
uposatham upavasanti || brahmacariyaṃ caranti ye ||
na tehi yakkhā kīḷanti || iti me arahataṃ sutaṃ || ||
Sāṇuṃ pabuddhaṃ vajjāsi || yakkhānaṃ vacanam idam ||
mā kāsi pāpakam kammam || āviṃ vā yadivā raho || ||
saceva pāpakaṃ kammaṃ || karissasi karosi vā ||
na te dukkhā pamuty-atthi || uppaccāpi palāyato ti || ||
4. Mataṃ va amma rodanti || yo vā jīvaṃ na dissati ||
jīvantam amma passantī || kasmā mam amma rodasīti || ||
5. Mataṃ va puttam rodanti || yo vā jīvam na dissati ||
yo ca kāmeva jitvāna || punar āgacchate idha ||
taṃ vāpi putta rodanti || puna jīvaṃ mato hi so || ||
kukkuḷā ubbhato tāta || kukkuḷam patitum icchasi || ||
narakā ubbhato tāta || narakam patitum icchasi ||
abhidhāvatha bhaddan-te || kassa ujjhāpayāmase ||
ādittā nibhataṃ bhaṇḍaṃ || puna ḍayhitum icchasīti || ||
SN_1.10.6. Piyaṅkara.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Anuruddho Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Anuruddho rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya dhammapadāni bhāsati || ||
3. Atha kho Piyaṅkara-mātā yakkhinī puttakam evaṃ tosesi || ||
Mā saddaṃ karī Piyaṅkara ||
bhikkhu dhammapadāni bhāsati ||
api ca dhammapadaṃ vijānīya ||
paṭipajjema hitāya no siyā || ||
pāṇesu ca saṃyamāmase ||
sampajānamusā na bhaṇāmase ||
sikkhema susīlyam attano ||
api muccema pisāca-yoniyā ti || ||
SN_1.10.7. Punabbasu.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
[page 210]
210 YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. [X. 7.
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā bhikkhū nibbānapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhi-katvā manasi katvā sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti || ||
3. Atha kho Punabbasu-mātā yakkhinī puttake evam toseti || ||
Tuṇhī Uttarike hohi || tuṇhi hohi Punabbasu ||
yāvāhaṃ buddhaseṭṭhassa || dhammaṃ sossāmi satthuno || ||
nibbānaṃ Bhagavā āhu || sabbaganthappamocanaṃ ||
ativelā ca me hoti || asmiṃ dhamme piyāyanā || ||
Piyo loke sako putto || piyo loke sako pati ||
tato piyatarā mayhaṃ || assa dhammassa magganā || ||
na hi putto pati vā pi || piyo dukkhā pamocaye ||
yathā saddhammasavanaṃ || dukkhā moceti pāṇinaṃ || ||
Loke dukkhapare tasmiṃ || jarāmaraṇasaṃyutte ||
jarāmaraṇamokkhāya || yaṃ dhammam abhisambuddhaṃ ||
taṃ dhammaṃ sotum icchāmi || tuṇhī hohi Punabbasū ti || ||
4. Amma na vyāharissāmi || tuṇhībhūtāyam Uttarā ||
dhammam eva nisāmehi || saddhamasavanaṃ sukhaṃ ||
saddhammassa anaññāya || amma dukkhaṃ carāmase || ||
Esa devamanussānaṃ || sammūḷhānam pabhaṅkaro ||
buddho antimasarīro || dhammaṃ deseti cakkhumā || ||
5. Sādhu kho paṇḍito nāma || putto jāto ure seyyo ||
putto me buddhaseṭṭhassa || dhammaṃ suddham piyāyati || ||
Punabbasu sukhī hohi || ajjāhamhi samuggatā ||
diṭṭhāni ariyasaccāni || Uttarā pi suṇatu me ti || ||
SN_1.10.8. Sudatto.8
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Sītavane || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati Rājagaham anuppatto hoti kenacid eva karaṇīyena || ||
3. Assosi kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati buddho kiro loke uppanno ti || tāvad eva pana Bhagavantam dassanāya upasaṅkamitu-kāmo ahosi ||
[page 211]
X. 8.] YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. 211
4. Ath-assa Anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa etad ahosi || ||
Akālo kho ajja Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ ||
svedānāhaṃ kālena Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāmīti buddhagatāya satiyā nipajji || rattiyā sudaṃ tikkhattuṃ vuṭṭhāsi pabhātan ti maññamāno || ||
5. Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena Sīvathikadvāraṃ ten-upasaṅkami || amanussā dvāraṃ vivariṃsu || ||
6. Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nagaramhā nikkhamantassa āloko antaradhāyi andhakāro pātur ahosi ||
bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃso udapādi || tato ca puna nivattitu-kāmo ahosi || ||
7. Atha kho Sīvako yakkho antarahito saddam anussāvesi || ||
Sataṃ hatthī satam assā || satam assasarī rathā ||
sataṃ kaññā-sahassāni || āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalā ||
ekassa padavītihārassa || kalam nāgghanti solasiṃ || ||
Abhikkama gahapati || abhikkama gahapati ||
abhikkamanan-te seyyo || na paṭikkamanan ti || ||
8. Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa andhakāro antaradhāyi āloko pātur ahosi || Yam ahosi bhayaṃ chambhitattam lomahaṃso so paṭipassambhi || ||
9. Dutiyam pi kho || pe ||
10. Tatiyam pi Anāthapiṇḍikassa āloko antaradhāyi andhakāre pātur ahosi || bhayaṃ chambhitattam lomahaṃso udapādi || tato ca puna nivattitukāmo ahosi || ||
Tatiyam pi kho Sīvako yakkho antarahito saddam anussāvesi || ||
Satam hatthī satam assā || satam assasarī rathā ||
sataṃ kaññāsahassāni || āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalā ||
ekassa padavītihārassa || kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ || ||
Abhikkama gahapati || abhikkama gahapati ||
abhikkamanan-te seyyo || no patikkamanan ti || ||
11. Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa andhakāro
[page 212]
212 YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. [X. 8.
antaradhāyi āloko pātur ahosi || yaṃ ahosi bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃso so paṭippassambhi || ||
12. Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena Sītavanaṃ [yena Bhagavā] ten-upasaṅkami || ||
13. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati || ||
14. Addasā kho Bhagavā Anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || disvāna caṅkamā orohitvā paññatte āsane nisidi || nisajja kho Bhagavā Anāthapiṇḍikam gahapatim etad avoca || || Ehi Sudattā ti || ||
15. Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati nāmena maṃ Bhagavā ālapatīti tatth-eva Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kacci bhante Bhagavā sukham asayitthā ti || ||
Sabbadā ve sukhaṃ seti || brāhmaṇo parinibbuto ||
yo na limpati kāmesu || sītibhūto nirupadhi || ||
sabbā āsattiyo chetvā || vineyya hadaye daraṃ ||
upasanto sukhaṃ seti || santim pappuyya cetasā ti || ||
SN_1.10.9. Sukkā (1).
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Sukkā bhikkhunī mahatiyā parisāya parivutā dhammam deseti || ||
3. Atha kho Sukkāya bhikkhuniyā abhippasanno yakkho Rājagahe rathikāya rathikam siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakam upasaṅkamitvā tāyaṃ velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Kim me katā Rājagahe manussā ||
madhupītā va acchare ye ||
Sukkam na payirūpāsanti || desentim amataṃ padaṃ || ||
tañca pana appaṭivānīyaṃ || asecanakam ojavaṃ ||
pivanti maññe sappaññā || valāhakam iva panthagūti || ||
SN_1.10.10. Sukkā (2).
1. Ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe ||
[page 213]
X. 12.] YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. 213
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro upāsako Sukkāya bhikkhuniyā bhojanam adāsi || ||
3. Atha kho Sukkāya bhikkhuniyā abhippasanno yakkho Rājagahe rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā tāyaṃ velāyam imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Puññaṃ vata pasavi bahuṃ ||
sapañño vatāyam upāsako ||
yo Sukkāya adāsi bhojanaṃ ||
sabbaganthehi vippamuttiyā ti || ||
SN_1.10.11. Cīrā (or Vīrā).
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro upāsako Cīrāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaram adāsi || ||
3. Atha kho Cīrāya bhikkhuniyā abhippasanno yakkho Rājagahe rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā tayam velāyam imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Puññam vata pasavi bahuṃ ||
sapañño vatāyam upāsako ||
yo Cīrāya adāsi cīvaraṃ ||
sabbayogehi vippamuttiyā ti || ||
SN_1.10.12. Āḷavam.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Āḷaviyam viharati Āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavane || ||
2. Atha kho Āḷavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Nikkhama samaṇā ti || ||
Sādhāvuso ti Bhagavā nikkhami || ||
Pavisa samaṇā ti ||
Sādhāvuso ti Bhagavā pāvisi || ||
3. Dutiyam pi kho Āḷavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nikkhama samaṇā ti || || Sādhāvusoti Bhagavā nikkhami || || Pavisa samaṇā ti || || Sādhāvusoti Bhagavā pāvisi || ||
[page 214]
214 YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. [X. 12.
4. Tatiyam pi kho Āḷavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nikkhama samaṇā ti || || Sādhāvuso ti Bhagavā nikkhami || || Pavisa samaṇāti || || Sādhāvuso ti Bhagavā pāvisi || ||
5. Catuttham pi kho Āḷavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nikkhama samaṇā ti || ||
6. Na kho panāham āvuso nikkhamissāmi || yan-te karaṇīyaṃ taṃ karohīti || ||
7. Pañhaṃ taṃ samaṇa pucchissāmi || sace me na karissasi cittam vā te khipissāmi hadayaṃ vā te phālessāmi pādesu vā gahetvā pāraganāya khipissāmīti || ||
8. Na khvāhan-tam āvuso passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya yo me cittam vā khipeyya hadayaṃ vā phāleyya pādesu vā gahetvā pāragaṅgāya khippeya || api ca tvam āvuso puccha yad ākaṅkhasīti || ||
9. Kiṃsūdha vittam purisassa seṭṭhaṃ ||
kiṃsu suciṇṇam sukham āvahāti ||
kiṃsu have sādutaraṃ rasānam ||
kathaṃ jīviṃ jīvitam āhu seṭṭhan ti || ||
10. Saddhidha vittam purisassa seṭṭhaṃ ||
dhammo suciṇṇo sukham āvahāti ||
saccam have sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ ||
paññājīviṃ jīvitam āhu seṭṭhanti || ||
11. Kathaṃ su tarati oghaṃ || kathaṃ su tarati aṇṇavaṃ ||
kathaṃ su dukkham acceti || kathaṃ su parisujjhatī ti || ||
12. Saddhāya tarati oghaṃ || appamādena aṇṇavaṃ ||
viriyena dukkham acceti || paññāya parisujjhati || ||
13. Kathaṃ su labhate paññaṃ || kathaṃ su vindate dhanaṃ || ||
kathaṃ su kittim pappoti || katham mittāni ganthati ||
asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ || katham pecca na socatīti || ||
14. Saddahāno arahataṃ || dhammaṃ nibbānapattiyā ||
sussūsā labhate paññaṃ || appamatto vicakkhaṇo || ||
Paṭirūpakārī dhuravā || uṭṭhātā vindate dhanaṃ ||
[page 215]
X. 12.] YAKKHA-SAṂYUTTA X. 215
saccena kittim pappoti || dadaṃ mittāni ganthati || ||
asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ || evam pecca na socati || ||
Yass-ete caturo dhammā || saddhassa gharam esino ||
saccam damo dhiti cāgo || sa ve pecca na socati ||
asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ || evam pecca na socati || ||
Iṅgha aññe pi pucchassa || puthu-samaṇa-brāhmaṇe ||
yadi saccā damā cāgā || khantyā bhiyyo dha vijjatīti || ||
15. Kathaṃ nu dāni puccheyyaṃ || puthu-samaṇa-brāhmaṇe ||
yo haṃ ajja pajānāmi || yo attho samparāyiko || ||
atthāya vata me buddho || vāsāyāḷavim āgato ||
yo ham ajja pajānāmi || yattha dinnam mahapphalaṃ || ||
so ahaṃ vicarissāmi || gāmā gāmaṃ purā puraṃ ||
namassamāno sambuddham || dhammassa ca sudhammatan ti || ||
Indaka-vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Indako Sakka-Lomo ca || Maṇibhaddo ca Sānu ca ||
Piyaṅkara-Punabbasu || Sudatto ca dve Sukkā Cīrā Alavan ti || ||
Yakkha-saṃyuttam samattaṃ || ||
[page 216]
216
********************************************
BOOK XI. -- SAKKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ.
___________________________________________
CHAPTER I. PAṬHAMO-VAGGO.
SN_1.11,1.1. Suvira.
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū amantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave asurā deve abhiyaṃsu ||
atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Suvīraṃ devaputtam āmantesi || || Ete tāta Suvīra asurā deve abhiyanti ||
gaccha tāta Suvīra asure paccuyyāhīti || || Evam bhaddanta vā ti kho bhikkhave Suvīro devaputto Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā pamādam āpādesi || ||
5. Dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Suvīraṃ devaputtam āmantesi || Ete tāta Suvīra asurā deve abhiyanti || gaccha tāta Suvīra asure paccuyyāhīti || || Evam bhadanta vā ti kho bhikkhave Suvīro devaputto Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā pamādam āpādesi || ||
6. Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Suvīraṃ devaputtam āmantesi || || Ete tāta Suvīra asurā deve abhiyanti || gaccha tāta Suvīra asure paccuyyāhīti || || Evam bhaddanta vā ti kho bhikkhave Suvīro devaputto Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā pamādam āpādesi || ||
[page 217]
XI. 1. 2.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 217
7. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Suvīraṃ devaputtaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Anuṭṭhahaṃ avāyamaṃ || sukhaṃ yatrādhigacchati ||
Suvīra tattha gacchāhi || māñca tattheva pāpayā ti || ||
8. Alasassa anuṭṭhātā || na ca kiccāni kāraye ||
sabbakāmasamiddhassa || taṃ me Sakka varaṃ disan ti || ||
9. Yatthālaso anuṭṭhātā || accantaṃ sukham edhati ||
Suvīra tattha gacchāhi || mañca tatth-eva pāpayā ti || ||
10. Akammanā devaseṭṭha || Sakka vindemu yaṃ sukhaṃ ||
asokam anupāyāsaṃ || tam me Sakka varaṃ disan ti ||
11. Sa ce atthi akammena || koci kvaci na jīyati ||
nibbānassa hi so maggo || Suvīra tattha gacchāhi ||
mañca tatth-eva pāpayā ti || ||
12. So hi nāma bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo sakam puññaphalam upajīvamāno devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānam issariyādhipaccam rajjaṃ karonto uṭṭhāna-viriyassa vaṇṇavādī bhavissati || idha kho taṃ bhikkhave sobhetha yaṃ tumhe evaṃ svākhyāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā uṭṭhaheyyātha ghaṭeyyātha vā yameyyātha appattassa pattiyā andhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikariyāyā ti || ||
SN_1.11,1.2. Susīma.
1. Sāvatthiyam viharati Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4. Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave asurā deve abhiyaṃsu || atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Susīmaṃ devaputtaṃ āmantesi || ete tāta Susīma asurā deve abhiyanti || gaccha tāta Susīma asure paccuyyāhīti || || Evam bhadanta vā ti kho bhikkhave Susīmo devaputto Sakassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā pamādam āpādesi || ||
[page 218]
218 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 1. 2.
5. Dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Susīmam devaputtam āmantesi || pa || dutiyam pi pamādam āpādesi || ||
6. Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Susīmam devaputtam āmantesi || pa || tatiyam pi pamādam āpādesi || ||
7. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Susīmaṃ devaputtaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Anuṭṭhahaṃ avāyamaṃ || sukhaṃ yatrādhigacchati || ||
Susīma tattha gacchāhi || mañ ca tatth-eva pāpayā ti || ||
8. Alasassa anuṭṭhātā || na ca kiccāni kāraye || sabbakāmasamiddhassa || tam me Sakka varam disan ti || ||
9. Yatthālaso anuṭṭhātā || accantaṃ sukham edhati ||
Susīma tattha gacchāhi || mañca tatth-eva pāpayā ti || ||
10. Akammanā devaseṭṭha || Sakka vindemu yaṃ sukhaṃ ||
asokam anupāyāsaṃ || tam me Sakka varaṃ disan ti || ||
11. Sa ce atthi akammena || koci kvaci na jīyati ||
nibbānassa hi so maggo || Susīma tattha gacchāhi ||
mañca tatth-eva pāpayā ti || ||
12. So hi nāma bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo sakam puññaphalaṃ upajīvamāno devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānam issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjam karonto uṭṭhānaviriyassa vaṇṇavādī bhavissati || idha kho taṃ bhikkhave sobhetha yaṃ tumhe evaṃ svākhyāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā uṭṭhaheyyātha ghaṭeyyātha vāyameyyātha appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā ti || ||
SN_1.11,1.3. Dhajaggam.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabbūḷho ahosi || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi || || Sa ce mārisā devānam saṅgāmagatānam
[page 219]
XI. 1. 3.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 219
uppajjeyya bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā mam-eva tasmiṃ samaye dhajaggam ullokeyyātha ||
mamaṃhi vo dhajaggaṃ ullokayataṃ yam bhavissati bhayaṃ vā chambhitatthaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā so pahīyissati || ||
6. No ce me dhajaggam ullokeyyātha atha Pajāpatissa devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha || Pajāpatissa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggam ullokayataṃ yam bhavissati bhayaṃ vā chambhitattam vā lomahaṃso vā so pahīyissati || ||
7. No ce Pajāpatissa devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha atha Varuṇassa devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha || Varuṇassa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggam ullokayataṃ yaṃ bhavissati bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā so pahīyissati || ||
8. No ce Varuṇassa devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha atha Īsānassa devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha || Īsānassa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggaṃ ullokayataṃ yam bhavissati bhayaṃ vā chambhitattam vā lomahaṃso vā so pahīyissati || ||
9. Taṃ kho pana bhikkhave Sakkassa vā devānam indassa dhajaggam ullokayatam || Pajāpatissa vā devarājassa dhajaggam ullokayataṃ || Varuṇassa vā devarājassa dhajaggam ullokayataṃ || Īsānassa vā devarājassa dhajaggam ullokayatam || yaṃ bhavissati bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā so pahīyethā pi no pi pahīyetha || ||
10. Tam kissa hetu || || Sakko hi bhikkhave devānam indo avītarāgo avītadoso avītamoho bhīru chambhī utrāsī palāyīti || ||
11. Ahaṃ ca kho bhikkhave evaṃ vadāmi || sa ce tumhākam bhikkhave araññagatānam vā rukkhamūlagatānaṃ vā suññāgāragatānam vā uppajjeyya bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā mam eva tasmiṃ samaye anussareyyātha || ||
Iti pi so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavā ti || ||
12. Mamaṃ hi vo bhikkhave anussarataṃ yam bhavissati bhayam vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā so pahīyissati || ||
[page 220]
220 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 1. 3.
13. No ce mam anussareyyātha atha dhammam anussareyyātha || Svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
14. Dhammaṃ hi vo bhikkhave anussarataṃ yam bhavissati bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā so pahīyissati || ||
15. No ce dhammam anussareyyātha atha saṅgham anussareyyātha || || Supaṭipaṇṇo Bhagavato sāvaka-saṅgho || ujupaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-saṅgho || ñāyapaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-saṅgho || sāmīcipaṭipaṇṇo Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yad idam cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisa-puggalā esa Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaram puññakkhettam lokassā ti || ||
16. Saṅghaṃ hi vo bhikkhave anussarataṃ yam bhavissati bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā so pahīyissati || ||
17. Taṃ kissa hetu || || Tathāgato hi bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vītarāgo vītadoso vītamoho abhīru acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī ti || ||
18. Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
Araññe rukkhamūle vā || suññāgāre vā bhikkhavo ||
anussaretha sambuddhaṃ || bhayaṃ tumhākaṃ no siyā || ||
No ce buddhaṃ sareyyātha || lokajeṭṭham narāsabhaṃ ||
atha dhammaṃ sareyyātha || niyyānikaṃ sudesitaṃ || ||
No ce dhammaṃ sareyyātha || niyyānikaṃ sudesitaṃ ||
atha saṅghaṃ sareyyātha || puññakkhettam anuttaraṃ || ||
Evam buddham sarantānaṃ || dhammaṃ saṅghañ ca bhikkhavo ||
bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā || lomahaṃso na hessatī ti || ||
SN_1.11,1.4. Vepacitti (or Khanti).
1. Sāvatthiyam Jetavane || pa ||
2. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
[page 221]
XI. 1. 4.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 221
3. Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabbūḷho ahosi ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo asure āmantesi || || Sace mārisā devānam asurasaṅgāme samupabbūḷhe asurā jineyyuṃ devā parājeyyuṃ || yena naṃ Sakkam devānam indaṃ kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi bandhitvā mama santike āneyyātha asurapuran ti || ||
5. Sakko pi kho bhikkhave devānam indo deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi || || Sace mārisā devānam asurasaṅgāme samupabbūḷhe devā jineyyuṃ asurā parājeyyuṃ || yena naṃ Vepacittim asurindaṃ kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi bandhitvā mama santike āneyyātha Sudhammam sabbhan ti || ||
6. Tasmiṃ kho pana bhikkhave saṅgāme devā jiniṃsu asurā parājiṃsu || ||
7. Atha kho bhikkhave devā Tavatiṃsā Vepacittim asurindam kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi bandhitvā Sakassa devānam indassa santike ānesum Sudhammaṃ sabhaṃ || ||
8. Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi baddho Sakkam devānam indaṃ Sudhammam sabham pavisantañ ca nikkhamantañ ca asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosati paribhāsati || ||
9. Atha kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgāhako Sakkaṃ devānam indam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Bhayā nu mathavā Sakka || dubbalyā no titikkhasi ||
suṇanto pharusam vācaṃ || sammukhā Vepacittino ti || ||
10. Nāham bhayā na dubbalyā || khamāmi Vepacittino ||
kathaṃ hi mādiso viññū || bālena paṭisaṃyuje ti || ||
11. Bhiyyo bālā pakujjheyyuṃ || no c-assa paṭisedhako ||
tasmā bhusena daṇḍena || dhīro bālaṃ nisedhaye ti || ||
12. Etad eva ahaṃ maññe || bālassa paṭisedhanaṃ ||
paraṃ saṅkupitam ñatvā || yo sato upasammatīti || ||
13. Etad eva titikkhāya || vajjam passāmi Vāsava ||
yadā naṃ maññati bālo || bhayā myāyam titikkhati ||
ajjhārūhati dummedho || go va bhiyyo palāyinan ti || ||
[page 222]
222 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 1. 4.
14. Kāmam maññatu vā mā vā || bhayā myāyaṃ titikkhati ||
sadatthaparamā atthā || khantyā bhiyyo na vijjati || ||
yo have balavā santo || dubbalassa titikkhati ||
tam āhu paramaṃ khantiṃ || niccam khamati dubbalo || ||
Abalan-tam balam āhu || yassa bālabalam balaṃ || ||
balassa dhammaguttassa || paṭivattā na vijjati || ||
Tass-eva tena pāpiyo || yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati ||
kuddham apaṭikujjhanto || saṅgāmam jeti dujjayaṃ || ||
ubhinnam atthaṃ carati || attano ca parassa ca ||
paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā || yo sato upasammati || ||
ubhinnam tikicchantaṃ taṃ || attano ca parassa ca ||
janā maññanti bālo ti || || ye dhammassa akovidā ti || ||
15. So hi nāma bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo sakaṃ puññaphalam upajīvamāno devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ issariyadhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ karonto khantisoraccassa vaṇṇavādī bhavissati || ||
16. Idha kho taṃ bhikkhave sobhetha yaṃ tumhe evaṃ svākhyāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā khamā ca bhaveyyātha soratā cā ti || ||
SN_1.11,1.5. {Subhāsitaṃ-jayaṃ}.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabbūḷho ahosi || ||
3. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaṃ devānam indam etad avoca || || Hotu devānam inda subhāsitena jayo ti || ||
Hotu Vepacitti subhāsitena jayo ti || ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave devā ca asurā ca pārisajje ṭhapesuṃ || ime no subhāsitaṃ dubbhāsitam ājānissantī ti || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaṃ devānam indam etad avoca || || Bhaṇa devānam inda gāthan ti || ||
6. Evaṃ vutte bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vepacittim asurindam etad avoca || || Tumhe khv-attha Vepacitti pubbadevā || bhaṇa Vepacitti gāthan ti || ||
[page 223]
XI. 1. 5.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 223
7. Evaṃ vutte bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Bhiyyo bālā pakujjheyyuṃ || no c-assa paṭisedhako ||
tasmā bhusena daṇḍena || dhīro bālam nisedhaye ti || ||
8. Bhāsitāya kho pana bhikkhave Vepacittinā asurindena gāthāya asurā anumodiṃsu || devā tuṇhī ahesuṃ || ||
9. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaṃ devānam indam etad avoca || || Bhaṇa devānam inda gāthan ti || ||
10. Evam vutte bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Etad eva ahaṃ maññe || bālassa paṭisedhanaṃ ||
paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā || yo sato upasammatī ti || ||
11. Bhāsitāya kho pana bhikkhave Sakkena devānam indena gāthāya devā anumodiṃsu || asurā tuṇhī ahesuṃ || ||
12. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vepacittim asurindam etad avoca || || Bhaṇa Vepacitti gāthan ti || ||
Etad eva titikkhāya || vajjaṃ passāmi Vāsava ||
yadā naṃ maññati bālo || bhayā myāyaṃ titikkhati ||
ajjhārūhati dummedho || go va bhiyyo palāyinan ti || ||
13. Bhāsitāya kho pana bhikkhave Vepacittinā asurindena gāthāya asurā anumodiṃsu || devā tuṇhī ahesuṃ || ||
14. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaṃ devā. nam indam etad avoca || || Bhaṇa devānam inda gāthan ti || ||
15. Evaṃ vutte bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Kāmaṃ maññatu vā mā vā || bhayā myāyam titikkhati ||
sadatthaparamā atthā || khantyā bhiyyo na vijjati || ||
yo have balavā santo || dubbalassa titikkhati ||
tam āhu paramaṃ khantiṃ || niccaṃ khamati dubbalo ||
Abalan-tam balaṃ āhu || yassa bālabalaṃ balaṃ ||
balassa dhammaguttassa || paṭivattā na vijjati || ||
Tass-eva tena pāpiyo || yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati ||
kuddham appaṭikujjhanto || saṅgāmaṃ jeti dujjayaṃ || ||
ubhinnam atthaṃ carati || attano ca parassa ca ||
paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā || yo sato upasammati || ||
[page 224]
224 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 1. 5.
ubhinnam tikicchantaṃ taṃ || attano ca parassa ca ||
janā maññanti bālo ti || ye dhammassa akovidā ti || ||
16. Bhāsitāsu kho pana bhikkhave Sakkena devānam indena gāthāsu devā anumodiṃsu || asurā tuṇhī ahesuṃ || ||
17. Atha kho bhikkhave devānañ ca asurānañ ca parisajjā etad avocuṃ || ||
18. Bhāsitā kho Vepacittinā asurindena gāthayo || tā ca kho sadaṇḍāvacarā satthāvacarā iti bhaṇḍanam iti viggaho iti kalaho ti || ||
19. Bhāsitā kho Sakkena devānam indena gāthāyo || tā ca kho adaṇḍāvacarā asatthāvacarā iti abhaṇḍanam iti aviggaho iti akalaho || Sakkassa devānam indassa subhāsitena jayo ti || ||
20. Iti kho bhikkhave Sakkassa devānam indassa subhāsitena jayo ahosi || ||
SN_1.11,1.6. Kulāvaka.
1. Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabbūḷho ahosi || ||
3. Tasmiṃ kho pana bhikkhave saṅgāme asurā jiniṃsu ||
devā parājiṃsu || ||
4. Parājitā kho bhikkhave devā apāyaṃsveva uttarena mukhā abhiyaṃsveva ne asurā || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Mātalisaṅgāhakaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kulāvakā Mātali simbalismiṃ ||
īsāmukhena parivajjayassu ||
kāmaṃ cajāma asuresu pāṇaṃ ||
mā yime dijā vikulāvakā ahesun ti || ||
6. Evam bhadanta vā ti kho bhikkhave Mātali saṅgāhako Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā sahassayuttam ājaññaratham paccudāvattesi || ||
7. Atha kho bhikkhave asurānam etad ahosi || || Paccudāvatto kho dāni Sakkassa devānam indassa sahassayutto
[page 225]
XI. 1. 8.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 225
ājaññaratho dutiyam pi kho devā asurehi saṅgāmessantī ti ||
bhītā asurapuram eva pāvisiṃsu || ||
8. Iti kho bhikkhave Sakkassa devānam indassa dhammeneva jayo ahosī ti || ||
SN_1.11,1.7. Na dubbhiyaṃ.
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave Sakkassa devānam indassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Yo pi me assa paccatthiko tassa pāham na dubbheyyan ti || ||
3. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkassa devānam indassa cetasā ceto parivitakkam aññāya yena Sakko devānam indo ten-upasaṅkami || ||
4. Addasā kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vepacittim asurindaṃ dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || disvāna Vepacittim asurindam etad avoca || || Tiṭṭha Vepacitti gahito sī ti || ||
5. Yad eva te mārisa pubbe cittaṃ || tad eva tvam mā pahāsī ti ||
6. Sapassu ca me Vepacitti adubbhāyā ti || ||
7. Yam musābhaṇato pāpam || yam pāpam ariyūpavādino||
mittadduno ca yam pāpaṃ || yam pāpam akataññuno ||
tam eva pāpam phusati || yo te dubbhe Sujampatī ti || ||
SN_1.11,1.8. Virocana-asurindo (or Attho).
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divā vihāragato hoti paṭisallīno || ||
3. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo Verocano ca asurindo yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā paccekadvārabāham nissāya aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
4. Atha kho Verocano asurindo Bhagavato santike imaṃ gātham abhāsi || ||
Vāyameth-eva puriso || yāva atthassa nippadā ||
nippannasobhaṇo attho || Verocanavaco idan ti || ||
[page 226]
226 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 1. 8.
5. Vāyameth-eva puriso || yāva atthassa nippadā ||
nippannasobhaṇo attho || khantyā bhiyyo na vijjatī ti || ||
6. Sabbe sattā atthajātā || tattha tattha yathārahaṃ ||
saṃyogaparamā tveva || sambhogā sabbapāṇinaṃ ||
nippannasobhino atthā || Verocanavaco idan ti || ||
7. Sabbe sattā atthajātā || tattha tattha yathārahaṃ ||
saṃyogaparamā tveva || sambhogā sabbapāṇinaṃ ||
nippannasobhino atthā || khantyā bhiyyo na vijjatī ti ||
SN_1.11,1.9. Isayo araññakā (or Gandha).
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave sambahulā isayo sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu sammanti || ||
3. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko ca devānam indo Vepacitti ca asurindo yena te isayo sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo aṭaliyo upāhanā ārohitvā khaggam olaggetvā chattena dhāriyamānena aggadvārena assamam pavisitvā te isayo sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme apavyāmato karitvā atikkami || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo aṭaliyo upāhanā orohitvā khaggam aññesaṃ datvā chattam apānametvā dvāreneva assamam pavisitvā te isayo sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme anuvātaṃ pañjaliko namassamāno aṭṭhāsi || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave te isayo sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā Sakkam devānam indaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsiṃsu || ||
Gandho isīnaṃ ciradikkhitānaṃ ||
kāyā cuto gacchati mālutena ||
ito paṭikkamma Sahassanetta ||
gandho isīnam asuci devarājā ti || ||
7. Gandho isīnaṃ ciradikkhitānaṃ ||
kāyā cuto gacchatu mālutena ||
sucitrapuppham va sirasmiṃ mālam ||
[page 227]
XI. 1. 10.] PAṬHAMA-VAGGA 1. 227
gandham etam paṭikaṅkhāma bhante ||
na hettha devā patikkūlasaññino ti || ||
SN_1.11,1.10. Isayo samuddakā (or Sambara).
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave sambahulā isayo sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā samuddatīre paṇṇakuṭīsu sammanti || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhave devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabbūḷho ahosi ||
4. Atho kho bhikkhave tesam isīnaṃ sīlavantānaṃ kalyāṇadhammānam etad ahosi || || Dhammikā devā adhammikā asurā || siyā pi naṃ asurato bhayaṃ || yaṃ nūna mayaṃ Sambaram asurindam upasaṅkamitvā abhayadakkhiṇaṃ yāceyyāmā ti || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave te isayo sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitam vā bāham pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya || evam eva samuddatīre paṇṇakuṭīsu antarahitā Sambarassa asurindassa pamukhe pātur ahesuṃ || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave te isayo sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā Sambaram asurindaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsiṃsu || ||
7. Isayo Sambaram pattā || yācanti abhayadakkhiṇaṃ ||
kāmaṃ karohi te dātuṃ || bhayassa abhayassa vā ti || ||
8. Isīnam abhayaṃ natthi || duṭṭhānaṃ sakkasevinaṃ ||
abhayaṃ yācamānānaṃ || bhayam eva dadāmi vo ti ||
9. Abhayaṃ yācamānānaṃ || bhayam eva dadāsi no ||
patigaṇhāma te etaṃ || akkhayaṃ hoti te bhayaṃ || ||
Yādisaṃ vappate bījaṃ || tādisaṃ harate phalaṃ ||
kalyāṇakārī kalyāṇaṃ || pāpakārī ca pāpakaṃ ||
pavuttaṃ vappate bījaṃ || phalaṃ paccanubhossasī ti || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave te isayo sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā Sambaram asurindam abhisapetvā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitam vā bāham pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bahaṃ sammiñjeyya || evam eva Sambarassa asurindassa pamukhe antarahitā samuddatīre paṇṇakuṭīsu pātur ahesuṃ || ||
[page 228]
228 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 1. 10.
11. Atha kho bhikkhave Sambaro asurindo tehi isīhi sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehi abhisapito rattiyā sudaṃ tikkhatum ubbijjī ti || ||
Paṭhamo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānaṃ || ||
Suvīraṃ Susimaṃ c-eva || Dhajaggaṃ Vepacittino ||
Subhāsitaṃ-jayaṃ c-eva || Kulāvakaṃ Na-dubbhiyaṃ ||
Virocana-asurindo || Isayo araññakaṃ c-eva || ||
Isayo ca samuddakā ti || ||
___________________________________________
CHAPTER II. DUTIYO-VAGGO.
SN_1.11,2.1. Devā or Vatapada (1).
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa pubbe manussabhūtassa satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahesuṃ ||
yesaṃ samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā || ||
3. Katamāni satta vatapadāni || ||
4. Yāva jīvaṃ mātapettibharo assaṃ || Yāva jīvaṃ kule jeṭṭhāpacāyī assaṃ || || Yāva jīvaṃ saṇhavāco assaṃ || ||
Yāvajīvaṃ apisuṇavāco assaṃ || || Yāvajīvaṃ vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvaseyyaṃ muttacāgo payatapāṇī vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato || || Yāva jīvaṃ saccavādo assaṃ || || Yāvajīvam akodhano assaṃ ||
sace pi me kodho uppajjeyya khippam eva naṃ paṭivineyyanti || ||
5. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa pubbe manussabhūtassa imāni satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahesuṃ || yesam samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā ti || ||
6. Mātāpettibharaṃ jantuṃ || kule jeṭṭhāpacāyinaṃ ||
saṇhaṃ sakhilasambhāsam || pesuṇeyya-pahāyinaṃ || ||
maccheravinaye yuttaṃ || saccaṃ kodhābhibhuṃ naraṃ ||
taṃ ve devā Tāvatiṃsā || āhu sappuriso itī ti || ||
[page 229]
XI. 2. 2.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 229
SN_1.11,2.2. Devā (2).
1. Sāvatthi Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū etad avoca || ||
3. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto samāno Magho nāma māṇavo ahosi || tasmā Maghavā ti vuccati || ||
4. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto samāno pure pure dānam adāsi || tasmā Purindado ti vuccati || ||
5. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto samāno sakkaccam dānam adāsi || tasmā Sakko ti vuccati || ||
6. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto samāno āvasatham adāsi || tasmā Vāsavo ti vuccati || ||
7. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo sahassam pi atthānam muhuttena cinteti || tasmā Sahassakkho ti vuccati || ||
8. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa Sujā nāma asurakaññā pajāpatī ahosi || tasmā Sujampatīti vuccati || ||
9. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo devānam Tāvatiṃsānam issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāresi || tasmā devānam indo ti vuccati || ||
10. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa pubbe manussabhūtassa satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahesuṃ ||
yesaṃ samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā || ||
11. Katamāni satta vatapadāni || ||
Yāvajīvaṃ mātāpettibharo assaṃ || || Yāvajīvaṃ kule jeṭṭhāpacāyī assaṃ || || Yāvajīvaṃ saṇhavāco assaṃ || ||
Yāvajīvaṃ apisuṇavāco assaṃ || || Yāvajīvaṃ vigatamalamacchereṇa cetasā agāram ajjhāvaseyyam muttacāgo payatapāṇī vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato || || Yāvajīvaṃ saccavāco assaṃ || || Yāvajīvam akodhano assaṃ || sa ce pi me kodho uppajjeyya khippam eva naṃ paṭivineyyan ti || ||
12. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa pubbe manussabhūtassa imāni satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahesuṃ || yesaṃ samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā ti || ||
[page 230]
230 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 2. 2.
Mātāpettibharaṃ jantuṃ || kulejeṭṭhāpacāyinaṃ ||
saṇhaṃ sakhilasambhāsaṃ || pesuṇeyyapahāyinaṃ || ||
maccheravinaye yuttaṃ || saccaṃ kodhābhibhuṃ naraṃ ||
taṃ ve devā Tāvatiṃsā || āhu sappuriso itī ti || ||
SN_1.11,2.3. Devā (3).
1. Evam me sutaṃ || ||
2. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane kuṭāgāra-sālāyaṃ || ||
3. Atha kho Mahāli licchavi yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdi || ||
4. Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Mahāli licchavi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Diṭṭho no bhante Bhagavatā Sakko devānam indo ti || ||
5. Diṭṭho kho me Mahāli Sakko devānam indo ti || ||
6. So hi nūna bhante sakkapaṭirūpako bhavissati || duddaso hi bhante Sakko devānam indo ti || ||
7. Sakkañcāham Mahāli jānāmi sakkakaraṇe ca dhamme yesaṃ dhammānaṃ samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā tañ ca pajānāmi || ||
8. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto samāno Magho nāma māṇavako ahosi || tasmā Maghavā ti vuccati || ||
9. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto samāno pure pure dānam adāsi || tasmā Purindado ti vuccati || ||
10. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto samāno sakkaccaṃ dānam adāsi || tasmā Sakko ti vuccati || ||
11. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo pubbe manussabhūto samāno āvasatham adāsi || tasmā Vāsavo ti vuccati || ||
12. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo sahassam pi atthānam muhuttena cinteti || tasmā Sahassakkho ti vuccati || ||
13. Sakkassa Mahāli devānam indassa Sujā nāma asurakaññā pajāpatī || tasmā Sujampatīti vuccati || ||
14. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo devānam Tāvatiṃsānam
[page 231]
XI. 2. 4.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 231
issariyādhipaccam rajjaṃ kāresi || tasmā devānam indo vuccati || ||
15. Sakkassa Mahāli devānam indassa pubbe manussabhūtassa satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahesuṃ ||
yesaṃ samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā || ||
16. Katamāni satta vatapadāni || ||
17. Yāva jīvaṃ mātapettibharo assaṃ || || Yāva jīvaṃ kulejeṭṭhāpacāyī assaṃ || || Yāva jīvaṃ saṇhavāco assaṃ || ||
Yāvajīvaṃ apisuṇo assaṃ || || Yāva jīvaṃ vigatamalamacchereṇa cetasā agāram ajjhāvaseyyam muttacāgo payatapāṇī vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato || || Yāvajīvam saccavāco assaṃ || || Yāvajīvaṃ akodhano assaṃ ||
sa ce pi me kodho uppajjeyya khippam eva nam paṭivineyyan ti || ||
18. Sakkassa Mahāli devānam indassa pubbe manussabhūtassa imāni satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahesuṃ || yesaṃ samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā ti || ||
Mātāpettibharaṃ jantuṃ || kulejeṭṭhāpacāyinaṃ ||
saṇhaṃ sakhilasambhāsaṃ || pesuṇeyyappahāyinam || ||
maccheravinaye yuttaṃ || saccaṃ kodhābhibhuṃ naraṃ ||
tam ve devā Tāvatiṃsā || āhu sappuriso itī ti || ||
SN_1.11,2.4. Daliddo.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
3. Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
4. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
5. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave aññataro puriso imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe manussadaliddo ahosi manussakapaṇo manussavarāko ||
6. So Tathāgata-ppavedita-dhammavinaye saddhaṃ samādiyi sīlaṃ samādiyi sutaṃ samādiyi cāgaṃ samādiyi paññaṃ samādiyi || ||
7. So Tathāgata-ppavedita-dhamma-vinaye saddhaṃ samādiyitvā sīlaṃ samādiyitvā sutaṃ samādiyitvā cāgaṃ samādiyitvā paññaṃ samādiyitvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
[page 232]
232 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 2. 4.
sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam uppajji devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ || so aññe deva atirocati vaṇṇena c-eva yasasā ca || ||
8. Tatra sudam bhikkhave devā Tāvatiṃsā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti || || Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutam vata bho ayaṃ hi devaputto pubbe manussabhūto samāno manussadaliddo ahosi manussakapaṇo manussavarāko || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam uppanno devānam Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ || so aññe deve atirocati vaṇṇena c-eva yasasā cā ti || ||
9. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi || || Mā kho tumhe mārisā etassa devaputtassa ujjhāyittha || eso kho mārisā devaputto pubbe manussabhūto samāno Tathāgata-ppavedita-dhammavinaye saddhaṃ samādiyi sīlam samādiyi sutaṃ samādiyi cāgaṃ samādiyi paññaṃ samādīyi || || So Tathāgata-ppavedite dhammavinaye saddhaṃ samādiyitvā sīlaṃ samādiyitvā sutaṃ samādiyitvā cāgaṃ samādiyitvā paññaṃ samādiyitvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokam uppanno devānam Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ || so aññe deve atirocati vaṇṇena c-eva yasasā cā ti || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo deve Tāvatiṃse anunayamāno tāyaṃ velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Yassa saddhā Tathāgate || acalā suppatiṭṭhitā ||
sīlaṃ ca yassa kalyāṇaṃ || ariyakan-taṃ pasaṃsitaṃ || ||
saṅghe pasādo yass-atthi || ujubhūtaṃ ca dassanaṃ ||
adaliddo ti tam āhu || amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ || ||
Tasmā saddhaṃ ca sīlaṃ ca || pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ ||
anuyuñjetha medhāvī || saraṃ buddhānasāsanan ti || ||
SN_1.11,2.5. Rāmaṇeyyakaṃ.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Sakko devānam indo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bhante bhūmirāmaṇeyyakan ti || ||
[page 233]
XI. 2. 7.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 233
Ārāmacetyā vanacetyā || pokkharaññā sunimmitā ||
manussarāmaṇeyyassa || kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ || ||
gāme vā yadivāraññe || ninne vā yadivā thale ||
yattha arahanto viharanti || tam bhūmirāmaṇeyyakan ti || ||
SN_1.11,2.6. Yajamānam.
1. Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate || ||
2. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Sakko devānam indo Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
Yajamānānaṃ manussānam ||
puññapekhānapāṇinaṃ ||
karotam opadhikaṃ puññaṃ ||
kattha dinnam mahapphalan ti || ||
4. Cattāro ca paṭipannā || cattāro ca phale ṭhitā ||
esa saṅgho ujubhūto || paññāsīlasamāhito || ||
yajamānānam manussānam ||
puññapekhānapāṇinam ||
karotam opadhikaṃ puññaṃ ||
saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphalan ti || ||
SN_1.11,2.7. Vandanā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno || ||
3. Atha kho Sakko ca devānam indo Brahmā ca sahampati yena Bhagavā ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā paccekadvārabāhaṃ nissāya aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
4. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato santike imaṃ Gātham abhāsi || ||
Uṭṭhāhi vīra vijitasaṅgāma ||
pannabhāra anaṇa vicara loke
cittaṃ ca te suvimuttaṃ ||
cando yathā pannarasāya rattin ti || ||
[page 234]
234 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 2. 7.
5. Na kho devānam inda Tathāgatā evaṃ vanditabbā ||
evañ ca kho devānam inda Tathagatā vanditabbā || ||
Uṭṭhāhi vīra vijitasaṅgāma || satthavāha anaṇa vicara loke ||
desetu Bhagavā dhammam aññātāro bhavissantī ti || ||
SN_1.11,2.8. Sakka-namassana (1).
1. Sāvatthi Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho || pe || etad avoca || ||
3. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Mātalisaṅgāhakam āmantesi || || Yojehi samma Mātali sahassayuttam ājaññaratham || uyyānabhūmiṃ gacchāma subhūmiṃ dassanāyā ti || ||
4. Evam bhadanta vā ti kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgāhako Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā sahassayuttam ājaññarathaṃ yojetvā Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭivedesi || ||
Yutto kho te mārisa sahassayutto ājaññaratho yassa dāni kālam maññasī ti || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vejayantapāsādā orohanto pañjaliko sudaṃ puthuddisā namassati || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgāhako Sakkam devānam indaṃ gāthāyo ajjhabhāsi || ||
7. Tam namassanti tevijjā || sabbe bhummā ca khattiyā ||
cattāro ca Mahārājā || Tidasā ca yasassino ||
atha ko nāma so yakkho || yam tvaṃ Sakkanamassasīti || ||
8. Maṃ namassanti tevijjā || sabbe bhummā ca khattiyā ||
cattāro ca Mahārājā || Tidasā ca yasassino || ||
ahaṃ ca sīlasampanne || cirarattasamāhite ||
sammā pabbajite vande brahmacariyaparāyane || ||
ye gahaṭṭhā puññakarā || sīlavanto upāsakā ||
dhammena dāraṃ posenti || te namassāmi Mātalīti || ||
9. Seṭṭhā hi kira lokasmiṃ || ye tvaṃ Sakka namassasi ||
aham pi te namassāmi || ye namassasi Vāsava ||
10. Idaṃ vatvāna Maghavā || devarājā Sujampati ||
puthuddisā namassitvā || pamukho ratham āruhīti || ||
[page 235]
XI. 2. 10.] DUTIYA-VAGGA 2. 235
SN_1.11,2.9. Sakka-namassana (2).
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Mātalisaṅgāhakam āmantesi || || Yojehi samma Mātali sahassayuttam ājaññarathaṃ || uyyānabhūmiṃ gacchāma subhūmiṃ dassanāyā ti || ||
3. Evam bhadanta vā ti kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgāhako Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā sahassayuttaṃ ājaññarathaṃ yojetvā Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭivedesi || ||
Yutto kho te mārisa sahassayutto ājaññaratho yassa dāni kālam maññasī ti || ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vejayantapāsādā orohanto pañjaliko sudam Bhagavantaṃ namassati || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgāhako Sakkaṃ devānam indaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
6. Yaṃ hi devā manussā ca || taṃ namassanti Vāsava ||
atha ko nāma so yakkho || yaṃ tvaṃ Sakka namassasī ti || ||
7. So idha sammāsambuddho || asmiṃ loke sadevake ||
anomanāmaṃ satthāraṃ || taṃ namassāmi Mātali || ||
yesam rāgo ca doso ca || avijjā ca virājitā ||
khīṇāsavā arahanto || te namassāmi Mātali || ||
ye rāgadosavinayā || avijjāsamatikkamā ||
sekhā apacayārāmā || appamattānusikkhare ||
te namassāmi Mātalīti || ||
8. Seṭṭhā hi kira lokasmiṃ || ye tvaṃ Sakka namassasi ||
aham pi te namassāmi || ye namassasi Vāsava || ||
9. Idaṃ vatvāna Maghavā || devarājā Sujampati ||
Bhagavantaṃ namassitvā || pamukho ratham āruhī ti || ||
SN_1.11,2.10. Sakka-namassana (3).
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho || la || avoca || ||
3. Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Mātalisaṅgāhakam āmantesi || || Yojehi samma Mātali sahassayuttam ājaññarathaṃ || uyyānabhūmim gacchāma subhumiṃ dassanāyā ti || ||
[page 236]
236 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 2. 10.
4. Evaṃ bhadanta vā ti kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgāhako Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā sahassayuttam ajaññarathaṃ yojetvā Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭivedesi || ||
Yutto kho te mārisa sahassayutto ājaññaratho yassa dāni kālam maññasīti || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vejayantapāsādā orohanto pañjaliko sudam bhikkhu-saṅghaṃ namassati || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave Mātali-saṅgāhako Sakkaṃ devānam indaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
7. Taṃ hi ete namasseyyuṃ || pūtidehasayā narā ||
nimuggā kuṇapesvete || khuppipāsā samappitā || ||
Kiṃ nu tesam pihayasi || anāgārāna Vasava ||
ācāram isīnaṃ brūhi || taṃ suṇoma vaco tavā ti || ||
8. Etaṃ tesaṃ pihayāmi || anāgārāna Mātali ||
yamhā gāmā pakkamanti || anapekhā vajanti te ||
na tesaṃ koṭṭhe openti || na kumbhā na kaḷopiyaṃ ||
paraniṭṭhitam esānā || tena yāpenti subbatā || ||
sumantamantīno dhīrā || tuṇhībhūtā samañcarā ||
devā viruddhā asurehi || puthumaccā ca Mātali || ||
Aviruddhā viruddhesu || attadaṇḍesu nibbutā ||
sādānesu anādānā || te namassāmi Mātalī ti ||
9. Seṭṭhā hi kira lokasmiṃ || ye tvaṃ Sakka namassasi ||
aham pi te namassāmi || ye namassasi Vāsava || ||
10. Idaṃ vatvāna Maghavā || devarājā Sujampati ||
bhikkhusaṅghaṃ namassitvā || pamukho ratham āruhī ti || ||
Dutiyo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Devā pana tayo vuttā || Daliddañ ca Rāmaṇeyyakaṃ ||
Yajamānañ ca Vandanā || tayo Sakkanamassanā ti || ||
[page 237]
XI. 3. 2.] SAKKA-PAÑCAKA 3. 237
___________________________________________
CHAPTER III. TATIYO-VAGGO (OR SAKKA-PAÑCAKAM).
SN_1.11,3.1. Chetvā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
3. Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Sakko devānam indo Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiṃsu chetvā sukhaṃ seti || kiṃsu chetvā na socati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || vadhaṃ rocesi Gotamā ti || ||
4. Kodhaṃ chetvā sukhaṃ seti || kodhaṃ chetvā na socati ||
kodhassa visamūlassa || madhuraggassa Vāsava ||
vadham ariyā pasaṃsanti || taṃ hi chetvā na socatī ti || ||
SN_1.11,3.2. Dubbaṇṇiya.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho || pa || etad avoca || ||
3. Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave aññataro yakkho dubbaṇṇo okoṭimako Sakkassa devānam indassa āsane nisinno ahosi || ||
4. Tatrasudaṃ bhikkhave devā Tāvatiṃsā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti || || Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho ayaṃ yakkho dubbaṇṇo okoṭimako Sakkassa devānam indassa āsane nisinno hoti || ||
5. Yathā yathā kho bhikkhave devā Tāvatiṃsā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti || tathā tathā so yakkho abhirūpataro c-eva hoti dassanīyataro ca pāsādikataro ca || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave devā Tāvatiṃsā yena Sakko devānam indo ten-upasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Sakkaṃ devānam indam etad avocuṃ || ||
7. Idha te mārisa aññataro yakkho dubbaṇṇo okoṭimako tumhākam āsane nisinno || || Tatra suḍam mārisa devā Tāvatiṃsā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti || || Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho ayaṃ yakkho dubbaṇṇo okoṭi-
[page 238]
238 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 3. 2.
mako Sakkassa devānam indassa āsane nisinno ti || || Yathā yathā kho mārisa devā Tāvatiṃsā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti || tathā tathā so yakkho abhirūpataro c-eva hoti dassanīyataro ca pāsādikataro cā ti || || So hi nūna mārisa kodhabhakkho yakkho bhavissatī ti || ||
8. Atho kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo yena so kodhabhakkho yakkho ten-upasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsam uttarāsaṅgam karitvā dakkhiṇajāṇumaṇḍalam pathaviyaṃ nihantvā yena so kodhabhakkho yakkho tenañjalim paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ nāmam sāvesi || || Sakkohaṃ mārisa devānam indo Sakko-haṃ mārisa devānam indo ti || ||
9. Yathā yathā kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo nāmaṃ sāveti || tathā tathā so yakkho dubbaṇṇataro c-eva ahosi okoṭimakataro ca || dubbaṇṇataro c-eva hutvā okoṭimakataro ca tatth-ev-antaradhāyī ti || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo sake āsane nisīditvā deve Tāvatiṃse anunayamāno tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Na sūpahata-citto-mhi || nāvaṭṭena suvānayo ||
na vo cirāhaṃ kujjhāmi || kodho mayi nāvatiṭṭhati || ||
kuddhāham na pharusam brūmi || na ca dhammāni kittaye ||
sanniggaṇhāmi attānaṃ || sampassaṃ attham attano ti || ||
SN_1.11,3.3. Māyā.
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || pa || ||
2. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3. Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo ābādhiko ahosi dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo yena Vepacitti asurindo ten-upasaṅkami gilānapucchako || ||
5. Addasā kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaṃ devānam indam dūrato va āgacchantam || disvāna Sakkaṃ devānam indam etad avoca || || Tikiccha maṃ devānam indā ti || ||
[page 239]
XI. 3. 4.] SAKKA-PAÑCAKA 3. 239
6. Vācehi maṃ Vepacitti sambarimāyan ti || ||
7. Yāvāhaṃ mārisa asure paṭipucchamī ti || ||
8. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo asure paṭipucchi || || Vācem-aham marisā Sakkam devānam indaṃ sambarimāyan ti || ||
9. Mā kho tvaṃ mārisa vacesi Sakkam devānam indam sambarimāyan ti || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaṃ devānam indaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Māyā pi Maghavā Sakka || devarāja Sujampati ||
upeti nirayaṃ ghoraṃ || Sambaro va satam saman ti || ||
SN_1.11,3.4. Accaya (-akodhano).
1. Sāvatthiyaṃ || la || ārāme | ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū sampayojesuṃ ||
tatr-eko bhikkhu accasarā || atha kho so bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno santike accayam accayato desesi || so bhikkhu na paṭigaṇhāti || ||
3. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
4. Idha bhante dve bhikkhū sampayojesuṃ || tatr-eko bhikkhu accasarā || atha kho so bhante bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno santike accayam accayato deseti || so bhikkhu na patigaṇhātī ti || ||
5. Dve me bhikkhave bālā || yo ca accayam accayato na passati || yo ca accayaṃ desentassa yathā dhammaṃ na paṭigaṇhāti || ime kho bhikkhave dve bālā || ||
6. Dve me bhikkhave paṇḍitā || yo ca accayam accayato passati || yo ca accayaṃ desentassa yathā dhammaṃ paṭigaṇhāti || ime kho bhikkhave dve paṇḍitā || ||
7. Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ deve Tāvatiṃse anunayamāno tāyaṃ velāyam imam gātham abhāsi || ||
[page 240]
240 SAKKA-SAṂYUTTA XI. [XI. 3. 4.
Kodho vo vasam āyātu || mā ca mittehi vo jarā ||
agarahiyam mā garahittha || mā ca bhāsittha pesuṇaṃ ||
atha pāpajanaṃ kodho || pabbato vābhimaddatī ti || ||
SN_1.11,3.5. Akodho (-avihiṃsā).
1. Evam me sutam ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū || pa || Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3. Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ deve Tāvatiṃse anunayamāno tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ gātham abhāsī || ||
Mā vo kodho ajjhabhavi || mā ca kujjhittha kujjhataṃ ||
akkodho avihiṃsā ca || ariyesu vasati sadā ||
atha pāpajanaṃ kodho || pabbato vābhimaddatī ti || ||
Sakka-pañcakam || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Chetvā Dubbanniya Mayā ||
Accayena-akodhano ||
Akodho-{avihiṃsā} ti || ||
Sakka-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Ekādasa-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Devatā Devaputto ca || Rājā Māro ca Bhikkhunī ||
Brahmā Brāhmaṇa-Vaṅgīso || Vana-Yakkhena Vāsavo ti || ||
Sagātha-vaggo pathamo || ||